Owner's Manual Dear Customer, Thank You for Choosing a Maserati

Owner’s manual

WARNING: Operating, servicing and maintaining a passenger vehicle or off-road vehicle can expose you to chemicals including engine exhaust, carbon monoxide, phthalates, and lead, which are know to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. To minimize exposure, avoid breathing exhaust, do not idle the engine except as necessary, service your vehicle in a well-ventilated area and wear gloves or wash your hands frequently when servicing your vehicle. For more information go to: www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

GranTurismo Convertible

Owner's Manual Dear Customer, Thank you for choosing a Maserati. This vehicle represents the result of Maserati's great experience in the design and production of sports, touring and racing vehicles. With this manual you will acquaint yourself with the equipment and options of your Maserati in order to take advantage of its full potential. The updated version of the onboard documentation can be consulted by accessing the section “SERVICES” on the website www.maserati.com or by using the specific apps developed for the more common Tablet and Smartphone. In a dedicated section of this manual you will also find instructions for basic maintenance procedures, in order to ensure steady levels of performance, quality and safe driving. Keep in mind that proper maintenance is an essential factor to help preserve the value of the vehicle over time and protect the environment. For “Scheduled Maintenance” or any other operation, contact your Authorized Maserati Dealer: you can trust our trained technical staff, who is constantly updated and provided with the required equipment in order to ensure that all service operations are performed properly and reliably. The Quick guide and other documents contained in onboard documentation kit are integral part of the vehicle and should always be kept on board.

2 Introduction 1

Before Starting 2

Understanding the Vehicle 3

Dashboard Instruments and Controls 4

Driving 5

In an Emergency 6

Maintenance and Care 7

Features and Specifications 8

Index 9

3 4 1 – Introduction

Consulting the Manual ...... 6 Abbreviations ...... 7 Updating ...... 7 Service and Warranty ...... 8 Suggestions for Obtaining Service for Your Vehicle ...... 8 If You Need Assistance ...... 9 Warranty Information ...... 10 Reporting Safety Defects ...... 10 Parts Service ...... 11 Aftermarket Parts & Accessories Statement ...... 11 Towing the Vehicle ...... 12 Symbols ...... 12 Warnings when driving ...... 14 Maserati Roadside Assistance Program (available for USA and Canada only) ...... 15 Vehicle Identification Data ...... 17

5 Introduction Consulting the Manual www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger- vehicles, some controls are ordered 1 vehicle differently than shown in the This Owner's Manual illustrates use illustrations. and maintenance information related to all versions of this model. If not NOTE: otherwise specified, the information is WARNING! Unless otherwise specified, pictures valid for all versions. Failure to comply with the instructions refer to Sport model. For an easy identification of the topics, could cause HAZARDOUS SITUATIONS this Manual is divided into sections involving personal and vehicle safety. and chapters: each chapter can have more paragraphs. Within the text, important warnings ENVIRONMENTAL! and notes are also easily identifiable This note indicates the correct through icons. behavior when using the vehicle to protect the environment.

WARNING! California Proposition 65 CAUTION! Operating, servicing and maintaining Aimed at preventing any damage to a passenger vehicle or off-road vehicle the vehicle and thus hazards involving can expose you to chemicals including the safety of persons. such as, engine exhaust, carbon monoxide, phthalates and lead, that NOTE: which are know to the State of California to cause cancer and birth Additional information regarding the defects or other reproductive harm. To subject and/or the operation minimize exposure, avoid breathing described. exhaust, do not idle the engine except as necessary, service your vehicle in a • “Left” and “right” in this manual, well-ventilated area and wear gloves always refer to the driving direction. or wash your hands frequently when • All indications and images in this servicing your vehicle. For more Manual refer to a vehicle with information go to: left-hand drive. On right-hand drive

6 Introduction

Abbreviations LATCH Lower Anchors and Tether Updating Some descriptions and terms with for CHildren. Constant improvements are being 1 particular meanings are found in this MIL Malfunction Indicator Light. performed to maintain this vehicle's manual in abbreviated form. MTC+ Maserati Touch Control Plus. high level of quality. Therefore, there may be differences between this A/C Air-Conditioning System. OBD On Board Diagnostics. manual and your vehicle. ABS Anti-Lock Braking System. ORC Occupant Restraint Maserati reserves the right to carry ALC Adaptive Light Control. Controller. out design and functional changes ALR Automatic Locking Retractor. RHD Right-Hand Drive. and to provide updates or improvements. ASR Anti-Slip Regulation. SBR Seat Belt Reminder. This Owner's Manual illustrates and TFT Thin Film Transistor. BOS Brake Override System. describes all versions of the current CAN Controller Area Network. TPMS Tire Pressure Monitoring vehicle model. Therefore, some of the System. CC Cruise Control. equipment and accessories in this VIN Vehicle Identification publication may not appear on your CRS Child Restraint System. Number. vehicle; please only consider the DRL Daytime Running Lights. information related to your vehicle. EBD Electronic Brake-force All specifications and illustrations Distribution. contained in this manual are as of the ECU Electronic Control Unit. Manual publishing date. EDR Event Data Recorder. NOTE: EPB Electric Parking Brake. The updated version of the on-board ESC Electronic Stability Control. documentation can be consulted by accessing the section “SERVICES” on ETD Emergency Tensioning the website www.maserati.com or by Device. using the specific apps developed for FTP Flash To Pass. the more common Tablet and HBA Hydraulic Brake Assistance. Smartphone. ICE Increase Control and Efficiency.

7 Introduction Service and Warranty An Authorized Maserati Dealer is at Suggestions for Obtaining 1 your complete disposal for any The information provided in this information and questions you may Service for Your Vehicle manual is limited to instructions and have. indications that are strictly required Prepare for the Appointment for vehicle use and proper If warranty work is required, be sure to maintenance. have the right papers with you and By following these instructions take your warranty folder. Not all work carefully, the vehicle will meet the being performed may be covered by owner's satisfaction and best results. the warranty: therefore discuss We advise to have all service and additional charges with the service inspections completed only by an manager. It is advisable to keep a Authorized Maserati Dealer, where maintenance log of your vehicle’s you will find a specially trained staff service history, as this can often and the proper equipment to repair provide a clue to the current problem. your vehicle. Please visit the www.maserati.com to Prepare a List find the nearest Authorized Maserati Make a written list of your vehicle’s Dealer. problems or the specific work you wish All features and accessories installed to be performed. If the vehicle has had on the vehicle have been designed by an accident or work done that is not Maserati engineers and have indicated on the maintenance log, successfully passed rigorous tests, please communicate this to the service submitted in all conditions of use. advisor. Installing aftermarket components or accessories not approved by Maserati Optimize the Requests may interfere with the vehicle If there are a number of items needing electronics and compromise driving attention, it is advisable to discuss this safety. with your service advisor to agree on For details and information about the the order of priorities. warranty, please refer to the At many Authorized Dealers/Service “Warranty Card”. Centers, it is possible to obtain a loaner vehicle or a rental vehicle at a

8 Introduction minimal daily charge. If you need a If You Need Assistance Contact: rental vehicle, it is advisable to make MASERATI North America, Inc. 1 these arrangements prior to the visit, The manufacturer/Maserati and its 250 Sylvan Avenue for example when you call to set the Authorized Dealers set highest priority Englewood Cliffs appointment. to the client’s satisfaction with the NJ 07632 products and services. Phone: Warranty service must be performed Maserati Customer Care by an Authorized Maserati 1-877-MY-MASERATI (877-696-2737) or Dealer/Service Center. 1-201-510-2369 Should there be any issues, please keep in mind that most matters can be resolved with the following process. • If for some reason you are still not satisfied, please contact the general manager or owner of the Service Center, it is their responsibility to assist you. • If a Service Center is unable to resolve the issue, you may contact Maserati Customer Center. Any communication to the Maserati Consumer Affairs should include the following information: • Owner’s name and address. • Owner’s telephone number (home and office). • Maserati Service Center name. • Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). • Vehicle delivery date and mileage.

9 Introduction Warranty Information Reporting Safety Defects in addition to notifying Maserati North 1 America, Inc. Please refer to the Warranty booklet, NHTSA’s Toll-free Auto Safety Transport Canada can be contacted at: included in the Owner’s Hotline 1-800-333-0510 documentation kit, for the terms and If you believe that your vehicle has a Teletypewriter (TTY): 613 990-4500 provisions of Maserati warranties Fax: 1-819-994-3372 applicable to this vehicle and market. defect which could cause a crash, injury or death, immediately inform Mailing Address: Transport Canada - the National Highway Traffic Safety Road Safety, 80 rue Noël, Gatineau, Administration (NHTSA) in addition to (Quebec) J8Z 0A1. notifying Maserati North America, Inc. In Canada If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it If you believe that your vehicle has a finds that a safety defect exists in a safety defect, contact the Customer group of vehicles, it may order a recall Service Department immediately. and remedy campaign. However, Canadian customers who wish to NHTSA cannot become involved in report a safety defect to the Canadian individual problems between you, your government should contact Transport dealer, or Maserati North America, Inc. Canada, Motor Vehicle Defect To contact NHTSA, you may call the Investigations and Recalls at Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-800-333-0510 or go to 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153), http://www.tc.gc.ca/roadsafety/ go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA, Washington, D.C. 20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://www.safercar.gov. Reporting safety defects in Canada If you believe your vehicle has a defect that could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform Transport Canada

10 Introduction Parts Service Aftermarket Parts & distributed by Maserati North America, Inc. Genuine parts keep the reliability, Accessories Statement 1 comfort and performance of your new Modification of the vehicle or car unchanged throughout its life. installation of any accessory or For service and scheduled components attached to the vehicle maintenance Maserati suggests you to which alters the original engineering ask for genuine parts since they are and/or vehicle operating the result of constant research and specifications, or which result in development, reliability test and new damage to the other original technologies, as well as they are components, electrical interference, specifically designed for this vehicle. electrical short(s), radio static, water leaks and wind noise may result in damage to genuine components, WARNING! compromise the safety of the vehicle California Proposition 65 and affect the validity of the new car Operating, servicing and maintaining warranty on the vehicle. a passenger vehicle or off-road vehicle can expose you to chemicals including Non-genuine Maserati Parts such as, engine exhaust, carbon Non-genuine Maserati Parts (while monoxide, phthalates and lead, that you may elect to use non-genuine which are know to the State of Maserati parts for maintenance or California to cause cancer and birth repair services), Maserati North defects or other reproductive harm. To America, Inc. is not obligated to pay minimize exposure, avoid breathing for repairs that include non-genuine exhaust, do not idle the engine except Maserati parts or for any damage as necessary, service your vehicle in a resulting from the use of non-genuine well-ventilated area and wear gloves parts. or wash your hands frequently when Maserati will not accept any liability servicing your vehicle. for any parts and accessories not approved by Maserati, including Dealer-installed accessories not

11 Introduction

Towing the Vehicle Symbols Coil - headlights 1 The vehicle has not been designed, There are specific colored plates on or High voltage. developed and homologated to be near some of the components on your used as a towing vehicle for other Maserati designed to attract user’s Belts and pulleys means (e.g. trailers, campers, etc.). attention. The related symbols are Moving parts, keep body important warnings that the user must and clothing clear. follow when using the component Air-conditioning lines involved. High pressure gas, do not All symbols reported on the plate and open. inside the vehicle, as well as the component for which the symbols Symbols of Prohibitions and stand, are summarized in the Compulsory Measures following list. These symbols are divided into categories according to Battery their meaning. Keep away from flames.

Danger Symbols Battery Battery Keep out of children’s Corrosive liquid. reach. Heat guards - belts - Battery pulleys - fans Explosion. Do not touch. Battery Blower Wear eye protection. May start automatically even with engine off. Battery - jack Coolant expansion Refer to the owner manual. reservoir Do not open cap with engine warm.

12 Introduction

Warning Symbols Brake fluid reservoir WARNING! Catalytic converter Brake fluid type DOT 4. Do 1 California Proposition 65 Do not park the vehicle not exceed max. level. We Operating, servicing and maintaining over flammable materials. recommend you use fluid a passenger vehicle or off-road vehicle Refer to chapter “Pollution with the characteristics can expose you to chemicals including Control Devices” in section indicated in chapter such as, engine exhaust, carbon "Driving". “Refillings” in section monoxide, phthalates and lead, that Engine - Engine Oil Filler “Features and which are know to the State of Cap Specifications”. California to cause cancer and birth Engine oil. We recommend Radiator coolant expansion defects or other reproductive harm. To you use oil with the reservoir minimize exposure, avoid breathing characteristics indicated in Use antifreeze liquid for exhaust, do not idle the engine except chapter “Refillings” in radiators with the as necessary, service your vehicle in a section “Features and characteristics indicated in well-ventilated area and wear gloves Specifications”. chapter “Refillings” in or wash your hands frequently when Hydraulic steering section “Features and servicing your vehicle. For more reservoir Specifications”. information go to: Power steering fluid. Do Windshield washer fluid www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger- not exceed max. level. We reservoir vehicle recommend you use liquid Windshield washer. We with the characteristics recommend you use liquid indicated in chapter with the characteristics “Refillings” in section indicated in chapter “Features and “Refillings” in section Specifications”. “Features and Specifications”.

13 Introduction

www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger- Vehicle using lead-free Warnings when driving vehicle 1 gasoline Your driving skills will improve with Only “Premium gasoline” experience, but be especially careful at with an AKI (Anti Knock the beginning. Always comply with Index) rating not lower local traffic regulations wherever you than 91 (approximately 96 drive. R.O.N.) must be used. Refer Failure to operate this vehicle correctly to chapter "Fuel may result in loss of control or a Requirements" in section collision. "Driving". Operating this vehicle at excessive speed or in an altered state or while intoxicated may result in loss of control, going off the road, or WARNING! overturning. In all these situations a California Proposition 65 collision with other vehicles or objects Operating, servicing and maintaining is more likely to happen with the risk a passenger vehicle or off-road vehicle to cause an accident that may lead to can expose you to chemicals including serious injury. such as, engine exhaust, carbon In case of an accident, failure to use monoxide, phthalates and lead, that seat belts causes the driver and which are know to the State of passengers a greater risk of injury or California to cause cancer and birth death. defects or other reproductive harm. To This Owner's Manual contains minimize exposure, avoid breathing warnings against operating procedures exhaust, do not idle the engine except that could result in a collision or injury as necessary, service your vehicle in a or damage to the environment. It also well-ventilated area and wear gloves contains cautions against procedures or wash your hands frequently when that could damage the vehicle. servicing your vehicle. For more If you do not read this manual in its information go to: entirety, you may miss important information. Consider carefully all warnings and cautions.

14 Introduction in order to allow all vehicle’s Maserati Roadside components and systems to function 1 WARNING! correctly. Assistance Program • It is the driver’s responsibility to (available for USA and operate the vehicle in a safe way: if Canada only) you are distracted while driving you can lose control and cause serious WARNING! Welcome to Maserati and the benefits accidents. California Proposition 65 and security of the Maserati Roadside • Maserati strongly recommends to Operating, servicing and maintaining Assistance Program. Please take a use particular care when operating a passenger vehicle or off-road vehicle moment to review the benefits listed the features and tools that may take can expose you to chemicals including below and available to you through the attention off the road. such as, engine exhaust, carbon the Maserati Roadside Assistance monoxide, phthalates and lead, that • Mobile phones, PC, portable audio Program. which are know to the State of device or other features should not California to cause cancer and birth Emergency Roadside Services be operated while the vehicle is in defects or other reproductive harm. To motion. This can be very dangerous In the event you require Roadside minimize exposure, avoid breathing and can cause serious accidents. Assistance, please call 1-888-371-1802, exhaust, do not idle the engine except 24 hours a day, 365 days a year. You • It is very dangerous to send text as necessary, service your vehicle in a will be connected with a Roadside messages while driving, do so only well-ventilated area and wear gloves Assistance representative who will when the vehicle is not moving. or wash your hands frequently when dispatch a local towing vendor. • In some Countries/States the use of servicing your vehicle. For more mobile phone when driving is information go to: Information needed for when forbidden: it is the driver’s sole www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger- you call responsibility to respect local vehicle When you call, please be prepared to regulations. provide the following information: • Your Name. • Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). CAUTION! • Location of your vehicle. If battery charge is too low, proper function of some electric/electronic • Nature of your call (for example; you components may not be guaranteed. require a tow, vehicle will not start, It is necessary to recharge the battery out of gas, tire service, etc.).

15 Introduction

Summary of Program Benefits of the rental car transaction to the NOTE: 1 and Services address listed below; the original Membership is intended to cover pre-printed rental car receipt, which • Towing of a disabled registered emergencies and is not intended to be must include your name, address, Maserati vehicle. In the event a a substitute for proper vehicle telephone number, VIN, rental dates registered vehicle becomes disabled maintenance or repair. Repeated calls and the corresponding warranty in connection to a warranty related which are considered by Maserati repair order. concern it will be transported to the North America, Inc. Signature Motor nearest Authorized Maserati Maserati Roadside Assistance ATTN: Club, Inc. or Signature Motor Club of Dealership. You may request that the Maserati Rental Car Claims Dept. California, Inc. to be excessive may, at vehicle be taken to a different P.O. Box 8140 Ft. our discretion, result in cancellation of Authorized Maserati Dealer, as long Washington, PA 19034 the membership. as it is no more than 50 miles further NOTE: Emergency road service providers are away from the nearest authorized independent contractors and are not dealer (one tow per disablement). An authorized licensed driver must be driving at the time of the disablement. employees, agents or representatives • Battery jump start. of Maserati North America, Inc. • Flat tire change providing the vehicle Items excluded from coverage: Signature Motor Club, Inc. or is equipped with a spare tire. • Parts, labor, tire repair, rental of Signature Motor Club of California, • Fuel delivery (up to 2 gallons). towing equipment, storage fees, or Inc. • Lockout Services. any labor performed at the service Under this Agreement facility. • Service Loaner Vehicle: For warranty • You will not be required to pay any repairs, your dealer may provide you • Any form of impound towing, or sum for services up to the mileage with a Maserati Service Loaner towing by someone other than a limit on towing. licensed service station or garage. Vehicle (if available) or provide you • Your registered Maserati vehicle is with Rental Car allowance: in the • Assistance from a private citizen. the vehicle covered. The Vehicle event your vehicle is disabled due to Identification Number (VIN) that a warranty related concern, we will appears on the vehicle represents reimburse you up to $50 per day. A your identification number with five (5) day or $250 maximum Signature Motor Club, Inc. or applies. In order to receive Signature Motor Club of California, reimbursement, you must supply the Inc. following information within 20 days

16 Introduction • NEW VEHICLES: Your membership Maserati Roadside Assistance ATTN: Vehicle Identification Data begins on the date the Registered Maserati Rental Car Claims Dept. 1 Vehicle was originally sold (in service P.O. Box 8140 Vehicle Identification date) and continues until the Ft. Washington, PA 19034 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) expiration date of the New Car Limited Warranty or unless The VIN is punched on the foot terminated by Maserati North platform, in front of the right-hand America, Inc. for cause. front seat. • PRE OWNED VEHICLES: Your To read the number, lift the removable membership begins on the date the carpet and remove the guard by registered vehicle was sold (in service unscrewing the four retaining screws. date) and continues until the expiration date of the Maserati Certified Pre-Owned Limited Warranty or unless terminated by Maserati North America, Inc for cause. Address Inquiries to General Inquiries: Maserati Roadside Assistance P.O. Box 968008 Schaumburg, IL 60173 Rental Car Reimbursements: Within 20 days of your rental car transaction, the original pre-printed rental car receipt, which must include your name, address, telephone number, VIN, rental dates and the corresponding warranty repair order should be submitted to:

17 Introduction

The VIN number is also indicated on Homologation Labels Warning and Information the label applied to the lower rear end 1 Safety Standard Label Labels of the driver’s door. This label is applied on the driver Passenger Air bag Labels door’s pillar. The labels applied on the external side of the sun visors and below it, on the dome.

The VIN number is also visible from the outside through the windshield on the front left corner of the dashboard. Emission Control Label This label is applied inside the hood lid, on the right-hand side.

NOTE: When ordering spare parts or making An other label is applied on the inquiries, always quote the Vehicle dashboard indicate that air bag system Identification Number. is installed.

18 Introduction

The label applied on the right-hand Fuel Warning Label Tire and Loading Information Label side of the dashboard bears the air The labels are applied inside the fuel This label is applied on the driver’s bag system expiration date. filler door. side at the base of the rear door pillar.

Paint Information Label Mercury Content Warning Label Lubricant Information Label The label is applied inside the hood This label is applied to the lower end This label is applied on the covering in lid, on the left-hand side. of the driver’s door. the right-hand side of the engine compartment.

19 Introduction

Engine Coolant Information Label This label is applied in correspondence of the coolant filling cap, in the engine compartment.

OBDII Socket Information This label is applied on the left-hand side of the dashboard.

20 2 – Before Starting

Keys ...... 22 Immobilizer System ...... 24 Vehicle Security Alarm ...... 26 Requiring and Setting Additional Key ...... 28 Doors ...... 30 Power Windows ...... 33 Open and Close the Trunk Lid ...... 35 Trunk Safety ...... 37 Open and Close the Hood ...... 37 Occupants Restraint Systems ...... 38 Supplemental Restraint System - Air bags ...... 46 Active Roll Bars...... 53 Child Restraint Systems ...... 54 Transporting Pets ...... 59 Park Assist ...... 60 Rear Parking Camera ...... 63 Safety Tips ...... 65

21 Before Starting

monoxide, phthalates and lead, that Keys MAR Driving position: all electrical which are know to the State of (ON) devices can operate. The key is Two keys with radio control are California to cause cancer and birth removable. supplied with the vehicle. defects or other reproductive harm. To minimize exposure, avoid breathing AVV Engine starting. exhaust, do not idle the engine except 2 Upon exceeding a speeda3mph as necessary, service your vehicle in a (5 km/h), if one or more doors/lids are well-ventilated area and wear gloves open or not properly closed, a warning or wash your hands frequently when buzzer will be activated. servicing your vehicle. For more information go to: www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger- vehicle

The key is used for: Ignition Switch The key in the ignition switch can turn • starting the engine; in 4 positions: • activating the central door locking system; STOP Engine off, engine immobilizer (OFF) and steering wheel lock • opening the trunk lid electrically; activated, connected devices • activating/deactivating the alarm disabled, apart from those that system; are not key-controlled (e.g. WARNING! • locking/unlocking the glove centralized door lock, trunk compartment on the dashboard. compartment opening, etc.). • When you get out of the vehicle, The key is removable. always remove the key to prevent someone from accidentally ACC Steering lock release and activating the controls. WARNING! position for cigarette lighter California Proposition 65 and power outlet activation. • When leaving the vehicle, always Operating, servicing and maintaining The key is removable. remove the key from the ignition a passenger vehicle or off-road vehicle switch and lock your vehicle. can expose you to chemicals including such as, engine exhaust, carbon

22 Before Starting

• Never leave children alone in a The key can be removed from the vehicle, or with access to an ignition switch only when the unlocked vehicle. transmission shift lever is in position P • Allowing children to be in a vehicle (Park). unattended is dangerous for a If the transmission shift lever is shifted number of reasons. A child or others to P (Park) after turning off the 2 could be seriously or fatally injured. engine, the key can only be removed Children should be warned not to within 30 seconds from turning it to touch the parking brake switch, STOP (OFF) position. brake pedal or the shift lever. If you do not remove the key within 30 seconds, you will need to turn it • Do not leave the key in or near the back to MAR (ON) and then to STOP vehicle, and do not leave the key in (OFF) position to have a further 30 WARNING! the ignition switch in the ACC or seconds within which to remove the After stopping the vehicle, always MAR (ON) position. A child could key. shift the transmission shift lever to P operate power windows, other In the event that the key unlocking (Park). controls, or move the vehicle. system fails or if it is not possible to • Do not leave children or animals shift the transmission shift lever to P inside parked vehicles in hot (Park) position, to remove the key weather. Interior heat build-up may from the ignition switch you must turn cause serious injury or death. it to STOP (OFF) position, then: • An unlocked car is an invitation to • remove the cap indicated in the thieves. Always remove the key picture using a pen or sufficiently from vehicle, cycle the ignition pointed tool; switch to STOP (OFF) and lock all • press the button just uncovered and doors when leaving the vehicle at the same time extract the key; unattended. • once the key has been removed, refit • In the event of tampering with the the cap. starter switch (e.g. attempted theft), have it checked by an Authorized Maserati Dealer before restarting the vehicle.

23 Before Starting Immobilizer System Dealer if you request duplicates of CODE System Operation the keys. Each time the key in the ignition The Maserati CODE System NOTE: switch is removed in the STOP (OFF) In order to increase protection against • The code numbers shown on the position, protection system activates theft, the vehicle is equipped with an the engine immobilizer. 2 CODE card should be kept in a safe electronic engine immobilizer system place. When the engine is started and the (Maserati CODE), which is key is turned to MAR (ON) position: • You are advised to always keep the automatically activated when the key CODE card number with you, as it is • If the code is recognized, the CODE is removed from the ignition switch. absolutely necessary in the event of warning light on the instrument Each starter key contains an electronic “Emergency Starting”. cluster turns off within a second, device which transmits a code signal to while the MIL warning light, the Maserati CODE control unit, and • In the event of a vehicle ownership transfer, it is essential that the new once the ECU diagnosis has been engine ignition is enabled only if the completed, goes off after about four key code is recognized by the system. owner is provided with all the keys and with the CODE card. seconds. In these conditions, the Using the key inserted in the driver's protection system recognizes the key • It is advisable to write down and outboard door lock, you can also code and deactivates the engine keep the codes listed on the plates control the soft top opening/closing immobilizer. When the key in the delivered with the keys and the strategy referred to as “Summer ignition switch is turned to AVV remote control in a safe place (not in open”. This strategy is described in position, the engine starts. chapter "Soft Top" of section the vehicle) in order to request • If the CODE warning light "Understanding the Vehicle". duplicates if needed. remains on and the MIL warning Key Codes light goes off after four seconds (ECU diagnostics) and illuminates again A CODE card is supplied with the keys. immediately afterward, the code has This card indicates the following: not been recognized and the • the “ELECTRONIC CODE” to be used message “Electronic key not for emergency starting (see recognized” is displayed. If this "Emergency Starting with Maserati occurs, turn the key in the ignition Code" in section "In an Emergency"); switch to STOP (OFF) and then back • the “MECHANICAL CODE” to be to MAR (ON) position. If the provided to an Authorized Maserati immobilizer stays on, try with the other keys. If you still cannot start

24 Before Starting

the engine, try the emergency start must be performed for all the keys, procedure (see "Emergency Starting including those already in your with Maserati Code" in section "In CAUTION! possession. Contact the Authorized an Emergency") and contact an • Strong impacts can damage the Maserati Dealer directly, bringing with Authorized Maserati Dealer. electronic components in the key. you all the keys in your possession, the While driving, with the key in the • Each key supplied has its own Maserati CODE card, the electronic 2 ignition switch in MAR (ON) position: specific code, which must be stored alarm system CODE CARD, a personal • If the CODE warning light comes in the memory of the system control ID and the identification and on, it means that the system is unit. registration documents proving running a self-diagnostic cycle. At ownership of the vehicle. The codes of any keys that are not the first stop you can test the system: Duplicating the Keys turn the key in the ignition switch in available when the new storage When ordering additional keys, STOP (OFF) position to stop the procedure is performed will be remember that the storage procedure engine and then back to MAR (ON) deleted from the memory to prevent (up to maximum of 7 keys) must be position: the CODE warning light any lost or stolen keys from being performed for all the keys, including will illuminate and should turn off in used to start the vehicle. those already in your possession. one second. If the warning light Contact the Authorized Maserati stays on, repeat the procedure Dealer directly, bringing with you all described previously leaving the key the keys in your possession, the at STOP (OFF) position for more than Maserati CODE card, the electronic 30 seconds. If the problem persists, alarm system CODE CARD, a personal contact an Authorized Maserati ID and the identification and Dealer. registration documents proving • If the CODE warning light flashes, ownership of the vehicle. The codes of it means that the vehicle is not any keys that are not available when protected by the immobilizer device. the new storage procedure is Immediately contact an Authorized performed will be deleted from the Maserati Dealer to have all the keys memory to prevent any lost or stolen stored in the memory. keys from being used to start the vehicle. When ordering additional keys, remember that the storage procedure (up to maximum of 7 keys)

25 Before Starting Vehicle Security Alarm motion and inclination sensors are temporarily deactivated. The vehicle security alarm system If the trunk compartment lid is then performs the following functions: closed, the sensors will be reactivated. • remote control of the centralized Should the turn signals flash 9 times 2 door locking/unlocking system; when you activate the security alarm system, this means that one of the • perimeter surveillance, detecting the doors or lids is not properly closed and opening of doors, engine/trunk therefore is not protected by the compartment lids; perimeter surveillance. • motion surveillance, detecting • The turn signals flash once. Check for correct closing of doors, intrusion in the passenger engine/trunk compartment lids and • The system beeps. compartment; close the open one without • vehicle movement surveillance. • The red LEDs on the front door deactivating the security alarm system: panels flash. NOTE: the turn signals flashing once indicate • The vehicle centralized door locking that now the door, engine/trunk The engine immobilizer operation is is activated and the doors are locked. compartment lids are closed properly guaranteed by the Maserati CODE The system becomes operative after and are protected by the perimeter system, which is automatically approximately 25 seconds and the surveillance. activated when the key is removed alarm is activated when: from the ignition switch. • a door is opened; CAUTION! Alarm System Activation • the trunk compartment lid is opened; If the turn signals flash 9 times when • the engine compartment lid is Press the lock button on the key to the security alarm system is activated opened; activate the security alarm system. with doors, front and rear lids properly • someone attempts to enter the closed, this means that the vehicle from a window; self-diagnostic function has detected a • the power supply is disconnected; malfunction in the system and that • the siren is disconnected; you should contact an Authorized Maserati Dealer to have the system • the vehicle is moved. checked. When the vehicle security alarm is active, the user may request the trunk compartment opening; in this case, the

26 Before Starting

Alarm System Deactivation Getting into the Vehicle with Alarm On Press the lock button on the key to CAUTION! activate the security alarm system. When the battery on the radio control Anti-intrusion and anti-lift protections case is dead, to access the vehicle you override is memorized until the alarm must insert the key in the lock on one is next activated: therefore, if these 2 of the two front doors and turn it protections are overridden but the clockwise to unlock it. alarm is not activated immediately, the The alarm will sound but you will have override will remain memorized until to continue with the normal starting the next time it is activated, regardless procedure. The alarm will turn off. of turning the vehicle on/off. Anti-intrusion and Anti-lift Protection Security Alarm Memory The anti-intrusion/anti-lift alarm If the CODE warning light appears • The turn signals flash twice. device may be deactivated by pressing on the display when the vehicle is • The system emits a double beep. the button, on the dome console, started, accompanied by the message • The red LEDs on the front door when the key in the ignition switch is “Break-in attempt detected” this panels turn off. in MAR (ON) position or within 1 means that an intrusion has been • The centralized door locking system minute from turning the engine off attempted during your absence. is activated and the doors are (key in the STOP (OFF) position). The security alarm system memory is unlocked. Deactivation is signaled by the LED on reset when you turn the ignition key. The security alarm system is off and it the button flashing for 3 seconds. is therefore possible to get into the vehicle and start the engine. Pressing the unlock button twice unlocks the doors and also switches on the low beams for 30 seconds. NOTE: The security alarm system is not deactivated when the key is turned in the locks.

27 Before Starting Requiring and Setting Radio Control Battery can expose you to chemicals including Replacement such as, engine exhaust, carbon Additional Key monoxide, phthalates and lead, that If you press one of the three buttons which are know to the State of In order to purchase additional keys and this does not activate the California to cause cancer and birth with radio control you need to bring corresponding function, before defects or other reproductive harm. To 2 with you at the Authorized Maserati replacing the batteries, check for minimize exposure, avoid breathing Dealer: correct operation of the security alarm exhaust, do not idle the engine except system functions using the other • all keys with radio control in your as necessary, service your vehicle in a remote control. possession; well-ventilated area and wear gloves The recommended replaced battery • the Maserati CODE card; or wash your hands frequently when type is a: CR2032. • a personal ID; servicing your vehicle. For more To replace the battery proceed as information go to: • the identification and registration follows: documents proving ownership of the www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger- vehicle. • Extract the key by pushing the vehicle Setting new keys with radio control or indicated button. re-setting the original ones may only • Undo the lateral screw securing the be performed at the Authorized battery holder with a small Maserati Dealer. cross-head screwdriver. • Extract the battery holder. NOTE: The codes of any key with radio control that are not available when the new setting procedure is carried out will be deleted from the memory to prevent any lost or stolen key with radio control being used to disarm the electronic alarm system.

WARNING! California Proposition 65 Operating, servicing and maintaining • Remove the battery from its a passenger vehicle or off-road vehicle retaining ring.

28 Before Starting

as necessary, service your vehicle in a The homologation number (EEC well-ventilated area and wear gloves regulations) of the radio control or wash your hands frequently when device is indicated in the picture. servicing your vehicle. For more information go to: www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger- 2 vehicle

NOTE: Avoid touching the new battery with your fingers. Skin oils may cause battery deterioration. If you touch a ENVIRONMENTAL! battery, clean with alcohol. Batteries contain dangerous materials The current device feature is subject to that could harm the environment. • Fit a new battery of the same type, following conditions: Please dispose of them according to observing the indicated polarity: local regulations or at an Authorized match the "+" sign on the battery to • This device may not cause harmful Maserati Dealer. the "+" sign on the inside of the interference. battery holder. • This device must accept any • Fit the battery holder into the radio interference received, including control case and secure it by interference that may cause WARNING! tightening the retaining screw. undesired operation. California Proposition 65 If your transmitter device fails to Operating, servicing and maintaining Radio Frequency Transmitter - operate from a normal distance, check a passenger vehicle or off-road vehicle General Information for these two conditions: can expose you to chemicals including Some countries do not require a • A weak battery in the transmitter such as, engine exhaust, carbon specific domestic homologation in the device. The expected life of the monoxide, phthalates and lead, that event that the vehicle has already battery in normal use is a minimum which are know to the State of obtained other European of three years. California to cause cancer and birth homologations. defects or other reproductive harm. To • Closeness to a radio transmitter such minimize exposure, avoid breathing as a radio station tower, airport exhaust, do not idle the engine except

29 Before Starting transmitter, and some mobile or CB Doors Opening from the Outside radios. Turn off the security alarm system and the centralized door locking system by WARNING! pressing the unlock button on the radio control case (see chapter • For personal security and safety in 2 “Vehicle Security Alarm” in this the event of an accident, or robbery section) or insert and turn the key in lock the vehicle doors before you the lock on one of the front doors. drive as well as when parking and leaving the vehicle unattended. • When leaving the vehicle, always remove the key and lock your vehicle. • Do not allow children to be in a vehicle unattended or with access to an unlocked vehicle. A child or others could be seriously or fatally injured. Children should be warned not to touch the parking brake trigger, brake pedal or the shift To open the door, press the front lever. button inside each handle. The vehicle is equipped with power • Do not leave the key in or near the locks which move the mechanical parts vehicle, and do not leave ignition when pressing this button. switch in the ACC or MAR (ON) As these are electric locks, a slight position. A child could operate pressure on the front button will power windows, other controls, or unlock the doors. start the engine and the vehicle. • Before opening a door, make sure the maneuver can be performed safely.

30 Before Starting

On the door panels, in a position Control Plus (MTC+) settings (see which is visible from the outside, there "MTC+ Settings" in section is a dual-color (green/red) LED E which "Dashboard Instrument and indicates the status of the locks Controls"). (locked/unlocked). The red LEDs If one or more doors are not properly illuminate for 3 seconds after the locks closed when locking the doors from 2 are engaged and the green LEDs for the outside, they will not be locked, the same amount of time when they while if the trunk compartment is not are unlocked. properly closed, the doors will in any case be locked. NOTE: In the event of an emergency (vehicle In both cases, the malfunction will be The door LEDs remain illuminated for dead battery or electric system failure) indicated by the turn signals flashing approximately 3 seconds and to open the doors, with the locks for a few seconds. therefore, in normal conditions, they released, press the rear button inside are off. NOTE: each handle. Otherwise, if the doors • The interior door locking/unlocking, are locked, you must release them by trunk compartment lid opening and turning the key in the lock to open fuel tank door opening buttons are them, then press the rear button. disabled when the doors are locked In this case, being a conventional from the outside. mechanism, hold the rear button pressed down longer. • In the event that the inertia switch activates, the doors are electrically unlocked and the vehicle can be accessed by pressing the rear button inside each handle.

When the security alarm system is turned on and the doors are locked, the LEDs on the doors flash. The radio control device allows you to operate the centralized opening of all the doors or of the driver’s door only, depending on the Maserati Touch

31 Before Starting

Opening from the Inside NOTE: ensure proper system operation. To perform this procedure, lock and then To open the door, even if the lock is By pulling the internal handle on the unlock the doors using the buttons engaged, pull the internal handle. driver’s door, all the locks can be released at the same time or just the and on the radio control device. driver’s door, depending on the MTC+ For more details, see "Maintenance- 2 settings (see "MTC+ Settings" in Free Battery" in section "Maintenance section "Dashboard Instrument and and Care". Controls"). Door Open Indicator Light Door Open Warning Lights Each door is provided with a reflector fitted on the rear side of the door If the doors and the engine/luggage panel that makes it visible when compartment lids are not closed illuminated by the headlights of a properly, this is signaled by the vehicle. illumination of relative symbols on the There are two buttons in front of the Signal transmission lever which operate the instrument panel display, accompanied door locking and unlocking functions: by the messages “Door open” or Upon exceeding a speed of 3 mph : door locking; “Doors open” shown in the picture. (5 km/h), if one or more doors/lid are : door unlocking. open or not properly closed, a warning signal will be activated. Door Courtesy Light Each door panel is fitted with a courtesy light, on the lower part of the door framework, to illuminate the area where passengers enter/exit the vehicle.

Door Lock ECU Initialization Every time the battery is connected or a fuse replaced, you must perform the system initialization procedure to

32 Before Starting Power Windows The power windows can only be activated when the key in the ignition switch is in the MAR (ON) position. The controls for all power windows 2 are located in the armrest of the door on the driver’s side. The external switch commands the power window driver’s side; the inner switch commands the power window NOTE: passenger’s side. • The power window switches will WARNING! remain active for up to 10 minutes Gearshifting is always active and may after the key in the ignition switch is be performed even when one or more turned to the STOP (OFF) position. doors, the engine compartment lid or Opening either door will cancel this the trunk lid are open. Therefore, in feature. these conditions, take great care to avoid moving the transmission shift • Frequent activations of the power lever and so accidentally engage windows could result in a temporary gears. lock out of the motors. In this case, wait a moment before a new activation. The door on the passenger side only • If the power window is closed when has control for the window on the the door is open, the window stops passenger side. before the upper limit so as not to interfere with the seal when the door is closed.

33 Before Starting

Auto-Down Feature Auto-Up Feature WARNING! The driver door power window switch Lift the window switch to the second • When the door is opened, the and some model passenger door detent, release, and the window will window is automatically lowered power window switches have an go all the way up automatically. auto-down feature. To stop the window from going all the 2 slightly; when the door is closed again, the window is automatically Press the window switch to the second way up during the auto-up operation, raised. Always ensure that detent, release, and the window will push down on the switch briefly. passengers (especially children) are go completely down automatically. To close the window part way, lift the clear of the windows when To open the window part way, press window switch to the first detent and opening/closing the doors. the window switch to the first detent release it when you want the window and release it when you want the to stop. • Improper use of the power windows window to stop. can be dangerous. Ensure that NOTE: To stop the window from going all the passengers are clear of the windows way down during the auto-down • Any impact due to rough road before closing them. When leaving operation, pull up on the switch conditions may trigger the auto the vehicle, always remove the key briefly. reverse function unexpectedly during from the ignition switch to prevent auto-closure. If this happens, pull the the power windows from being switch lightly to the first detent and accidentally activated: this could hold to close the window manually. endanger any passengers remaining • Before activating the alarm, ensure in the vehicle. that all the windows are closed; this • Never leave unattended children in a will help prevent the alarm being vehicle. triggered accidentally. • Failure of the soft top temporarily (for approx. 10 mins) prevents movement of the electric windows. Once this period has elapsed, the windows function normally.

34 Before Starting Reset Auto-Up/Down Open and Close the Trunk Should the auto-up/down feature stop Lid working, the window probably needs to be reset. Opening To reset auto-up/down, pull the The trunk compartment lid can be 2 window switch up to close the opened from inside or outside the window completely and push the vehicle. window switch down to open the Button which opens the lid from window completely. inside, is located to the left of the If You have to Disconnect the steering wheel. To open the trunk lid from the Battery It can only be operated when the key outside, when the security alarm is is removed from the ignition switch or deactivated and the key is inside the Before disconnecting the battery, turned to STOP (OFF) or ACC position. lower the side windows by at least 1-2 vehicle, simply press the button in (4-5 cm) to avoid damaging the soft underneath the license plate light top strip when opening and closing frame. the door. When the battery is connected, this operation is performed automatically when the door is opened and closed. The windows must remain lowered until the charged battery is reconnected. If the battery is completely discharged when the windows are fully raised, only open To open the trunk compartment lid the door if absolutely necessary, with from outside, press button on the the utmost care; do not close the door radio control case: this opens the lock To avoid accidental activation while again until it is possible to lower the and the trunk lid rises slightly. the vehicle is moving, it is only window. possible to open the trunk compartment when the key is removed from the ignition switch or turned to STOP (OFF) or ACC position.

35 Before Starting

Two gas struts facilitate the lid Closing opening. The struts are calibrated to To close the trunk lid grasp one of the ensure they function correctly with the handles as indicated on the inner weights specified by the manufacturer. covering and lower the lid. The arbitrary addition of objects Then press gently on the outside of (spoiler, luggage rack etc.) may impair 2 the lid, in correspondence of the lock, the lid’s correct operation and safety. until hearing it click in place.

WARNING! When using the trunk compartment, Once you have located the cable and never exceed the maximum loads pulled it out from the seat, pull it allowed (see “Technical Data" in forward to open the trunk section "Features and Specifications”). compartment lid. Also check that the objects contained in the luggage compartment are Independent Trunk Lid arranged properly. Unlocking To allow the user to hold only the The trunk compartment is illuminated Emergency Opening trunk lid unlocked compared to the by a light that comes on automatically doors condition, there is a dedicated when the lid is opened; switching off is If necessary, the trunk compartment lid feature which can be activated by timed. can be opened by pulling the small MTC+ in “Doors & Locks” menu (see If the trunk compartment lid is left cable, located underneath the left rear "MTC+ Settings" in section open, the light switches off after a few seat. "Dashboard Instruments and minutes. To turn it on again, close the Controls". lid and then reopen it. NOTE: The soft top automatic movement is disabled when the trunk compartment is open.

36 Before Starting Trunk Safety Open and Close the Hood Opening WARNING! From inside the vehicle, pull the hood release lever located under the left Do not allow children to have access 2 to the trunk. Always close the trunk lower side of the dashboard. lid when your vehicle is unattended. Once in the trunk, young children may not be able to escape. If trapped in the trunk, children can die from suffocation or heat stroke.

Trunk Lid Emergency Release from inside the Trunk As a security measure, an internal trunk emergency release lever is Move to the outside and stand in connected to the trunk latching front of the vehicle front grille. mechanism. In the event of a person Slightly lift the hood and lift the trapped inside the trunk, the trunk lid safety lever as indicated by the arrow. can be simply opened by pulling on The safety lever is located in the the phosphorescent handle shown in center of the front lid contact area. figures.

37 Before Starting Occupants Restraint CAUTION! Systems To prevent possible damage, do not The listed occupants restraint systems slam the hood to close it. are some of the most important safety 2 features in your vehicle: • Three-point seat belts (also called lap WARNING! and shoulder belts) for the driver and • Be sure the hood is fully latched all passengers. before driving your vehicle. If the lid • Front air bags for driver and Lift the hood completely: this is not fully latched, it could open passenger. operation is facilitated by two gas when the vehicle is in motion and struts keeping the fully open position. • Seat-mounted side air bags for the block your vision. Failure to follow driver and front passenger. With the key in the ignition switch in this warning could result in serious • An energy-absorbing steering MAR (ON) position, the specific red injury or death. warning light will display on the column and steering wheel. instrument cluster with the message • Gear shifting is always active and • Front seat belts incorporate a indicating that the hood is open (see may be performed even when one pretensioner (Emergency Tensioning chapter “Instrument Cluster” in section or more doors, the hood or the trunk Device - ETD) that may enhance “Dashboard Instrument and lid are open. Therefore, in these occupant protection by managing Controls”). conditions, take great care to avoid the energy created during an impact. moving the transmission shift lever • Front seat belt retractors are Closing and so accidentally engage gears. equipped with load limiting devices Lower the hood to about 20 cm (8 in) which control the seat belt reeling from the contact area of the engine out so as to adjust the force exerted compartment and then drop it. This on the shoulders while the seat belt should secure the inclusion of the is in restraining mode. latch. • All seat belts system (except the driver’s) include Automatic Locking Retractors (ALR), which lock the seat belt webbing into position by extending the belt all the way out

38 Before Starting

and then adjusting the belt to the and, if it is in front of you, it could must be on the floor (i.e. not on the desired length to restrain a child seat cause neck wounds or other injuries in dashboard, seat or out of the or secure a large item in a seat. an accident. Additionally, in an window). Please pay close attention to the accident, the lower section of the belt Children that are not big enough to information in this section. It tells you could press against the upper part of wear the vehicle seat belt properly how to use your restraint system your stomach rather than the pelvic (see “Child Restraints System” in this 2 properly, to keep you and your area, causing serious internal injuries. section) should be secured in the rear passengers as safe as possible. Here are some simple steps you can seat in child restraints seats or If you are carrying children too small take to minimize the risk of harm belt-positioning booster seats. Older for adult-sized seat belts, the seat from a deploying air bag: children who do not use child belts or the Lower Anchors and Tether restraints seats or belt-positioning for CHildren (LATCH) feature also can • Children 12 years old and under booster seats should ride properly be used to hold infant and child should always ride buckled up in a buckled up in the rear seat. Never restraint systems. For more rear seat. allow children to slide the shoulder information on LATCH, refer to belt behind them or under their arm. “Lower Anchors and Tether for The safest place for a child that has CHildren (LATCH)” in this section. WARNING! outgrown the child safety seat is in Infants in rear facing child restraints the rear seat using the standard seat should never ride in the front seat of belt in combination with a suitable WARNING! a vehicle with a passenger front air booster seat if needed so the seat belt To help provide maximum protection, bag. An air bag deployment can cause is properly located on the child. you are advised to keep the seatback severe or fatal injury to infants in that You should read the instructions in the most upright position possible position. provided with your child restraint and the seat belt close to your chest Do not use child seats or child booster system to make sure that you are and pelvis. If the seat belt is loose, in cushions/backrests in the front using it properly. the event of an accident you could passenger seat. Occupants in the front • All occupants should always wear move too far forward and could be passenger seat must never sit on the their lap and shoulder belts properly. injured. Travelling with the seatback edge of the seat, leaning toward the too far reclined could also be dashboard or otherwise sit out of • The driver and front passenger seats dangerous: even if the seat belts are position. The occupants’ back must be should be moved back as far as fastened, they may not work as upright as comfort allows, and possible to allow the front air bags correctly. In fact, the belt itself may must rest against the seatback with room to inflate. not be close enough to your body the seat belt properly fastened. Feet

39 Before Starting

• Do not lean against the door or thrown from the vehicle. Seat belts the front passenger seat. This also window. Your vehicle has reduce the possibility of ejection and applies to children. Their heads are seat-mounted side air bag and, if the risk of injury caused by striking the proportionally heavier and larger than deployment occurs, they will inflate inside of the vehicle. those of adults, while their bones and forcefully into the space between Everyone in a motor vehicle should be muscles are relatively undeveloped. To 2 you and the door. belted at all times. help protect them in case of a collision, they must use special restraint or • If the air bag system in this vehicle Three-Point Seat Belts needs to be modified to safety systems, even in the rear seat accommodate a disabled person, All seating positions in your vehicle are area. contact an Authorized Maserati equipped with combination lap and Dealer. shoulder belts. The belt retractor is designed to lock WARNING! during very sudden stops or impacts. • It is forbidden and dangerous to ride WARNING! This feature allows the shoulder part in a cargo area. In an accident, of the belt to move freely with you In an accident, all occupants can suffer people riding in these areas are more under normal conditions, conforming much greater injuries if not properly likely to be seriously injured or to the body of the occupants. buckled up. You can strike the interior killed. However, in an accident, the belt will of your vehicle or other occupants or • Do not allow any person to ride in lock and reduce your risk of striking you can be thrown out of the vehicle. any area of your vehicle that is not the inside of the vehicle or being Always be sure you and others in your equipped with seats and seat belts. thrown out. vehicle are buckled up properly. The driver is responsible for respecting, • Be sure all passengers are in a seat Buckle up even though you are an and ensuring that all the other and using a seat belt properly. excellent driver, even on short trips. occupants of the car also observe the Someone on the road may be a poor • Wearing your belt improperly could local regulations concerning the use of driver and cause an accident that make your injuries in an accident seat belts. Always fasten the seat belts includes you. This can happen far much worse. You might suffer before starting the vehicle. away from home or on your own internal injuries, or you could even Seat belts are designed to be used by street. slide out of part of the belt. Follow persons whose physical characteristics these instructions to wear your seat Statistics report that seat belts save (age, height, weight) are provided for belt properly and to keep your lives and help reduce the seriousness by established legislation in each passengers safe, too. of injuries in an accident. Some of the country. Anyone who does comply worst injuries happen when people are with these provisions may not travel in

40 Before Starting

• Two people should never be belted into the buckle until you hear a to tear in the event of a crash. into a single seat belt. People belted “click.” • If a seat belt has been brought in together can crash into one another contact with a sharp edge, or has in an accident, hurting one another been used to pin something to it, severely. Never use a lap/shoulder have it immediately replaced by our belt for more than one person. Authorized Maserati Dealer. 2 • Remember that, in the event of an • A belt that is latched into the wrong accident, the rear seat passengers buckle will not protect you properly. not wearing the seat belts are not The lap portion of the belt could only subject to personal injuries but ride too high on your body, possibly also represent a serious danger for causing internal injuries. Always the front seat occupants. latch your belt into the corresponding buckle. Three-Point Seat Belts Use Instructions • A belt that is too loose will not • Enter the vehicle and close the door. protect you properly. In a sudden Sit back and adjust the seat. stop, you could move too far • The seat belt latch plate is on the forward, increasing the possibility of rear door pillar, above the seat on injury. Wear your seat belt the external side (for front seats) or comfortably. on the internal side (for rear seats). • A belt that is worn under your arm is dangerous. Your body could strike the inside surfaces of the vehicle in WARNING! an accident, increasing head and Before fastening the seat belts, make neck injury. A belt worn under the sure they are correctly fitted into the arm can also cause internal injuries. guide on the front seat backrest, WARNING! indicated in picture. • The seat belts height must be • The lower part must adhere to the adjusted only with the vehicle pelvis rather than the abdomen of • Hold the latch plate and pull the belt stationary. the occupant. To fasten the lap belt across you, make the belt go around • Do not bring sharp edges in contact pull slightly up the diagonal portion your body and when the belt is long with a seat belt. This could reduce of the shoulder belt. To loosen the enough to fit, insert the latch plate their initial strength and cause them lap belt if too tight, tilt the latch

41 Before Starting

plate and pull on the lap belt. A snug automatically retract to its stowed fold that begins immediately above belt reduces the risk of sliding under position. If necessary, guide the seat the latch plate. the belt in an accident. belt with your hand while it is • Slide the latch plate upward over the rewinding, to prevent it from folded belt. The folded belt must twisting. enter the slot at the top of the latch 2 WARNING! plate. • A lap belt worn too high can • Continue to slide the latch plate up increase the risk of internal injury in WARNING! until it clears the folded belt. an accident. The belt forces won't A frayed or torn belt could break in an impact on the strong hip and pelvic accident and leave you with no Rear Passengers Seat Belts bones, but across your abdomen. protection. Inspect the belt system The rear seat belts, as the front ones, Always wear the lap belt as low as periodically, checking for cuts, frays, or are automatic with three fastening possible and keep it comfortable. loose parts. Damaged parts must be points and an emergency inertia • A twisted belt will not protect you replaced immediately. locking device on the winding unit. properly. In a collision, it could even Do not disassemble or modify the cut into you. Be sure the belt is system. Seat belt/retractor assemblies straight. If you can't straighten a must be replaced by an Authorized belt in your vehicle, take it to a Maserati Dealer after an accident if Service Center immediately. they have been damaged (bent retractor, torn belt, etc.). • Do not use devices (clips, fastenings etc.) that prevent the seat belts from laying close to the occupants bodies. Three-Point Seat Belt Untwisting Procedure • Never carry children on a passengers lap. Use the following procedure to untwist a twisted three point belt. Rear passengers seat belts are • Position the shoulder belt on your • Position the latch plate as close as equipped with Automatic Locking chest so that it is comfortable and possible to the anchor point. Retractors (ALR) and can be used to not resting on your neck. The • At about 0.5 to 1 ft (15 to 30 cm) secure a child restraint system. For retractor will withdraw any slack in above the latch plate, grasp and additional information, see “Installing the belt. twist the belt 180 degrees to create a Child Restraint Systems using the • To release the belt, push the red Vehicle Seat Belt equipped with ALR” button on the buckle. The belt will

42 Before Starting under “Child Restraint Systems” in this • In the event of a collision, the seat section. belts help reduce the possibility of When the passenger seating position the vehicle’s occupants being with ALR is being used for normal thrown against the structures of the usage, only pull the belt out far passenger compartment or out of enough to comfortably wrap around the vehicle. 2 the occupant so as to not activate the • The air bags are designed to work ALR. If the ALR is activated, you will together with the seat belts, not to hear a ratcheting sound as the belt substitute them. The front air bags retracts. In this case, allow the belt to only deploy in the event of certain retract completely and then carefully head-on collisions of sufficient Using Rear Seat Belt in pull out only the amount of belt intensity. They may not be activated Automatic Locking Retractor necessary to comfortably wrap around if the vehicle rolls over, or in the (ALR) Mode the seat occupant. event of rear bumps or minor frontal Slide the latch plate into the buckle collisions, or non-frontal collisions. Use the seat belt automatic locking until you hear a "click". mode anytime a child safety seat is The belts for the rear seats must be installed in a seating position that has worn as shown in the illustration. a belt with this feature. The seat belts must be worn keeping WARNING! Children up to 12 years old or under 5 your chest in the upright position and • Remember that, in the event of a ft (1,5 m) in height, should be properly lying against the backrest. violent impact, the passengers in the buckled up in a child restraint system. rear seats that are not wearing the Automatic Locking Mode Setting seat belts are not only subject to • Buckle the lap and shoulder belt. personal injury but they also • Grasp the shoulder portion and pull represent a danger for passengers downward until the entire belt is sitting in the front seats. extracted. • Always fasten the seat belts. • Allow the belt to retract. As the belt • Traveling without the seat belts retracts, you will hear a clicking fastened significantly increases the sound. This indicates the safety belt risk of serious injury in the event of is now in the automatic locking a collision, even with the air bags. mode.

43 Before Starting

Automatic Locking Mode Unsetting bodies before its restraining action the seat belts are fastened. After Unbuckle the three point seat belt and starts. activation, contact an Authorized allow it to retract completely to The seat belt locking indicates that the Maserati Dealer to have the disengage the automatic locking mode device has activated; a small amount pretensioners replaced and for and activate the vehicle emergency of smoke may be released. The smoke properly discarding the old 2 locking mode. is not toxic and does not indicate the components. presence of a fire. • Do not tamper with the pretensioner The pretensioners are activated in the components. Any operation must be event of an impact of a certain WARNING! performed only by qualified and severity. authorized personnel. Always • The belt and retractor assembly must The pretensioner only activates when be checked by an Authorized contact an Authorized Maserati the seat belt is fastened. Dealer. Maserati Dealer and must be After a pretensioner activation, the replaced if the Automatic Locking seat belt can be unfastened as usual, Retractor (ALR) feature or any other by pressing the button on the buckle. CAUTION! seat belt function is not working The pretensioner does not require any properly. maintenance or lubrication. Work on the vehicle which involves, • Failure to replace the belt and Any change to its original condition vibrations or localized heating (over retractor assembly could increase the invalidates its efficiency. If, in the 212°F/100°C for 6 hours max.) in the risk of injury in collisions. event of exceptional natural events area of the pretensioners may damage (e.g. floods, heavy storms, etc.), the or activate them: vibrations due to Seat Belt Pretensioners device has been in contact with water uneven road surfaces or small and sludge, it is mandatory to replace obstacles, such as impacts with curbs, To further enhance the seat belt it. do not affect the units. Please contact efficiency, the vehicle front seat belts To help ensure the best protection an Authorized Maserati Dealer if any are equipped with ETD (Emergency from the pretensioners, wear the belt interventions must be carried out. Tensioning Device) pretensioners. in such a way that it fits snugly against These devices “detect”, by means of a your chest and pelvis. Load Limiting Devices sensor, that a violent crash is occurring and retract the belts by a few To enhance passive safety, the front centimeters. This ensures that the belt seat belt retractors are equipped with properly adheres to the occupants’ WARNING! load limiting devices which control the • The pretensioners can be deployed seat belt reeling out so as to adjust the only once and activate only when

44 Before Starting force exerted on the shoulders while Once the sequence starts, it will Make sure that the belt can move the seat belt is in restraining mode. continue for the entire duration. After freely without jamming. the sequence completes, the seat belt Seat Belt Reminder System • The seat belts must be replaced reminder light remain illuminated following every pretensioner (SBR) until the respective seat belts are activation and whenever the belt The SBR system has the function to fastened. itself shows visible damages or 2 remind the driver and the front If the opened door on the driver or abrasions. passenger to fasten the seat belts. passenger side is closed and the • Wash the seat belts by hand using The function activates with engine occupant presence sensor detects a water and neutral soap, rinse them running. If the driver or front seat status change from occupant not and let them dry in the shade. Do passenger is unbelted, the seat belt present to occupant present the not use strong detergents, bleaches reminder light and related message system will repeat the warning or colorants and any other chemical will turn on in the instrument cluster sequence. substance that may weaken the and remain on until both front seat The driver should instruct all other fibers. occupants to fasten their seat belts. belts are fastened. • Make sure the seat belt retractors do If a front seat belt is unbuckled while not get wet: they will operate traveling at speeds greater than properly only if they do not undergo 5 mph (8 km/h), SBR system will water infiltration. provide both audio and visual notification on the instrument cluster. Seat Belts and Pregnant The front passenger seat SBR is not Women active when the front passenger seat is not occupied. SBR may be triggered Seat belts should also be worn by when an animal or heavy object is on pregnant women: the risk of injury in the front passenger seat. It is the event of an accident is greatly recommended to restrain pets in the reduced for them and the unborn The warning sequence begins after rear seat, in pet harnesses or pet child if they are wearing a seat belt. the vehicle speed is over 5 mph carriers that are secured by seat belts, The best way to protect the fetus is to (8 km/h) for more than 19 seconds, by and properly stow cargo. protect the mother. blinking the seat belt reminder light Pregnant women must position the and by sounding an intermittent Maintaining the Seat Belts lower part of the belt very low down chime. • Always use the seat belts with the so that it passes over the pelvis and belt completely flat, not twisted. under the abdomen (see figure).

45 Before Starting Supplemental Restraint impact. The side air bags are mounted in the front seat backrests. System - Air bags The word “AIRBAG” is embossed on This vehicle has front and side air bags this area for easier recognition. for both the driver and front 2 passenger as a supplement to the seat belt restraint systems. The driver's front air bag is mounted in the center of the steering wheel in the area shown in the picture. The word When a safety belt is worn properly, it “AIRBAG” is embossed on this area for is more likely that baby will not be easier recognition. hurt in a crash. For pregnant women, The passenger's front air bag is as for anyone, the key to making mounted in the dashboard, above the glove compartment in the area shown safety belts effective is wearing them NOTE: properly. in the picture. The word “AIRBAG” is embossed on this area for easier After any accident, the vehicle should recognition. be taken to an Authorized Maserati Dealer immediately. WARNING! Pregnant women must carefully Air bag System Components observe the above indications, as well as local regulation concerning the use Your vehicle is equipped with the of seat belts. following air bag system components: • Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC). • Driver and passenger front air bag. • Pretensioner for front seat belts. • Driver and passenger side bag. This vehicle is also equipped with side • Front and side impact sensors. air bag for driver and passenger • Air bag system failure warning light. chest-head protection during a side • Diagnostic socket. • Fuel cut-out inertia switch.

46 Before Starting

Front Air bags • For crashes of higher severity, the control unit will deploy the driver air CAUTION! bag in low energy mode. • The Occupant Restraint Controller WARNING! • For crashes of even higher severity, (ORC) provides for the activation of The air bag is not a substitute for the the control unit will deploy the the pretensioners, front air bags or seat belts. Correct use of the seat driver air bag in high energy mode. 2 side air bags, according to the type belts, in combination with the air bag, The front passenger’s air bag is of impact. Failure of one or more will offer protection for the driver and designed to be deployed in certain systems to activate is not indicative passenger in the front seat in the head-on collisions according to the of a system malfunction. event of a head-on collision. following strategy. • The front and/or side air bags may • For low severity crashes, the air bag inflate if the vehicle suffers a violent The air bag system is composed of two control unit will not deploy the air impact involving the underbody cushions that are designed to inflate bags. area, for example in case of violent almost instantaneously. One is on the • For crashes of higher severity, the impacts against steps, sidewalks, driver’s side, in the center of the control unit will deploy the air bag speed bumps, or when the vehicle steering wheel, and the other is on in low energy mode. falls into potholes, or similar. the passenger side, inside the • For crashes of even higher severity, dashboard. • The air bags release a small amount the control unit will deploy the air The front air bags of your vehicle have of powder during deployment. This bag in high energy mode. powder is not harmful and does not been designed to inflate in two indicate the presence of a fire; in stages. This allows the air bag to have addition, the surface of the different rates of inflation based on deployed air bag and the interior of the crash severity, as assessed by the WARNING! the vehicle may be covered with a air bag control unit. • Never place an object over or near powdery residue: this powder may The driver’s air bag is designed to be the driver and passenger air bags. In irritate your skin and eyes. In case of deployed in certain head-on collisions the event that the passenger air bag contact, wash the affected parts with according to the following strategy. is deployed, it will project any object over it, or near it, in the passenger running water and neutral soap. • For low severity crashes, the air bag compartment at very high speed. control unit will not deploy the air The object will be transformed into bag. a projectile propelled in the passenger compartment. This could (Continued) 47 Before Starting

(Continued) The air bags deflate immediately cause serious injuries. afterward. • Do not tamper or damage the air CAUTION! NOTE: bag modules. If, for any reason, an • Do not cut or tamper with the air bag cover gets damaged, have When the system starts operating, connectors of the air bag harness or 2 the air bag module immediately gases are released in the form of on the air bag modules. fumes, together with the gas used for checked by an Authorized Maserati • Do not cover the steering wheel and inflating the air bags. Dealer. the top part on the instrument These gases are not harmful. • Activation of a damaged module cluster on the passenger’s side with could cause serious or fatal injuries. any tape or label, or treat it in any Please note that your vehicle is not way. capable of automatically detecting WARNING! • Never remove the steering wheel. If damage to the air bag cover. California Proposition 65 necessary, this procedure should only Operating, servicing and maintaining be performed by an Authorized Operation and Replacement a passenger vehicle or off-road vehicle Maserati Dealer. The air bags are controlled by the OCR can expose you to chemicals including • All the air bag system components that is designed to activate them in such as, engine exhaust, carbon must be replaced after an accident the case of a head-on collision of monoxide, phthalates and lead, that that has caused air bag deployment. sufficient force. which are know to the State of Following an accident not involving In the event of a collision with an California to cause cancer and birth air bag activation, you must contact impact force that causes deceleration defects or other reproductive harm. To an Authorized Maserati Dealer to exceeding the value set for the minimize exposure, avoid breathing have the system checked and replace internal sensor, the OCR will transmit a exhaust, do not idle the engine except any system components that may be signal to deploy the air bags. The air as necessary, service your vehicle in a damaged or malfunctioning. bags will begin to inflate, breaking the well-ventilated area and wear gloves cover along the breakage line and will or wash your hands frequently when inflate completely in a few servicing your vehicle. For more milliseconds. Once inflated, they will information go to: WARNING! serve as a protection between the www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger- Damaged or defective components of driver and/or passenger and structures vehicle the air bag system cannot be repaired that could cause injury. and must be replaced.

48 Before Starting

Improper intervention involving the system components can cause failures or undesired activation of the air bags with damage resulting. The air bag system components have been specially designed for this 2 specific vehicle model. Do not attempt to use them on other vehicles, as this could cause serious injuries to passengers in the event of an accident. To scrap the vehicle, please contact an The labels applied on the external side The label hanging from the glove box Authorized Maserati Dealer to have of the sun visors and on dashboard can be removed. the air bag system disposed of indicate that the air bag system is properly. installed. If the vehicle has been stolen or there has been an attempted theft, have the air bag system checked by an Authorized Maserati Dealer.

WARNING! The air bag modules must be replaced at the expiration date indicated in the label on the right-hand side of the Side Air bags dashboard, even if the vehicle was The side air bags have been designed not involved in collisions. to help enhance the protection level Please contact an Authorized Maserati provided to occupants traveling in the Dealer for replacement of the air bag front seats in the event of certain system when this date approaches. medium-high severity collisions. They consist of an instantaneously inflating air bag (side bag) housed in the front seat backrests.

49 Before Starting

In the event of a side impact, the contact an Authorized Maserati seat belt pretensioners, as required, Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) Dealer for replacement of the entire depending on the severity and type of processes the signals coming from side safety system, Occupant Restraint impact. sensors and activates air bag Controller (ORC), seat belts, The ORC monitors the readiness of the deployment when necessary. pretensioners, and to have the electronic parts of the air bag system 2 The air bag deploys almost vehicle electrical system checked. whenever the key in the ignition instantaneously, placing itself between • Any and all inspections, repairs and switch is in the MAR (ON) position. If the occupants and the side of the replacements regarding the air bag the key is in the STOP (OFF) position, vehicle. The air bag deflates must be performed by an Authorized in the ACC position, or not active, the immediately afterward. Maserati Dealer. air bag system is not activated and the In the case of low-severity side air bags will not inflate. collisions (for which the restraining NOTE: The ORC contains a backup power action of the seat belts provides supply system that may deploy the air adequate protection), the air bags do • To scrap the vehicle, please contact bags even if the battery has low power not deploy. an Authorized Maserati Dealer in or it becomes disconnected prior to The side air bags are not a substitute order to have the air bag system deployment. When starting the of the seat belts but rather act in deactivated. vehicle, ORC turns on the air bag combination with them. As a • If the vehicle is sold, the new owners warning light on the instrument consequence, the seat belts must must read the above described cluster for approximately 4 to 8 always be worn as provided for by instructions for use and warnings on seconds for a test. applicable legislation in Europe and in this “Owner’s Manual” that is an After the test, the air bag warning most non-European countries. integral part of the car. light will turn off. If the ORC, during the diagnosis phase detects a Occupant Restraint Controller malfunction that could affect the air WARNING! (ORC) bag system, it turns on the air bag warning light and the “Airbag failure • If the warning light comes on The Occupant Restraint Controller go to dealer” message either while driving (fault signal), stop the (ORC) determines if deployment of the momentarily or continuously. The vehicle and contact an Authorized front air bags and/or side air bags in a diagnostics also record the nature of Maserati Dealer to have the system frontal or side collision is required. the malfunction. A beep will sound if checked. Based on the impact sensor's signals, the air bag warning light the central electronic ORC deploys the • In the event of a collision with illuminates again after initial startup. consequent air bag deployment, front air bags, the side air bags and

50 Before Starting

General Warnings deployment these objects may cause serious injuries. • Do not cover the front seat backs WARNING! with clothes or covers. • When the key in the ignition switch • Note that with the key in the is turned to the MAR (ON) position, ignition switch turned to MAR (ON) 2 the warning light illuminates, but position, even with the engine off, it must turn off after approx. 5 the air bags may activate even if the seconds. If this warning light does vehicle is stationary, if it is run into not illuminate, if it remains by another vehicle. Therefore, even The air bag warning light monitors permanently on or if it illuminates with the vehicle stationary, children the internal circuits and while driving, contact an Authorized must be secured by the specific child interconnecting wiring associated with Maserati Dealer immediately. restraint systems installed on the air bag system electrical components. • Always drive keeping your hands on passenger seat. In addition, the air the steering wheel rim so that, in bags will not activate in the event of the case of activation, the air bag a collision with the vehicle WARNING! can deploy without encountering stationary and the key removed Ignoring the air bag warning light obstacles which may cause serious from the ignition switch; failure of and message in your instrument injuries. the air bags to deploy in these circumstances is not indicative of a cluster could mean you won't have • Do not drive with your body bent system malfunction. the air bags to protect you in a forward but keep the seatback in collision. If the light does not come on the upright position and fully • If the vehicle was stolen or its theft as a bulb check when the ignition is resting your back against it. attempted, if it was vandalized or first turned on, stays on after you involved in flooding, contact an • Do not apply stickers or other start the engine, or if it comes on as Authorized Maserati Dealer to have objects to the steering wheel or the you drive, have an authorized Service the air bag system checked. Centre service the air bag system passenger’s air bag compartment. • If incorrect operations are immediately. • Do not travel with objects in your performed on the electrical system, lap, in front of your chest or the air bag may activate and cause especially with a pipe, pencil or injuries to anyone in the vicinity. other object held in your mouth; In the event of a collision with air bag • The air bags are not a substitute of (Continued) 51 Before Starting

(Continued) can expose you to chemicals including requires air bag deactivation, please the seat belts but provide such as, engine exhaust, carbon contact an Authorized Maserati supplementary protection. monoxide, phthalates and lead, that Dealer. Moreover, in the event of head-on which are know to the State of • As long as the air bag is activated, collisions at low speed, side impacts, California to cause cancer and birth persons with disabilities are advised rear collisions or rollovers, the 2 defects or other reproductive harm. To not to travel in the front seat in passengers are protected only by the minimize exposure, avoid breathing order to avoid the risk of serious seat belts, which therefore must exhaust, do not idle the engine except injuries or death, even in minor always be fastened. as necessary, service your vehicle in a crashes. • The air bags are not a substitute of well-ventilated area and wear gloves the seat belts but provide or wash your hands frequently when Event Data Recorder (EDR) supplementary protection. servicing your vehicle. For more Moreover, in the event of head-on information go to: This vehicle is equipped with an event collisions at low speed, side impacts, www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger- data recorder (EDR). The main purpose rear collisions or rollovers, the vehicle of an EDR is to record, in certain crash passengers are protected only by the or near crash-like situations, such as an seat belts, which therefore must Transport of persons with air bag deployment or hitting a road always be fastened. disability obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle’s systems • Do not wash the seats with water or If it is necessary to modify the have performed. pressurized steam (by hand or in the advanced air bag system of your The EDR is designed to record data automatic seat wash stations). vehicle to accommodate a person with related to vehicle dynamics and safety • Do not hang rigid objects on the disabilities, contact the Authorized systems for a short period of time, cloth hooks and on the handholds. Maserati Dealer. typically 5 seconds or less. • Do not fit sunshades of any kind on The EDR in this vehicle is designed to the windows or door panels. record such data as: WARNING! • how various systems in your vehicle • The air bag system of your vehicle is were operating; not designed to protect adults with • whether or not the driver and WARNING! disabilities that require deactivation passenger safety belts were California Proposition 65 of the passenger or driver air bag. Operating, servicing and maintaining buckled/fastened; • If you are or another occupant is an a passenger vehicle or off-road vehicle adult with a medical condition that

52 Before Starting • how far (if at all) the driver was Active Roll Bars In addition to being deployed in the depressing the accelerator and/or case of rollovers around the vehicle brake pedal; and The active roll bars that equip the longitudinal axis (as shown in the • how fast the vehicle was traveling. vehicle have been designed for figure) the active roll bars activate as a These data can help provide a better protecting passengers in the event of precautionary measure in the event of understanding of the circumstances in a vehicle rollover. sufficiently severe side and rear 2 which crashes and injuries occur. They are fitted behind the rear seat collisions, and in all cases where the headrests, usually in a hidden position, battery might be disconnected. They NOTE: and are activated by a specific ECU do not activate in the event of EDR data are recorded by your vehicle which, only in the case of high-severity spinning. only if a non-trivial crash situation rollover, deploys them in a few tenths occurs; no data are recorded by the of a second. A cross member then EDR under normal driving conditions locks them in this position. and no personal data (e.g., name, The roll bars have been designed in gender, age, and crash location) are such a way that they can be fully recorded. However, other parties, such deployed also with the soft top closed. as law enforcement, could combine This is ensured by a device which the EDR data with the type of breaks the rear window when it comes personally identifying data routinely in contact with it. acquired during a crash investigation. In combination with the windshield outer frame, they help creating an To read data recorded by an EDR, anti-intrusion safety cell. special equipment is required, and access to the vehicle or the EDR is WARNING! needed. • The active roll bars do not prevent In addition to the vehicle the risk of the occupants being manufacturer, other parties, such as thrown out of the vehicle or hitting law enforcement, that have the against its internal structures. Only special equipment, can read the the seat belts are designed for these information if they have access to purposes and must always be vehicle or the EDR. properly fastened when traveling. (Continued)

53 Before Starting (Continued) personnel. Always contact an Child Restraint Systems • Passengers traveling in the rear seats Authorized Maserati Dealer. must never travel with their head • If the vehicle was stolen or its theft NOTE: resting on the roll bars or sitting on attempted, if it was vandalized or A child restraint system can help them. If the roll bars are deployed, involved in flooding, contact an protect a child in a vehicle so ensure passengers traveling in these 2 Authorized Maserati Dealer to have that the child restraint selected has a positions would be exposed to the the active roll bar system checked. certification label applicable to FMVSS risk of severe injuries. 213 and 225 in the U.S., or CMVSS 213 • We recommend that you do not and 210.2 in Canada. place stickers or other objects on top or in the vicinity of the roll bars, as Everyone in your vehicle must be these could delay or inhibit roll bar buckled up all the time, including deployment. In addition, these babies and children. Every state in the objects could be propelled inside the United States and all Canadian passenger compartment at very high provinces require that small children speeds, which may jeopardize the ride in proper restraint systems. Please occupants personal safety. be reminded that you can be • Active roll bar is a device with prosecuted for ignoring this law. pyrotechnic activation: it cannot be Children 12 years or younger should repaired. After activation, the roll ride properly buckled up in a rear seat, bar must be replaced. Contact an if available. According to crash Authorized Maserati Dealer to have statistics, children are safer when the system properly repaired. properly restrained in the rear seats • As a consequence of incorrect repairs rather than in the front. on the electric system, the active roll bars could possibly activate causing injuries to persons in the vicinity. WARNING! • Never remove or tamper with the In a collision, an unrestrained child, system components. Any and all even a baby, can become a projectile operations must be performed only inside the vehicle. The force required by qualified and authorized to hold even an infant on your lap could become so great that you could

54 Before Starting not hold the child, no matter how Convertible child seats can be used • Only use a rearward-facing child strong you are. The child and others either rearward-facing or restraint in a vehicle with a rear could be badly injured. Any child forward-facing in the vehicle. seat. riding in your vehicle should always Convertible child seats often have a be in a proper restraint system higher weight limit in the Older Children and Child suitable for the child’s size. rearward-facing direction than infant Restraints 2 carriers do, so they can be used There are different sizes and types of rearward-facing by children who have Children who are two years old or restraint systems for children from outgrown their infant carrier but are who have outgrown their rear-facing newborn size to the child almost large still younger than at least two years child seat can ride forward-facing in enough for an adult safety belt. old. the vehicle. Forward-facing child seats Always refer to the manual provided Children should remain rearward- and convertible child seats used in the with child seat to ensure it is the facing until they reach the highest forward-facing direction are for proper type according the travelling weight or height allowed by their children who are over two years old or child. Use the restraint system that is child seat. Both types of child restraint who have outgrown the rear-facing correct for your child. systems are fixed to the car by the weight or height limit of their Infants and Child Restraints lap/shoulder belt or the LATCH child rear-facing child seat. restraint anchor system. Refer to Children should remain in a Safety experts recommend that “Lower Anchors and Tether for forward-facing child seat with a children ride rearwardfacing in the CHildren (LATCH)” in this section. harness for as long as possible, up to vehicle until they are two years old or the highest weight or height allowed until they reach either the height or by the child seat. These child seats are weight limit of their rear facing child also fixed to the car by the WARNING! seat. lap/shoulder belt or the LATCH child Two types of child restraint systems • Never place a rear facing infant seat restraint anchorage system. Refer to can be used rearward-facing: infant in front of an air bag. A deploying of “Lower Anchors and Tether for carriers and convertible child seats. the passenger front air bag can CHildren (LATCH)” in this section. The infant carrier is only used cause death or serious injury to a All children whose weight or height is rearward-facing in the vehicle. It is child 12 years or younger, including above the forward-facing limit for the recommended for children from birth a child in a rearward facing infant child seat should use a belt- until they reach the weight or height seat. positioning booster seat until the limit of the infant carrier. vehicle’s seat belts fit properly. If the child cannot sit with knees bent over

55 Before Starting

the vehicle’s seat cushion while the NOTE: certifying that it meets all applicable back is against the seatback, they For additional information, refer to Safety Standards. Maserati also should use a belt-positioning booster www.seatcheck.org or call recommends that you make sure that seat. 1–866–SEATCHECK. Canadian residents you can install the child restraint in The child and belt-positioning booster should refer to Transport Canada’s the vehicle where you will use it 2 seat are fixed to the car by the website for additional information: before you buy it. lap/shoulder belt. http://www.tc.gc.ca/roadsafety/ • The restraint system must be Children Too Large for Booster safedrivers/childsafety/index.htm appropriate for your child’s weight and height. Seats • Check the label on the restraint Children who are large enough to system for weight and height limits. WARNING! wear the shoulder belt comfortably • Carefully follow the instructions that and whose legs are long enough to • Improper installation can lead to come with the restraint system. bend over the front of the seat when failure of an infant or child restraint. • If installed improperly, it may not their back is against the seatback It could come loose in a collision. The work when needed. should use the lap/shoulder belt in a child could be badly injured or killed. rear seat. Follow the restraint manufacturer’s • Fit the child into the seat according directions exactly when installing an to the child restraint manufacturer’s • Make sure that the child is upright in directions. the seat. infant or child restraint. • The lap portion should be low on the • A rearward-facing child restraint hips and as snug as possible. should only be used in a rear seat. A rearward-facing child restraint in the WARNING! • Check belt fit periodically. A child’s front seat may be struck by a When your child restraint system is squirming or slouching can move the deploying passenger air bag, which not in use, secure it in the vehicle with belt out of position. may cause severe or fatal injury to the seat belt or remove it from the • If the shoulder belt contacts the face the infant. vehicle. Do not leave it loose in the or neck, move the child closer to the vehicle. In a sudden stop or accident, it center of the vehicle. Never allow a could strike the occupants or child to put the shoulder belt under Here are Some Tips on Getting the Most Out of Your Child seatbacks and cause serious personal an arm or behind their back. injury. Restraint • Before buying any restraint system, make sure that it has a label

56 Before Starting

Installing Child Restraint tighten it around the child restraint If your child restraints are not Systems using the Vehicle Seat seat. All seat belts will loosen over LATCH-Compatible, install the Belt equipped with ALR time, it is therefore necessary to check restraints using the vehicle's seat belts. them periodically and set them NOTE: All the passenger seat belts are properly. equipped with an Automatic Locking • You can install a standard and a 2 Retractor (ALR) to secure child Lower Anchors and Tether for LATCH system child seat at the same protection through a Child Restraint Children (LATCH) time (one in each outer rear seat). System (CRS). These types of seat belts Your vehicle's rear outboard seats are • No more than two standard child are designed to keep the lap portion all equipped with the child restraint seats or two LATCH system type child of the seat belt tight around the child anchorage system called LATCH. seats can be installed on the rear restraint seat avoiding to use a locking The LATCH system allows the child seats. clip. restraint systems to be fixed without • Only standard type child seats can be The ALR will make a ratcheting noise using the vehicle's seat belts, instead mounted on the front passenger if the entire belt is pulled out of the fixing the child restraint system to the seat. retractor in order to enable the belt to vehicle structure, using lower retract subsequently. For additional anchorages shown in picture. Installing a LATCH- Compatible Child information on ALR, see “Using Seat Restraint System Belt in Automatic Locking Retractor The lower LATCH anchorages are (ALR) Mode” in “Occupants Restraint “U-shaped” metal rings located on the Systems” in this section. rear seat where the cushion meets the To install a Child Restraint System with seatback just below the symbol shown ALR, pull enough of the belt out of in the picture, but are not visible. You the retractor leading it through the will find them if you run your finger belt path of the protection device. along the intersection of the seatback Slide the latch into the buckle until it and seat cushion surfaces. clicks, then remove the entire safety Follow the child restraint belt from the retractor in order to manufacturer's instructions provided rewound. While rewinding a click will LATCH-Compatible child restraint with the child restraint system. indicate the safety belt is now in systems are now available. You should The lower Isofix anchorages are “U” Automatic Locking mode. never install LATCH child seats so that metal rings located on the rear seat in Exert then a traction on the exceeded two seats share a common lower the area between cushion and lap section of the belt in order to anchorage. seatback, but are not visible. You will

57 Before Starting

easily feel them if you run your finger along the intersection of the seatback and seat cushion surfaces. WARNING! To install a LATCH-Compatible child • Fit the child seat when the car is restraint seat facing-backwards stationary. The child seat is correctly 2 proceed as follows: fixed to the anchorages when hearing a click. Follow the • Make sure that the release lever on instructions for assembly, the back of child seat is in the disassembly and positioning that the standby position (retracted). manufacturer must supply with the • Align the anchoring points on the child restraint system. child seat to the "U" lower metal For installation facing-forward of a • An incorrectly anchored tether strap rings on the vehicle seat then push child seat to the "U" lower metal rings could lead to increased head motion the child seat backward until you of the vehicle rear seat, proceed as and possible injury to the child. Use hear it click and lock into place. indicated for the facing-backwards child seat. only the anchor position directly • Check that the child seat is correctly behind the child seat to secure a locked by trying to move it with child restraint top tether strap. strength. The incorporated safety mechanisms prevent the child seat NOTE: from being improperly fitted if only one of the attachment fittings is When using a LATCH-Compatible child locked. restraint system, please ensure that all The child must be then secured by the seat belts not being used for occupant child seat harness. restraints are stowed and out of reach of children.

NOTE: For any further details on installation WARNING! and/or use, refer to the instructions • Improper installation of a child provided with the child seat. restraint system to the LATCH anchorages can lead to failure of an infant or child restraint. The child

58 Before Starting could be badly injured or killed. • Firmly pull the seat belt to check Transporting Pets Follow the child restraint that it is correctly buckled. manufacturer's directions exactly • Never allow a child to seat Air bags deploying in the front seat when installing an infant or child improperly or to unbuckle the seat could harm your pet. An unrestrained restraint system. belt while driving. pet will be thrown about and possibly injured, or injure a passenger during • Child restraint anchorages are • Never allow a child to wear the 2 panic braking or in an accident. designed to withstand only those shoulder portion of the belt under Pets should be restrained in the rear loads imposed by correctly fitted the arms or behind the back. child restraints. Under no seat in pet harnesses or pet carriers • Never carry children on your lap, not that are secured by vehicle seat belts. circumstances are they to be used even newborns. No one can restrain for adult seat belts, harnesses, or for a child in the event of an accident. attaching other items or equipment • In case of accident, replace the child to the vehicle. seat with a new one. Important Safety Notice for Transporting Children • Install the child seat on the rear seat as this is the safest position in case of collisions. • Keep the instructions in the vehicle together with the documents and this owner’s manual. Do not use a child restraint system which does not contain instructions for use. • Every child has to use one child restraint system; never carry two children using only one child seat. • If using the vehicle seat belt, always check that the belt does not restrain the child's throat.

59 Before Starting Park Assist For more details, see chapter "Rear Always stop when the acoustic Parking Camera" in this section. signal becomes steady. To assist the driver during parking During parking maneuvers, the maneuvers, the vehicle is equipped parking sensors provide the driver with Stop & Go Feature with four sensors housed in the rear information on the distance between This function is enabled by the bumper and four sensors in the front obstacles found behind and in front of 2 manufacturer and it can be disabled by bumper. the vehicle. The information about the the MTC+ (see chapter "MTC+ obstacle distance is given to the driver Settings" in section "Dashboard by means of acoustic and visual signals. Instruments and Controls"), select and The acoustic signals generated by the tick the “Stop & Go Parking Sensors” system add to the driver’s field of feature. vision, allowing him to avoid hitting When vehicle speed is equal to or any obstacles during maneuvers. lower than 6 mph (10 km/h), this function helps the driver under special traffic conditions as it signals that the WARNING! vehicle before you is at a min. • However, the driver remains distance. responsible during parking maneuvers and in other potentially System with Enabled Stop & Go dangerous situations. The system Feature has actually been designed only as a When the "Stop & Go" feature is supplementary aid during parking enabled through the MTC+, all sensors maneuvers, since it allows the driver are automatically enabled with the key to detect obstacles outside his field in the ignition switch turned to MAR of vision. (ON) position, but they are not • Extreme caution is required in case displayed on the instrument cluster. of obstacles whose shape and When the R (Reverse) gear is engaged volume are susceptible to be or an obstacle is detected, the Besides the use of the sensors available incorrectly detected. When starting corresponding detection areas are on the bumpers, the vehicle is also the vehicle after parking, these displayed on the instrument cluster. As equipped with a rear parking camera. obstacles might not be detected if soon as the R (Reverse) gear is they are already close to the bumper. disengaged, all sensors are still active:

60 Before Starting the rear ones for approx. 10 seconds System with Disabled Stop & NOTE: or until a speed of approx. 6 mph Go Feature Front sensors are enabled only when (10 km/h) is exceeded, and the front With the "Stop & Go" feature disabled button LED is illuminated. In ones until a speed of approx. 6 mph through the MTC+, rear sensor addition, any pressing of button (10 km/h) is exceeded. When driving at enabling/disabling logic is kept when vehicle speed is above 6 mph a speed equal to or lower than 6 mph unchanged. As for front sensors, the (10 km/h) will be ignored by the 2 (10 km/h), as soon as the system “Stop & Go” function signal status will system. detects an obstacle, the front sensor not be changed if the button in detection areas are displayed, and the the control panel next to the steering Obstacle Signalling acoustic signals start to be emitted. If wheel is pressed and front sensors will no obstacle is detected for 10 seconds, The acoustic signals are emitted by be active and displayed on the the displayed information disappears. two buzzers, one under the dashboard instrument cluster until speed will be Front sensors can be temporarily and one in proximity of the luggage equal to or lower than 6 mph disabled by pressing button in the shelf. (10 km/h). control panel next to the steering When the obstacle is located at a wheel. The system will emit an distance of less than 14 in (35 cm) acoustic signal, and the button LED from the bumper, the beep is will turn off. If button is pressed continuous. The warning beep stops again, the acoustic signal and the LED immediately if the distance between coming on will warn the driver that the vehicle and the obstacle increases. sensors are now active again. The tone cycle is constant if the distance measured by the central sensors remains unaltered. If this occurs with the lateral sensors, the signal stops after approximately 7 Once this speed limit is exceeded, if seconds, to prevent for example vehicle slows down below 6 mph continuous beeps in the event of (10 km/h), sensors will not be enabled. maneuvers alongside walls. To enable them again, press The distance from the obstacles can button. also be graphically shown on the instrument cluster display by means of an image that shows the vehicle surrounded by explanatory symbols of

61 Before Starting

the distance (maximum/average/ Sensor Range hammers) and rotate the key to the minimum) and the position MAR (ON) position. So, if the The sensors allow the system to (front/rear/central/side) of the obstacle operating failure cause has been monitor the front and rear of the detected. eliminated, system full operation will vehicle; they are positioned so as to The color represents the distance, be recovered. If however, the failure monitor the central and lateral zones while the field represents the position. beep continues, contact an Authorized 2 at the front and at the rear of the The green color represents the Maserati Dealer to have the system vehicle. maximum distance detected, the checked. In the event of an obstacle located in a yellow color the medium distance and central area, this will be detected at the red color the minimum one. The Cleaning the Park Assist distances of less than 35 in (0,9 m) at rear sensors are not shown in the Sensors the front and 59 in (1,50 m) at the rear, image on the instrument cluster depending on the type of obstacle and When cleaning the sensors, take display if only the front sensors are its dimensions. special care not to scratch or damage active. If the obstacle is located in a lateral them; therefore, do not use dry, rough position, it will be detected at or hard cloths. distances of less than 31 in (0,8 m). The sensors must be washed with clean WARNING! water, possibly adding car shampoo. For the system to operate correctly the Failure Indicators Should you need to repaint the sensors positioned on the bumper The system ECU checks all the bumper or in case of paint touch-ups must be kept clean (remove any mud, components every time R (Reverse) in the sensor area, please contact dirt, snow or ice). gear is engaged. exclusively the Authorized Maserati In the event that the parking sensors Dealer. Incorrect paint application fail, the relative warning light and could affect the parking sensors message illuminate on the instrument operation. cluster display. Park Assist System Usage In the event of a failure signal, stop Precautions the vehicle and turn the key in the ignition switch to STOP (OFF) position. NOTE: Then try cleaning the sensors or • Jackhammers, large trucks, and other moving the vehicle away from any vibrations could affect the possible ultrasound sources (e.g. performance of Park Assist. pneumatic truck brakes or pneumatic

62 Before Starting • Objects such as bicycle carriers, Rear Parking Camera trailer hitches, etc., must not be placed within 12 in (30 cm) from the WARNING! Your vehicle is equipped with a rear rear bumper while driving the Drivers must be careful when backing parking camera that allows you to see vehicle. Failure to do so can result in up even when using the Park Assist an image on the MTC+ screen of the the system misinterpreting a close system. Always check carefully behind rear surroundings of your vehicle 2 object as a sensor problem, causing your vehicle, look behind you, and be whenever the shift lever is put into R the service Park Assist message to be sure to check for pedestrians, animals, (Reverse). displayed in the instrument cluster. other vehicles, obstructions, and blind When “Parkview Backup Camera spots before backing up. You are Delay” mode is enabled on MTC+, the responsible for safety and must rear view image shall be displayed for continue to pay attention to your CAUTION! up to 10 seconds after shifting out of surroundings. Failure to do so can R (Reverse). • Park Assist is only a parking aid and result in serious injury or death. The rear parking camera is located on it is unable to recognize every the rear of the vehicle above the rear obstacle, including small obstacles. license plate. Parking curbs might only be temporarily detected or not detected at all. Obstacles located above or below the sensors will not be detected when they are in close proximity. • The vehicle must be driven slowly when using Park Assist in order to be able to stop in time when an obstacle is detected. When backing up, it is recommended that the driver looks over his/her shoulder When the shift lever is shifted out of R when using Park Assist. (Reverse), the rear camera mode is exited and the navigation or audio screen appears again. When displayed, dynamic grid lines (if the function is set to “MTC+ Settings”)

63 Before Starting

will illustrate the width of the vehicle NOTE: while a dashed center-line will indicate If snow, ice, mud, or any other WARNING! the center of the vehicle to assist with substance builds up on the camera Drivers must be careful when parking or aligning to a hitch/receiver. lens, clean the lens, rinse with water, reversing even when using the The dynamic grid lines will show and dry with a soft cloth. Do not cover rearview camera. Always check 2 separate zones in different color that the lens. will help indicate the distance to the carefully behind your vehicle, and be rear of the vehicle. sure to check for pedestrians, animals, The following table shows the other vehicles, obstructions, or blind approximate distances for each zone spots before reversing. You are and color: responsible for the safety of your surroundings and must continue to be Zone Distance to the rear of careful while reversing. Failure to do the vehicle so can result in serious injury or death. Red 11-12in(28-30cm) Yellow 12 - 78 in (30 cm-2m) Green 78 - 157 in (2-4m) CAUTION! • To avoid vehicle damage, the rear parking camera should only be used as a parking aid, as the rear camera is unable to view every obstacle or object in your drive path. • To avoid vehicle damage, the vehicle must be driven slowly when using the rear parking camera to be able to stop in time when an obstacle is seen. It is recommended that the driver looks frequently over his/her shoulder when using this system.

64 Before Starting Safety Tips Exhaust Gas Whenever detecting a change in the sound of the exhaust system or Transporting Passengers eventual exhaust fumes inside the WARNING! vehicle have the Authorized Maserati Dealer inspect the complete exhaust Exhaust gases can injure. They contain system and adjacent body areas for WARNING! carbon monoxide (CO), which is 2 broken, damaged, deteriorated, or • Do not leave children or animals colorless and odorless. Breathing it mispositioned parts. inside parked vehicles in hot can make you unconscious and can Open seams or loose connections weather. Interior heat build-up may eventually poison you. To avoid could permit exhaust fumes to seep cause serious injury. breathing (CO), follow these safety into the passenger compartment. • Never ride in a cargo area, inside of tips: a vehicle. • Do not run the engine in a closed garage or in confined areas any • Do not allow people to ride in any WARNING! area of your vehicle that is not longer than needed to move your vehicle in or out of the area. California Proposition 65 equipped with seats and seat belts. Operating, servicing and maintaining • Be sure everyone in your vehicle is • If it is necessary to sit in a parked a passenger vehicle or off-road vehicle in a seat and using a seat belt vehicle with the engine running, can expose you to chemicals including properly. adjust your heating or cooling such as, engine exhaust, carbon controls to force outside air into the monoxide, phthalates and lead, that vehicle. Set the blower at high which are know to the State of speed. California to cause cancer and birth • If you are required to drive with the defects or other reproductive harm. To trunk lid open, make sure that all minimize exposure, avoid breathing windows are closed and the climate exhaust, do not idle the engine except control blowers switch is set at high as necessary, service your vehicle in a speed. DO NOT use the recirculation well-ventilated area and wear gloves mode. or wash your hands frequently when servicing your vehicle. For more The best protection against carbon information go to: monoxide entry into the passenger www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger- compartment is a properly maintained vehicle engine exhaust system.

65 Before Starting

Vehicle Safety Checks •Ifthe warning light stays on, flickers, or comes on while driving, Seat Belts WARNING! have the system checked by an Pedals that cannot move freely can • Inspect the belt system periodically, Authorized Maserati Dealer. checking for cuts, frays, and loose cause loss of vehicle control and Defroster increase the risk of serious personal 2 parts. Damaged parts must be replaced immediately. Check operation by selecting the injury. • Do not disassemble or modify the defrost mode and place the fan system • Always make sure that floor mats system. on high speed (see “Air Conditioning are properly attached to the proper • If the belt has been sharply pulled, Controls” chapter in section fasteners. for example as the result of an “Dashboard Instruments and • Never place or install floor mats or accident, the safety belt, together Controls”). other floor coverings in the vehicle with the anchoring devices, the You should be able to feel the air that cannot be properly secured to anchoring device mounting screws directed against the windshield and prevent them from moving and and the pretensioner must be front side windows. Contact an interfering with the pedals. Authorized Maserati Dealer for service completely replaced. Even if the belt • Never put floor mats or other floor if your defroster is inoperable. does not present any exterior signs coverings on top of already installed of wear or damage, it may have lost Floor Mat floor mats. Additional floor mats and its restraining properties. Always use floor mats designed to fit other coverings will reduce the size Air bag Warning Light the footwell of your vehicle. Use only of the pedal area and interfere with floor mats that leave the pedal area the pedals. The warning light should illuminate unobstructed and that are firmly and remain lit for a few seconds bulb • Check mounting of mats on a regular secured so that they cannot slip out of checking when the key in the ignition basis. Always properly reinstall and position and interfere with the pedals switch is turned in MAR (ON) position secure floor mats that have been or impair safe operation of your (see “Supplemental Restraint System removed for cleaning. vehicle. (SRS) — Air bags” chapter in this • Always make sure that objects section). NOTE: cannot fall into the driver footwell •Ifthe warning light does not The Authorized Maserati Dealer can while the vehicle is moving. Objects illuminate while starting, contact an provide you with any information can become trapped under the brake Authorized Maserati Dealer. about the available Maserati floor pedal and accelerator pedal causing mats included in the “Genuine a loss of vehicle control. Accessories” range.

66 Before Starting

• Mounting posts must be properly cluster (see “Instrument Cluster” or wash your hands frequently when installed, if not equipped from the chapter in section “Dashboard servicing your vehicle. For more factory. Failure to properly follow Instruments and Controls”). information go to: floor mat installation or mounting Door Latches www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger- can cause interference with the vehicle brake pedal and accelerator pedal • Check for positive closing, latching, 2 operation causing loss of control of and locking of doors and trunk lid the vehicle. (see chapter “Doors” and “Open and Close the Trunk Lid” in this section). Tires Fluid Leaks • Examine tires for excessive tread • Check area under vehicle after wear and uneven wear patterns. overnight parking for recent fluid • Check for stones, nails, glass, or leaks (oil, fuel, etc.). other objects lodged in the tread or • If gasoline fumes are detected or sidewall. fluid leaks are suspected, contact an • Inspect the tread for cuts and cracks. Authorized Maserati Dealer. • Inspect sidewalls for cuts, cracks and bulges. • Check the wheel nuts for tightness. WARNING! • Check the tires (see “Tire Inflation California Proposition 65 Pressure” chapter in section Operating, servicing and maintaining “Features and Specifications”) for a passenger vehicle or off-road vehicle proper cold inflation pressure. can expose you to chemicals including such as, engine exhaust, carbon Lights and Indicator Lights monoxide, phthalates and lead, that • Have someone observe the which are know to the State of operation of exterior lights while California to cause cancer and birth you operate the controls (see defects or other reproductive harm. To “Lights” chapter in section minimize exposure, avoid breathing “Understanding the Vehicle”). exhaust, do not idle the engine except • Check turn signal and high beam as necessary, service your vehicle in a indicator lights on the instrument well-ventilated area and wear gloves

67 Before Starting

68 3 – Understanding the Vehicle

Interior Components ...... 70 Front Seats ...... 74 Comfort Pack Front Seats ...... 76 Rear Seats ...... 78 Steering Wheel Adjustment ...... 79 Rearview Mirrors ...... 80 Lights ...... 82 Windshield Wipers and Washers ...... 89 Soft Top ...... 92 Windstop (optional) ...... 100 Interior Features ...... 102 Cargo Area ...... 107 HomeLink (for versions/markets, where provided) ...... 108 Air Conditioning Distribution ...... 112 Sport Skyhook Suspension (for versions/markets, where provided) ...... 114

69 Understanding the Vehicle Interior Components Dashboard Components

70 Understanding the Vehicle

1 Adjustable side air vents. 17 Upper gearshift paddle "UP". 5 Anti-lift and anti-intrusion 2 Hood lid opening lever. 18 Ignition switch. alarm system deactivation button. 3 Headlight and fog light switch. 19 Clock. 6 Paired phone hands-free 4 "Mode" and adjust "+" and 20 Central adjustable air vents. microphone. "–" buttons. 21 MTC+ display. 5 Front parking sensors 22 Glove compartment. disabling/enabling. 23 Side window vents. 6 Trunk lid opening button. 3 7 Fuel tank door opening button Front Dome Console (see "Refueling" in section Components "Driving" for operation). 8 Multifunction lever (Cruise Control, turn signals, headlight washer and headlight selection). 9 Lower gearshift paddle "DOWN". 10 Instrument cluster. 11 Steering wheel height and depth adjustment lever. 12 Upper air vent. 13 Sun radiation sensor. 1 Reading lights control button. 14 Horn control. 2 Central light control button. 15 Multimedia controls repeated 3 Reading lights. on the steering wheel. 4 Central light. 16 Windshield/headlight wiper/washer control lever.

71 Understanding the Vehicle

Doors Components 6 Rear passenger's side power window switch. 7 Dual-color LED to indicate door status (locked/unlocked). 8 Door panel grip. 9 Reflex reflector. 10 Door courtesy light. 3 11 Door outboard opening lock. 12 Outside door handle. 13 External door unlock buttons.

1 Inside door handle. 2 Rearview mirrors switch. 3 Drive power window switch. 4 Front passenger power window switch. 5 Rear driver's side power window switch.

72 Understanding the Vehicle

Central Console Components 6 Hazard button. 11 Automatic transmission shift lever. 7 Centralized locking button. 1 SPORT mode button. 12 Rotary selectors and buttons 2 ICE low-grip mode button. 8 Centralized unlocking for the multimedia navigation. button. 13 Handle to lift front armrest. 3 ESC OFF System 14 Glove compartment cover (with deactivation button. 9 Gear display. armrest function). 4 PARK OFF function button. 10 Electric parking brake engagement/disengagement 15 Front passengers cupholder. 3 5 Air conditioning controls. lever. 16 Air conditioning rear vents. 17 Rear passengers cupholder (with removable ashtray inserted). 18 USB ports for charging of connected device. 19 Soft top closing button. 20 Soft top opening button.

73 Understanding the Vehicle Front Seats Replacement” in section “Maintenance and Care”). Seats and seat belts are part of the Occupant Restraint System of the Seat Tilt Control (Up/Down) vehicle. For further information, see The angle of the seat cushion can be chapter “Occupant Restraint System” adjusted in four directions. in Section “Before Starting”. Pull upward or push the front of the switch 1, to move the front cushion seat in the direction of the switch. 3 WARNING! Release the switch 1 when the desired Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a Seat Forward/Rearward Adjustment position is reached. Perform the same maneuver by acting seat and using a seat belt properly. The seat can be adjusted both forward on the back of the switch 1. and rearward. Seat Adjustments Push the seat switch 1 forward or Seatback Inclination Control The seats can only be adjusted with rearward, the seat will move in the The angle of the seatback can be the key in the ignition switch in MAR direction of the switch. adjusted forward or rearward. (ON) position. Release the switch 1 when the desired Push the seatback switch 2 forward or It is however possible, when the door position is reached. rearward, the upper seatback will is closed, to operate the seat for Seat Up/Down Adjustment move in the direction of the switch. Release the switch 2 when the desired approx. 15 seconds after turning the The height of the seat can be adjusted position is reached. key to STOP (OFF) position and then up- or downward. for other 15 seconds after the last Grip switch 1 from the center and push operation. it down or up. The power seats switches are located Release the switch 1 when the desired WARNING! on the outboard side of the seat position is reached. Sitting in a reclined position while the cushion. vehicle is in motion could be Use the front switch 1 to move the dangerous. The seatback should not seat up or down, forward or rearward CAUTION! be tilted back too far. or to recline the seat cushion. If the seat's movement does not work, The 3-point shoulder/lap belt must be Use the switch 2 to adjust the lumbar make sure that the corresponding fuse firmly secured against the occupant’s support and recline the seatback. is not tripped (see chapter “Fuse body in order to function properly. Therefore, both the driver’s and

74 Understanding the Vehicle passenger’s reclining seatbacks must • Seats should be adjusted before always be in an upright position while fastening the seat belts and while the vehicle is in motion; otherwise the the vehicle is parked. 3-point shoulder/lap belt would not • Do not ride with the seatback remain firmly positioned against the reclined so that the shoulder belt is occupant’s body. Serious injury could no longer resting against your chest. result! In a collision you could slide under the seat belt, which could result in serious injury or death. 3 The front seats are equipped with a CAUTION! function to facilitate access to the rear Do not place any object under a seats and for exiting the vehicle. power seat or obstruct its movement NOTE: as it may cause damage to the seat The system (excluding the driver’s seat controls. Seat movement may become with memory function) incorporates a limited if there is an obstruction in the safety device which stops the seat way. Power Lumbar travel and then moves it forward slightly when the seatback touches the Move the switch 2 upward or Seatback Tilt passengers seated in the rear seats. To downward to raise or lower the To tilt the front seatback, lift lever on stop the seat when it is automatically lumbar support. the outer side of the backrest and moving forward or backward, operate move the backrest forward. any control.

WARNING! • Never adjust the seat while driving. You could lose control of the vehicle. WARNING! Moving the seat could distract you When the seatback is reclined forward or make you press a pedal or moved to the upright position, the unintentionally. front seat must not be occupied. Passengers shall get in or out of the (Continued)

75 Understanding the Vehicle (Continued) Comfort Pack Front Seats NOTE: rear seats only when the front seat is Seat heating also works with engine stopped. Make sure that passengers in This includes: off and key in ignition switch in ACC the rear seats (especially children) do • heating of the front seats; or MAR (ON) position. To avoid not touch the seat or any of it's discharging the battery, it is components when it's moving. • driver seat, steering wheel and outside rearview mirrors memory recommended to activate the feature position (see paragraph "Driver with engine running. Memory Seat" in this chapter). The heating is activated by turning 3 Front Heated Seats control on the outer side of the seat cushion. The front seats are equipped with heaters in both seat cushions and seatbacks.

WARNING! • Persons with low skin sensitivity because of advanced age, chronic illness, diabetes, spinal cord injury, medication, alcohol use, exhaustion or other physical conditions must be careful when using the seat heater. It When this function is active for one or may cause irritation even at low more seats, the relative warning light temperatures, especially if used for will illuminate on the display. Using long periods of time. this control, heating can be adjusted to 3 different levels. • Do not place anything on the seat that insulates against heat, such as a NOTE: blanket or cushion. This may cause • Turn off the heating system when the seat heater to overheat. not required, to prevent unnecessary power wastage.

76 Understanding the Vehicle

• Once a heat setting is selected, heat will be felt within 2 to 5 minutes.

Comfort Screen Page If the vehicle is equipped with “Comfort Pack Front Seats” option, press the “MODE” button to display the screen page showing the operating status of the heating system for each seat. 3 Once you have chosen the seat to be The memory procedure is only possible heated, press "+" or "–" buttons to with the key in the ignition switch change the heating level. turned in MAR (ON) position. Adjust the position of the seat, the Driver Memory Seat outside rearview mirrors and the This feature allows the driver to store steering wheel. up to three different memory profiles Engage R (Reverse) gear and position for easy recall through the buttons on the passenger’s outside mirror again the outer side of the seat cushion. to ensure the best possible visibility Each memory profile contains desired for reversing, then disengage R position settings for the driver seat, (Reverse) gear. The user can view the following outside side mirrors and power tilt Next press one of the three buttons information: and telescopic steering column. “1”, “2” or “3”, each corresponding to • Seat indication. a memorizable position, for more than • Heating level. 3 seconds until you hear a This screen page remains displayed for confirmation tone. 10 seconds, as shown in figure. Lumbar support adjustment is not included in the seat position storage procedure. The memorization of a new seat position cancels the one previously stored with that particular button.

77 Understanding the Vehicle To recall one of the stored positions The key in the ignition switch must be Rear Seats with the door open, press the relative in STOP (OFF) position and the door on button “1”, “2” or “3” briefly. the side of the seat concerned closed. Rear seats can fit two passengers. To recall a stored position with the Open the door and begin the Seats and seat belts are parts of the door closed, press the corresponding following procedure within 5 seconds, occupant restraint system of the button until hearing a tone that then complete it within 10 seconds: vehicle. confirms the seat has stopped. • forward - STOP; NOTE: • backward - STOP; WARNING! • To stop the seat, press one of the • forward - STOP; 3 Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a buttons - “1”, “2” or “3” -, or one of • backward - STOP; the adjustment controls. seat and using a seat belt properly. • tilt the seatback fully forward and • Malfunctioning of the seat control wait until the seat performs two NOTE: unit is indicated by a sequence of 5 complete travels (forward and See chapter “Occupants Restraint tones emitted when the key in the backward); ignition switch is turned to STOP Systems” in section “Before Starting” • move the seatback to its normal (OFF) position. Contact an for seat belt positioning. upright position. Authorized Maserati Dealer to have the malfunction corrected. NOTE: Rear Head Restraints Each system is independent of the If you need to disconnect the battery, Rear seats are equipped with fixed others and can be operated separately wait at least 30 seconds from the last head restraints. using specific buttons for each seat. seat movement. If you disconnect the battery before, you will have to run System Initialization Procedure the initialization procedure. Following any power cut-out (e.g. after using the battery master switch Seatback Facilitated Tilt or dead battery), check the seats to This function only active when the ensure that they are operating door is open, moves the seat forward properly when the power supply is automatically when the seatback is available. reclined forward to facilitate access to Perform the following procedures on the rear seat or exiting the vehicle. The both seats in the event of a seat returns to their original position malfunction. when the seatback is tilted back again.

78 Understanding the Vehicle Rear Armrest Steering Wheel It is located between the two seats Adjustment and cannot be moved. This feature allows you to tilt the steering column upward or downward or to lengthen or shorten it in order to adjust the steering wheel to an optimized position. 3 WARNING! To lengthen or shorten the steering Do not adjust the steering column/wheel, pull the switch toward column/wheel while driving. you or push the switch away from you Adjusting the steering column/wheel as desired. while driving could cause the driver to The steering wheel position is lose control of the vehicle. Be sure the memorized, together with the steering column/wheel is adjusted position of the outside rearview before driving your vehicle. Failure to mirrors, when the driver’s seat follow this warning may result in position is stored. serious injury or death. Driver's "Easy Entry/Exit" Function Power Adjustment The "Easy Entry/Exit" function helps The power tilt/telescoping steering the driver when entering/exiting the column/wheel switch is located on the vehicle. lower left side of the steering column. This function is activated when the It can only be adjusted if the key in door is opened only if the key has the ignition switch is in MAR (ON) been extracted from the ignition position. switch or is in STOP (OFF) position. To adjust the tilt of the steering When the driver exits the vehicle, the column/wheel, move the switch up or steering wheel moves upward. down as desired.

79 Understanding the Vehicle On re-entry the driver finds the power Rearview Mirrors steering wheel raised. After sitting down and closing the door, upon Outside Mirrors turning the key to MAR (ON) position, the power steering wheel moves back Outside mirrors can be adjusted to the normal driving position. electrically. The mirrors can be closed electrically and will yield in both directions in case of a collision. 3 The outside mirrors are electrochromic, which means, they automatically operate an anti-glare function by Move the mirror control switch gradually shading as the light hitting corresponding to the direction of the the mirrors increases. mirror desired movement (up - down - The outside rearview electrochromic right - left). mirrors work in conjunction with the Bring the external selector dial back to inside rearview electrochromic mirror. the center position to avoid changing the position of the mirror NOTE: involuntarily. The mirrors can be adjusted electrically only with key in the ignition switch in MAR (ON) position.

Mirrors Positioning The power mirror control is located on the driver's door trim panel. The power mirror control consist of an external selector dial and a four-way mirror control switch. To adjust a rearview mirror, turn the external selector dial in the L (left) or R (right) position to select the mirror that you want to adjust.

80 Understanding the Vehicle

Inside Rearview Mirror The position of inside rearview mirror can be manually adjusted, and is endowed with an accident-prevention release system operating in the event of a collision. The electrochromic rearview mirror automatically operates an anti-glare function by gradually darkening as the 3 light reflected on its surface increases. This function is automatically deactivated when reversing, to ensure WARNING! WARNING! optimal visibility of obstacles. Vehicles and other objects seen in the The mirrors must always be in the Inside rearview mirror is equipped at outside convex mirror will look open position while driving. its base with a button for switching smaller and farther away than they electrochromic feature on/off and a really are. Relying too much on your LED, on button left-hand side, passenger side convex mirror could CAUTION! indicating feature on/off status. cause you to collide with another Never retract or open the mirrors The LED on button right-hand side is vehicle or object. Use the inside mirror manually: it could damage the power not active. to judge the size or distance of a mechanism. vehicle seen in the outside convex mirror. Outside Rearview Mirror Memory Position Folding Mirrors The outside rearview mirror position, Turn the external selector dial to the both for the normal driving direction lower central position "CLOSE", both and for reversing, is automatically mirrors fold inward to facilitate memorized together with each seat parking in narrow spaces. If the position ("Comfort Pack Front Seats" selector dial is returned to the upper function). See chapter "Comfort Pack central position, the mirrors return to Front Seats" in this section for further the open position. information.

81 Understanding the Vehicle The table indicates the possible on/off Lights conditions, according to the position of the light switch, when R (Reverse) The external lights and turn signals gear is not engaged. turn on only with the key in the ignition switch in MAR (ON) position. Initial conditions Possible action Only the parking lights can be turned Light switch Electrochromic Status of LED Button Status of LED on at any time. position function The external lights can be turned on and off manually or automatically, 3 0 Off Off - - according to the brightness of the Press to On On Off light outside. disable Light Switch Press to On On Off disable The light switch is placed in the control panel next to the steering wheel.

CAUTION! To avoid damage to the mirror during cleaning, never spray any cleaning solution directly onto the mirror. Apply the solution onto a clean cloth and wipe the mirror clean.

82 Understanding the Vehicle

Light switch has five positions: Daytime Running Lights (DRL) 0 DRL (*) on (if enabled); DRL are normally enabled. Under LED position lights, side special conditions, with light switch in marker and license plate and position, LED headlight lights on; can be turned on to full power (DRL), Low beam lights, LED position low power (position lights) or off. lights, side marker and license Status change of these lights is plate lights on; explained below. 3 Parking lights on; Light Key Engine DRL Front Rear switch position position position, AUTO Automatic activation and position lights side marker deactivation of the external and license lights, depending on the light plate lights outside. OFF OFF ON (*) On vehicles for the Canadian market DRL are always enabled. MAR (ON) ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF ON

83 Understanding the Vehicle

Adaptive Bi-Xenon Headlights The electric arc requires very high the parking lights unintentionally and voltage for activation, but afterward wasting power. The gas-discharge (xenon) headlights power is supplied at a lower voltage. When the parking lights are on, the operate with an electric arc saturated The headlights reach maximum warning light on the instrument with Xenon gas under pressure, brightness about 0,5 seconds after cluster illuminates. instead of the incandescent filament. being turned on. With parking lights on, move down The light produced is assuredly higher The strong light produced by this type left-hand multifunction lever to switch compared to traditional light bulbs, in of headlight requires the use of an on position lights on left-hand side, terms of quality (brighter light) as well automatic system to keep the position and move it up to switch on only the as of the span and positioning of the 3 of the headlights constant and to ones on right-hand side. illuminated area. prevent dazzling approaching cars, in In addition, the headlights are the case of braking, acceleration or Automatic Headlights equipped with an ALC system load transport. When the light switch is turned to (Adaptive Light Control). "AUTO" position and the key in the This system combines the light beam ignition switch is in MAR (ON) with the steering angle to assure position, the position lights, low beam better visibility of the road surface WARNING! lights and license plate lights turn on when driving in a curve, steering or in If xenon headlamp replacement is and off automatically, depending on the event of road deviations. necessary, contact the Authorized the light outside. The advantages offered by improved Maserati Dealer only: DANGER - RISK lighting system are perceived OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK. NOTE: especially in case of bad weather, fog The high beams can only be turned on and/or insufficient road indications Parking Lights manually by pushing the left-hand providing broader illumination of the The parking lights only work with the multifunction lever forward. side zones, which are normally left in key in the ignition switch turned to the dark, and for highway driving (see STOP (OFF) or ACC position, or with comparison rendered below). the key removed. This surely increases driving safety as it They are activated by turning the light WARNING! offers less eye strain and increased switch to position. • If the low beams are activated, they orientation for the driver and better It is harder to turn the switch to will come on automatically every detection of other persons on the road position than to the other time the lights are turned on. You sides (pedestrians, bicycle riders and positions. This is to avoid activating are therefore advised to turn off the motorcycle drivers). high beams every time the twilight

84 Understanding the Vehicle

sensor deactivates the external Rear Fog Lights Twilight Sensor lights. Press button on the light switch to This device consists of two sensors: a • In case of fog during the day, turn on the rear fog lights. global sensor, capable of measuring position lights and low beam lights the light intensity above and a are not turned on automatically. The directional sensor, which measures the driver must always be ready to turn light intensity in the vehicle’s traveling the lights on manually, including direction, enabling it to recognize rear fog lights, if necessary. tunnels and driveways. • The driver is always responsible for You can adjust the sensing range of 3 turning on the external lights, the twilight sensor by means of the depending on the light outside and MTC+, by selecting the “Settings” in compliance with the applicable menu and "Safety & Driving Assistant" legislation in the country of use. The function (see chapter "MTC+ Settings" automatic system for activating/ in section "Dashboard instruments deactivating the external lights must Fog lights only work when the low and Controls"). be considered an aid for the driver. beams are on by operating the light In the event of a sensor failure, the If necessary, turn the lights on and switch in (low beam) or "AUTO" system will turn on the low beams and off manually. position. the position lights, regardless of the The symbol on the button and the light outside, and a failure message dedicated indicator light in the NOTE: will appear on the instrument cluster instrument cluster illuminate when display. After external lights turn on the lights are on. automatically, driver can always The failure indication will be displayed manually turn on rear fog lights. as long as the light switch is turned to When external lights turn off "AUTO" position. WARNING! automatically, rear fog lights will turn In this case, we recommend that you off automatically too, if on. Upon the Do not use the rear fog lights in deactivate the automatic system and following automatic switch-on driver normal visibility conditions to avoid turn on the external lights manually if must manually turn on rear fog lights, dazzling vehicles behind. necessary; contact an Authorized Maserati Dealer as soon as possible. if necessary. Pressing again the button will deactivate the rear fog lights.

85 Understanding the Vehicle

Left-hand Multifunction Lever NOTE: The multifunction lever on the left side If either light remains on and does not of the steering column controls the flash, or flashes at a fast rate, check for operation of the turn signals, a defective outside light bulb. If an headlight beam selection and indicator on instrument cluster fails overtaking lights. while moving the lever, then the This multifunction lever also controls indicator bulb is probably defective. the Cruise Control. See chapter "Cruise High Beams and Flashing 3 Control" in section "Driving" for further information. To switch on the high beams with the Turn Signals light switch in headlamp or “AUTO” position, shift the left-hand Move the left-hand multifunction lever multifunction lever onward. all the way up or down until the stop A related blue telltale will trigger. illuminate on the tachometer.

To activate lane change function, tap the lever up or down once, without moving beyond the detent. The turn signals (right or left) will flash three times then automatically turn off. The left or right arrow indicator on This function is useful when By pulling the lever backward (toward respectively the speedometer and overtaking or changing lanes. the steering wheel) you switch off the tachometer instrument cluster, flashes high beams and switch on the low to show proper operation of the front beams. and rear turn signal lights.

86 Understanding the Vehicle

seconds, and the light activation time is displayed. CAUTION! When this function is active, every The high beams can only be switched time the left-hand multifunction lever on manually by pushing the left-hand for flashing the headlights is multifunction lever forward. operated, the time the lights remain on is increased by 30 seconds, with a maximum total time of 210 seconds. The display will show the time set. WARNING! If the left-hand multifunction lever for 3 If the high beams are activated, they You can signal another vehicle with flashing the headlights is operated for will turn on automatically every time your headlights by lightly pulling the more than 2 seconds, the function is the low beams are switched on either left-hand multifunction lever toward deactivated, and the indicator on the manually or automatically. We you. This will turn on the high beams instrument cluster display goes off. recommend therefore that you switch headlights until the lever is released. When the function is active, turning them off when they are no longer the key in the ignition switch back to necessary and every time the twilight MAR (ON) position deactivates the sensor deactivates the external lights. system. “Follow me Home” Function Front Domelights This function allows you to set a The front domelight includes a central timing for activation of the position and two reading lights. lights and low beams, so that they The central light automatically turns may remain on for a set time after on together with the two lights on the turning off the vehicle. sides of the rear seats (see "Rear Side This function is activated by pushing Interior Lights" in this chapter) when Flashing occurs also with lights off the left-hand multifunction lever on one of the doors is opened and turns (light switch in position “0”) if the key the steering column, used to flash the off when the door is closed (timed in the ignition switch is in MAR (ON) headlights. switching off). These lights may be position. The position lights and low beams switched on manually by pressing the turn on for 30 seconds, the message central button “Follow me” appears on the The reading lights are controlled by instrument cluster display for 20 the respective side buttons.

87 Understanding the Vehicle

If they are turned on by pressing the If one or more doors are opened, the Hazard Warning Flashers button, both central and reading lights front domelights and rear side interior Press the indicated button on the and the rear side interior lights will lights will turn on for approx. 3 central console to turn on the hazard stay on for about 15 minutes after minutes. If the door is closed before warning flashers. The operation is turning the engine off, and will then this time, the lights will dim and independent from the key position in turn off gradually. subsequently switch off after about 10 the ignition switch. seconds. Press the button again to turn them Upon removing the key from the off. ignition switch and activating the When these lights are on, the turn 3 centralized door locking system with signals, the related arrow indicator on the remote control buttons, the the instrument cluster and the button domelights and the rear side interior itself will flash. lights turn on for about 10 seconds. Cargo Light To illuminate the cargo area there is a light inside the trunk, at the top. This In the event of a collision causing the light turn on when trunk lid is opened inertia switch activation, the and turn off when it is closed. domelights turn on automatically for approx. 15 minutes.

NOTE: When the hazard warning flashers are activated, the turn signals control is disabled.

Door Courtesy Light If trunk lid is left open for a long time, Each door panel is fitted on the lower lights will turn off after a few minutes side with a courtesy light to illuminate to save battery charge.

88 Understanding the Vehicle the area where passengers enter/exit Windshield Wipers and stable positions) or upward (one the vehicle. Washers unstable position). AUTO Automatic operation. In this The multifunction lever on the position the rain sensor right-hand side of the steering column adapts the windshield wiper operates the windshield wipers and frequency to the intensity of washer when the key in the ignition the rain. switch is turned in MAR (ON) position. 1 Slow continuous operation. The windshield washer and headlight washer share the same fluid reservoir, 2 Fast continuous operation. 3 and a low fluid level is indicated by – Fast temporary operation by the same warning light and by the pushing the multifunction message on the instrument cluster. lever upward.

To refill the fluid, see “Maintenance Procedures” in section “Maintenance and Care”. CAUTION! Windshield Wipers • Turn the windshield wipers off when Starting from the not-active position driving through an automatic car "OFF", the right-hand multifunction wash. The windshield wipers may be lever can be moved downward (three (Continued)

89 Understanding the Vehicle

(Continued) temporary fast operation mode) with the right-hand multifunction damaged if the wiper control is left remain the same. lever in "AUTO" position, to reactivate in any position other than “OFF”. The rain sensor is activated the function the next time the engine • In cold weather, always turn off the automatically by moving the is started, the lever must be moved to wiper switch and allow the wipers to right-hand multifunction lever to "OFF" (stop position) then back to return to the park position before "AUTO" position. The sensor has a "AUTO" position. turning off the engine. If the wiper setting range that varies progressively: switch is left on and the wipers from the windshield wiper stationary freeze to the windshield, the wiper position - when the windshield is dry - CAUTION! 3 motor may be damaged when the to the windshield wiper second speed - • The rain sensing feature may not vehicle is restarted. in conditions of pouring rain. function properly by ice or dried salt • Always remove any buildup of snow water on the windshield. that prevents the windshield wiper • Use on the windshield of RainX® or blades from returning to the off products containing wax or silicone position. If the windshield wiper may reduce rain sensor performance. control is turned off and the blades cannot return to the off position, the Rain Sensor Failure wiper motor may be damaged. When the rain sensor is activated, in the event that it is malfunctioning, the Rain Sensing Wipers windshield wiper will be switched on This feature detects moisture on the in intermittent operation mode and windshield through an inside rearview To regulate the frequency of the sensing range will be set by the mirror integrated sensor. intermittent operation, with the user, regardless of whether or not The rain sensor adapts the frequency right-hand multifunction lever in there is rain on the windshield. of the windshield wiper strokes (in the "AUTO" position, turn the end section The symbol appears on the intermittent operation mode) to the of the lever. instrument cluster display. intensity of the rain. Rotating the end section clockwise, In this case, we recommend that you All the other functions controlled by intermittent operation varies from fast cut-out the rain sensor and turn on the the right-hand multifunction lever intermittent wipe (max.) to slow wiper, if necessary, in continuous (windshield wipers off, in continuous intermittent wipe (min). mode. Contact the Authorized slow and fast operation mode and in If the engine is turned off during Maserati Dealer as soon as possible. automatic windshield wiper operation,

90 Understanding the Vehicle

Windshield Washers and as necessary, service your vehicle in a Headlight Washers well-ventilated area and wear gloves WARNING! or wash your hands frequently when To use the washer, pull toward the • Do not start the windshield washer servicing your vehicle. For more steering wheel the right-hand during the cold months until the information go to: multifunction lever (toward the windshield has warmed up. If it has www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger- steering wheel) and hold it as long as not warmed up, the liquid could vehicle washer spray is desired. freeze on the glass and block your If you activate the washer while the view. Headlight Washers windshield wiper control is in the • Sudden loss of visibility through the The right-hand multifunction lever 3 automatic intermittent range, the windshield could lead to a collision. also operates the headlight washers wipers will operate for a few wipe You might not see other vehicles or when the key in the ignition switch is cycles after releasing the lever and other obstacles. To avoid sudden in MAR (ON) position and the then resume the previously selected icing of the windshield during headlights are turned on. intermittent interval. freezing weather, warm the The headlight washers will spray a If you activate the washer while the windshield with the defroster timed high pressure spray of washer windshield wiper is turned off (OFF) before and during windshield fluid when the windshield washer is the wipers will operate for three wipe washer use. started. cycles and then turn off.

91 Understanding the Vehicle Soft Top • In case of hazard, release the soft and do not use sharp or pointed top button, which stops its objects. NOTE: movement. • Do not place objects on the soft top as they might fall and cause damage By soft top “opening” we • Keep your hands away from the soft and injury when it is moved. mean folding the soft top top levers, the soft top compartment into the rear luggage and the upper edge of the • Do not place any objects in the soft compartment. windshield. top housing. • Before operating the soft top, make • Do not fasten roof-racks or similar on By soft top “closing” we sure that no passengers are sitting in the soft top. 3 mean the opposite. the rear seats. • When closing the soft top, never • Never operate or act on a soft top start driving before the soft top has that is performing an automatic completed the closing cycle and has Precautions movement cycle. locked on the windshield frame. • Only open or close the soft top when Before and during the soft top the vehicle is stationary, otherwise it operation observe the following might not fully open or close. For precautions. CAUTION! example, if you start moving the soft • Do not open the soft top when it is top when you are standing at a wet, as the damp that would form in traffic light and you start driving WARNING! the soft top housing might cause before the soft top has completed its • Before opening or closing the soft permanent damage to the structure opening or closing cycle, you can top, always check that no one is in or stains or mold in the canvas. complete the operation by driving the way, as impact with the soft top Should it need to be opened, do not slowly (do not exceed 19 mph - may cause injury. Also check that no leave it sitting in the housing for 30 km/h) and holding the soft top objects stand in the way of the soft more than a day. movement switch pushed until the top, as impact may cause damage to • Open the soft top when it is dirty, as process has been completed. both the soft top and the object. both the canvas and the rear window • If you are driving at high speeds, • The movement of the soft top with might be damaged when it is folded. vacuum might be created in the the engine running must be • Do not open the soft top if there is passenger compartment and the soft performed outdoor. Exhaust gases ice or snow on it. Should it need to top might start “wobbling”; to solve contain carbon monoxide which is be opened, remove the snow or ice strongly toxic and potentially lethal.

92 Understanding the Vehicle

this problem let more air into the • To avoid damaging the soft top, the • turn the key clockwise until passenger compartment. vehicle must not be washed with unlocking the doors and hold it in • It is advisable to close the soft top high-pressure water jet systems, be it this position. The automatic soft top when parking the vehicle. This not a manual nozzle or an automatic car opening cycle will begin after only protects the passenger wash with turning rollers. approx. 2 seconds; compartment against weather • Organic residues must be • do not move the key for the entire agents, but is also a safeguard immediately removed, as they may opening cycle. against theft. damage both the soft top fabric and With the soft top fully open: • If possible, park in the shade as its strips. • insert the key in the external driver’s 3 prolonged exposure to the sun will • Do not use solvents, alcohol, petrol door lock; alter the canvas fiber and color. or other generic detergents to clean • turn the key counterclockwise until • Before disconnecting the battery, the soft top. locking the doors and hold it in this lower the side windows by about 1.6 position. The automatic soft top - 2 in (4 - 5 cm) to prevent damaging "Summer open" Strategy closing cycle will begin after approx. the soft top strip when the doors are Using the key inserted in the external 2 seconds; opened and closed. When the driver's door lock, you can control the battery is connected and fully • do not move the key for the entire soft top opening/closing strategy closing cycle. charged, this operation is performed referred to as “Summer open”. automatically whenever the doors are opened or closed. The windows NOTE: must remain lowered until the • The opening and closing cycle can be recharged battery is reconnected. If interrupted at any time, moving the the battery is dead and the windows key back to its initial position. are fully up, only open the doors • The following operations are when strictly necessary and being performed with the engine off. This extremely careful: do not close them involves an extremely high power again until the windows can be consumption, which causes the lowered. battery to discharge faster. • Cover the soft top with a protective With the soft top fully closed: cloth when it is going to be parked outdoor for a long period of time. • insert the key in the external driver’s door lock;

93 Understanding the Vehicle

Soft Top Operation The soft top will perform the following steps which are also shown The soft top must be opened and on the instrument cluster display (see closed with the vehicle stationary and, picture). as a rule, with the engine running at idle speed. 1 Side window lowering; first the If necessary (e.g. in closed places) the front and then the rear windows operation can be performed with the will lower. Soft top released from engine off and the key in the ignition the windshield frame. 3 switch in MAR (ON) position. This 2 Rear shelf edge raising. operation involves an extremely high 3 Soft top compartment cover power consumption, which causes the opening. battery to discharge faster. For moving the soft top, use the two 4 Soft top folding back inside its buttons on the central console: compartment. (C): soft top closing button. 5 Soft top compartment cover closing. (O): soft top opening button.

Opening Cycle Press the (O) soft top opening button and hold it pressed for the entire opening cycle.

94 Understanding the Vehicle

The movement cycle can be The movement cycle can be interrupted at any time by pressing interrupted at any time by pressing again the (O) opening button. again the (C) closing button. If you hold the (O) opening button If you hold the (O) opening button and you push it again within 2 seconds and you push it again within 2 seconds after releasing it, when the soft top after releasing it, when the soft top has reached its target position the has reached its target position the system will automatically close all the system will automatically close all the windows. windows. 3 Closing Cycle Press the (C) soft top closing button CAUTION! and hold it pressed for the entire At the beginning of the soft top closing cycle. opening or closing cycle, always The soft top will perform the ensure that the door windows have following steps which are also shown lowered automatically. If not, release on the instrument cluster display (see the soft top movement button. picture). 1 Side window lowering; first the rear and then the front windows will lower. Soft top compartment cover opening. 2 Soft top unfolding. 3 Soft top compartment closing. 4 Soft top rear edge lowering on the rear shelf. 5 Soft top locking on the windshield frame.

95 Understanding the Vehicle

Interruption/Inhibition of Soft • Vehicle moving (at a speed above Top Movement 19 mph/30 km/h). Automatic movement of the soft top is interrupted in the following cases: • If the button is released before the soft top has completed its movement cycle. 3 • Movement system overheated.

• Trunk compartment open or not properly closed.

• Exceeding a speed of 30 km/h (19 mph).

• Low battery voltage.

CAUTION! • Failure of the front windows. Contact the Authorized Maserati Dealer to have the battery voltage CAUTION! corrected. Contact the Authorized Maserati Dealer to have the system properly Automatic movement of the soft top is repaired. inhibited in the following cases:

96 Understanding the Vehicle

"Soft Top Manual Closing Operation" in this chapter).

CAUTION! If a soft top failure is signalled, contact the Authorized Maserati Dealer to have the problem corrected. 3

• Outside temperature too low. Soft Top Failure WARNING! In the event of a failure of the If the soft top has jammed in an hydraulic and electric soft top intermediate position, because its movement systems, the relative movement was intentionally stopped symbol will illuminate on the or due to a failure of the hydraulic instrument cluster display and electric systems, after remaining accompanied by a message indicating in this position for approx. 10 minutes that automatic movement is not the hydraulic circuit loses pressure. available. This condition allows the soft top and the relative housing cover (driven by their weight) to reach a resting • The system cannot read the vehicle position. Therefore, take the greatest speed. care to avoid that people or objects in the vicinity may interfere with the soft top travel during this time. CAUTION! In this case, do not operate the soft Contact the Authorized Maserati top using the buttons until the system Dealer to have the system properly has reached a steadily balanced repaired. position (fully open or fully closed). In these cases, check that the soft top is in a safe position, and if not, complete the movement manually (see

97 Understanding the Vehicle

NOTE: • To avoid unintentional activations, If the failure occurs when the opening we recommend that you remove the The soft top failure temporarily procedure is already in progress, do key from the ignition switch. Take disables, for approx. 10 minutes, the not attempt to complete the the flat-head screwdriver and the power windows’ operation. After this procedure - close back the soft top wrench to lock/unlock the soft top time, the power windows will resume manually according to the following hinges out of the tool kit located in normal functioning. instructions. After depressurizing the the trunk compartment (see "Tool hydraulic circuit by turning the key in Kit" in section "In an Emergency"). Soft Top Manual Closing the ignition switch to STOP (OFF) 3 Operation position, perform the emergency Soft Top Closing In case of need, the soft top may be procedure starting from the point at which the opening stage jammed. • Using a flat head screwdriver, remove closed manually. the access covers (housed on both sides of the compartment) turning the relative fastening screws WARNING! WARNING! counterclockwise by a quarter of a • Manual operation of the soft top for After depressurizing the system, the turn. emergency closing requires the soft top will move freely. Therefore, if presence of two persons in order to it is not in a balanced position, it will prevent personal injury or damage close or open as a consequence of its to the car. weight. Take the greatest care to • When moving the soft top by hand, avoid being squeezed or trapped by take the greatest care as its movable its levers and mechanisms. parts could squeeze or trap objects or parts of your body. Before Starting NOTE: • During emergency closing, the side CAUTION! windows must be lowered. The emergency procedure described • Reach the small cables through the • To move the soft top manually, you below must be used to close the soft slots and pull them to unlock the soft must depressurize the hydraulic system top if it is not possible for you to top cover locks. by turning the key in the ignition contact the Authorized Maserati • Reassemble the access covers and Dealer immediately and you cannot switch to STOP (OFF) position and waiting approx. 10 minutes. lock them turning the following keep the soft top open. screw clockwise.

98 Understanding the Vehicle

3 • Manually raise the soft top cover, • Remove the soft top from its placing your hands as shown in the compartment by moving the front figure, and hold it in a vertical section to approx. half its travel, CAUTION! position resting it on your shoulder until reaching a balanced position. Before proceeding with the closing for example. procedure, ensure that the two soft top cover locks are properly latched.

• Place the rear section of the soft top on the soft top cover.

• Lower the soft top cover until latching the locks.

• Insert the soft top unlocking/ locking wrench in its seating.

99 Understanding the Vehicle • Turn the wrench clockwise to move Windstop (optional) damage the Windstop with their the soft top edge closer to the weight. windshield, and fasten the fastening The Windstop consists of a panel fitted latches inside the locks. behind the front seats, which prevents NOTE: the wind from creating turbulence in If the vehicle is equipped with spare the passenger compartment when the wheel (optional), it may not house in soft top is open. The Windstop can the trunk compartment the Windstop also be left installed with soft top inside its bag. closed. 3 Fitting the Windstop WARNING! • Take the Windstop out of its bag. With Windstop installed you can not • Turn the lower left-hand part, until it carry passengers in the rear seats. is fully laid out. • Remove the unlocking/locking The Windstop is normally stored in a wrench from the soft top seat and protective bag inside the trunk place it in the tool kit box together compartment. with the screwdriver. This bag is secured inside the compartment by means of a strap.

CAUTION! • It is recommended not to place sharp and pointed objects which may contact the protective bag in the • Join the rear section to the base of trunk compartment, unless they are the Windstop. firmly secured. • You should not place objects on the Windstop protective bag, even if they are secured, as they may

100 Understanding the Vehicle

3 • If already extracted, retract the rear • Perform the same operation to pins on the sides of the Windstop engage the opposite pin on the left base by sliding inward the relative CAUTION! side of the Windstop base. guide. During the following installation • Keep the rear pins in the retracted • Lift the upper left-hand part of the operations, take the greatest care to position moving the pin's handle in windbreaker until it is fully opened. avoid damaging the internal trims of the direction of the arrows shown in the vehicle. • By acting on the bottom of the the detail of picture. Windstop base, push outward the • Bring the front part of the Windstop • Let the pins go. In this way the red lever shown in the detail of base in position on the vehicle. Windstop base will result firmly fixed picture and release it in order to to the vehicle. • Fit the pin in the relative seat on the insert the coupling pin on the end rear right-hand panel of the vehicle • Align the pins on their seats on the ring of the upper part of the by sliding out the guide pin. rear panels of the vehicle and let the windbreaker. pins go. In this way the Windstop base will result firmly fixed to the vehicle.

101 Understanding the Vehicle backward you must take the greatest Interior Features care to avoid that the two parts touch each other and so cause Electric Power Outlets damages. The vehicle is equipped with two 12 • Never place pointed or sharp objects Volt (13 Amp) electric power outlets. on the rear seats, under the One in passenger compartment on the Windstop when fitted. central console, under the cover with armrest function, using the socket of 3 Windstop Removal the cigarette lighter as power outlet Perform the operations opposite to and one fitted in the trunk. • Raise the upper section until it is in a those outlined above and in reverse All power outlets are supplied only vertical position. order. when the engine is started or the key in the ignition switch is turned in ACC NOTE: or MAR (ON) position. To be able to fold up the upper part of Power outlets are protected by a fuse. the windbreaker, unlock the pin by Insert a cigarette lighter or accessory pushing the small lever indicated in plug into the power outlets to ensure the picture. proper operation. Otherwise, check the matching fuse integrity, see “Fuse Replacement” in section “Maintenance and Care” for further information.

CAUTION! • Do not plug in accessories that CAUTION! exceed the maximum power of 160 • Do not fasten any object to the Watts (13 Amps) at 12 Volts. Windstop. • Power outlets are designed for • Never place any object on the accessory plugs only. Do not insert Windstop. any other object in the power outlets • When the Windstop is fitted, if you as this will damage the outlet and tilt the backrest or move the seat

102 Understanding the Vehicle

blow the fuse. Damages caused by periods may discharge the battery improper use of the power outlet and/or prevent the engine from are not covered by the New Vehicle starting. Limited Warranty.

WARNING! To avoid serious injury or death: • Only devices designed for use in this 3 type of outlet should be inserted Cupholders into any 12 Volt outlet. The vehicle is equipped with two • Replacing the fuses that protect cupholders. power outlets with others of higher amperage, there is the risk of fire. • Do not touch with wet hands. CAUTION! • If this outlet is mishandled, it may • Use light and shatterproof cause an electric shock and failure. containers. • Do not forcefully push unsuitable Power Outlet on Central Console containers into the cupholders to To access the power outlet on the prevent damage to the containers. central console lift the cover with • Do not store hot drinks. armrest function by pushing the inside handle. Cupholders for Front Passengers Remove the cigarette lighter and use Power Outlet inside the Trunk The front cupholders are located its socket as power outlet. The power outlet is positioned on the behind the transmission shift lever. right side of the trunk compartment.

WARNING! High power consumption items plugged into this outlet for long

103 Understanding the Vehicle

lift the cover with armrest function as must pass as close as possible to the previously described. side walls of the containment compartment, avoiding the hooking area of the handle. The AUX auxiliary port features: • typical port impedance between AUX-IN and AUX_REF: 13 Kohm; • max. applicable voltage: 0.75 Vrms at 3 1 kHz; • port compatible only with 3.5 mm Cupholders for Rear Passengers jack connectors (not included). The rear cupholders are available on Any player with these characteristics the rear part of the central console, If the front passenger wants to use the and analog audio output (headset between the rear seats. phone connected to the USB port, you output type) can be served by the can route the cable to the right-hand MTC+ System. The system can side of the hooking area of the cover recognize the connection to a player opening handle shown in picture. outlet autonomously, by enabling access to the audio functions connected to this source. This USB port can be used for data exchange and charge of the connected source (refer to the MTC+ guide for further details). Through this USB input is possible to recharge the connected device for Multimedia Ports and Phone about an hour from when the key in Housing Compartment the ignition switch is turned in STOP Multimedia ports and the housing for (OFF) position (“Active Charging” To avoid the risk of being pinched the phone are located in a feature). When this feature is enabled, when closing the cover, the cable compartment inside the central the USB port will be backlit. diameter that properly fits in this area console. To access this compartment In this compartment there is also an SD must not exceed 0.8 in (5 mm) and memory card input. Once inserted into

104 Understanding the Vehicle the slot, to extract it press lightly on selection and navigation of the card. playlist/genre/singer/album/Podcast. Other two USB ports are present for rear seat passengers, on the rear part of the central console. CAUTION! ® To access the USB port, open the Do not leave your USB device, iPod outside cover. These USB ports allow or an external audio source in the charging the connected source. vehicle for extended period of time: extreme temperatures and humidity can occur in the vehicle. 3 By lowering the visor you can access NOTE: the courtesy mirror with incorporated Visit www.maserati.com or an light illuminating automatically (with Authorized Maserati Dealer for a list the key in the ignition switch in MAR of iPod® devices compatible with the (ON) position) by raising the mirror MTC+ and their level of compatibility. protective cover. Before raising the visor, close the mirror cover. Sun Visors A paper holder is fitted inside each sun visor. When you turn the key in the ignition Sun visors can be folded to the front switch in STOP (OFF) position, these and to the side of the vehicle. To move USB ports remain active for 10 minutes the visor laterally, lower and release it to allow the charging of connected from its catch as indicated. devices. iPod® Connection An iPod® can be connected to the system via USB and AUX ports by means of a special cable (optional). The MTC+ will then control the following functions: play, pause, fast forward, rewind, next track, previous track, random or repeat mode,

105 Understanding the Vehicle

Smoking Kit The kit includes a lighter and a CAUTION! removable ashtray with cover. After use, always make sure that the The cigarette lighter is located inside cigarette lighter is switched off. the compartment under the armrest between the front seat. The removable ashtray can be insert into the front or rear cupholder. WARNING! 3 To access the cigarette lighter lift the The cigarette lighter reaches high cover with the armrest function as temperatures. Handle it carefully and previously described. do not allow children to use to avoid risk of fire and injury! CAUTION! Do not put heavy or sharp objects in Cloth Hooks the pocket. A cloth hook is located on the upper part of the seatback of the front seats.

Pressing the central button activates the cigarette lighter. After about 20 seconds the button returns automatically to the initial position and stops the heating: now the cigarette lighter is ready for use. Mobile Phone Pocket Central console on passenger's side is fitted with a pocket for housing a mobile phone or small objects.

106 Understanding the Vehicle Cargo Area Do not exceed the specified Gross The trunk is the most suitable place to Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or the load bulky and heavy objects onboard Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for the vehicle. either the front or rear axle. To load your vehicle properly, store WARNING! The GVWR is the total allowable heavier items below and be sure you To help protect against personal weight of your vehicle. This includes distribute their weight as evenly as injury, passengers must not be seated driver, passengers, and cargo. possible. in the rear cargo area. The rear cargo The maximum load which may be Stow all loose items securely before space is intended for load carrying carried in the rear luggage start driving as they could move purposes only, not for passengers, compartment is 66 lbs (30 kg). during the trip. 3 who should sit in seats and use seat belts. Carrying Luggage on Rear Seats WARNING! Vehicle Load Carrying Capacity Do not exceed the GVWR, or front or Light luggage may be transported on the rear seats only if they are securely The load carrying capacity of your rear GAWR. Exceeding these limits anchored on the seats using the vehicle is shown on the “Tire and may lead to poor handling, vehicle tethers provided (upon request). Loading Information Label” instability or tire damage which could positioned on the rear driver door's cause a crash in which you or others Installation pillar. could be seriously injured or killed. • Fasten one end of the tether to the "U" metal ring positioned in the center of the seat, between the cushion and the backrest. WARNING! • Improper weight distribution can have an adverse effect on the way the vehicle steers, handles and the way the brakes operate. • Never drive with the trunk lid open. Exhaust gases can enter the passenger compartment. The information indicated on the label concerns passengers and luggage loading operations.

107 Understanding the Vehicle • Lay provisionally the tether vertically • Using the buckle tension the tether HomeLink® (for on the backrest and on the headrest. until the suitcase if firmly secured on versions/markets, where • Place the suitcase on the cushion. the seat. • Secure the suitcase with the tether, provided) which must be wound all around the HomeLink® replaces up to three suitcase and passed through its hand-held transmitters operating the handles. automatic devices that open garage doors and gates, enable/disable the 3 lighting or security systems. The HomeLink® unit is powered by your vehicle's 12 Volt battery. The HomeLink® buttons that are located in the control panel behind the driver's side sun visor designate the three different HomeLink® channels. The HomeLink® LED is located above the central button. • Fasten the other end of the tether to the "U" metal ring located underneath the covering at the base of the seat.

HomeLink® is disabled when the vehicle security alarm is active (see “Vehicle security alarm” in section “Before Starting”).

108 Understanding the Vehicle

General Information well-ventilated area and wear gloves or wash your hands frequently when While programming HomeLink®,itis WARNING! servicing your vehicle. For more advisable to disconnect the drive Vehicle exhaust contains carbon information go to: motor of the gate/door to be remote monoxide, a dangerous gas. Do not www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger- controlled, since the numerous driving run your vehicle in the garage while vehicle programming the transceiver. Exhaust pulses launched for this operation gas can cause serious injury or death. might damage it. If the battery fails or is disconnected, Programming the stored settings are not deleted. Customer Service • Press and hold buttons "1" and "3". 3 If the gate/door was manufactured • After about 20 seconds, the LED If you have problems with training the prior to April 1982 (not equipped with starts flashing. HomeLink Universal Transceiver, or safety systems or automatic stop in the • Release the buttons. would like information on home event of an obstacle in the range of products that can be operated by the action), the gate/door cannot be • Hold the remote control for the transmitter, call (800) 355-3515. On the ® device to be controlled close to the controlled by HomeLink . ® Internet, go to www.Homelink.com. If you have questions, call (800) HomeLink control panel (0-30 cm/ 355-3515. 0-12 in). Safety Precautions • Simultaneously press and hold the Always refer to the operating button on the hand-held remote control and one of the three instructions and safety information WARNING! that came with your garage door HomeLink® buttons "1", "2" or "3". California Proposition 65 opener or other equipment you Operating, servicing and maintaining • Successful programming is signaled intend to operate with the HomeLink a passenger vehicle or off-road vehicle by the LED flashing faster. Universal Transceiver. If you do not can expose you to chemicals including • Release the buttons. have this information, you should such as, engine exhaust, carbon To program the other buttons, repeat contact the manufacturer of the monoxide, phthalates and lead, that the operations skipping the first three equipment. which are know to the State of steps. While training or using HomeLink, California to cause cancer and birth make sure you have a clear view of defects or other reproductive harm. To the garage door or gate, and that no minimize exposure, avoid breathing one will be injured by its movement. exhaust, do not idle the engine except as necessary, service your vehicle in a

109 Understanding the Vehicle

Use Programming Devices • after about 20 seconds, the LED starts flashing; hold the button • When the signal of the device to be Controlled by Rolling Code down; activated reaches its operating • Locate the specific setting button by range, press the dedicated consulting the user manual of the • hold the original remote control of HomeLink® button. system to be controlled. This button the device to be controlled close to the HomeLink® control panel (0-30 • The LED remains on while the signal is normally located on the motor cm/0-12 in); is being transmitted. which drives the device. The devices controlled through the • Press the button and, in normal • press and hold the button on the 3 HomeLink® function can always be conditions, a LED will illuminate. original remote control; activated using the original remote • successful programming is signaled controls. NOTE: by the LED flashing faster; Should the so programmed Normally, after this operation you • release both buttons. HomeLink® not activate the system to have 30 seconds to start the next one. The system previously programmed on be controlled, this may be due to the HomeLink® has thus been replaced ® fact that this system is controlled by a • Briefly press the HomeLink button with the new programming and is remote control with a rolling code. you have chosen to control the ready to be used. A rolling activation code can be device. This operation has no impact on the recognized in the following ways: • Press it a second time; when it is other HomeLink® buttons. • consulting the instruction manual released the operation should be completed. For some types of Deleting the Programmed provided with the device to be Buttons controlled; motors, the button might have to be pressed a third time. • despite the fact that the HomeLink® Unlike programming, which is programming procedure has been Reprogramming an Individual performed for each individual button, all three buttons are deleted carried out correctly, the HomeLink Button function does not activate the simultaneously. If you wish to program activation of a device; To delete proceed as follows: new system on an already used ® • press and hold buttons "1" and "3"; • holding the dedicated HomeLink HomeLink® button, proceed as button pressed down, the LED briefly follows: • after about 20 seconds, the LED flashes fast and then remains on for starts flashing; • press and hold the HomeLink® 2 seconds; this sequence is repeated • release the buttons. for about 20 seconds. button selected;

110 Understanding the Vehicle

NOTE: It is advisable to perform the HomeLink® deletion procedure when selling the vehicle.

Regulations Compliance This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules (US) and Canada Standard RSS-210 (Canada). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: • This device may not cause harmful interference. • This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.

111 Understanding the Vehicle Air Conditioning Distribution

112 Understanding the Vehicle

Adjustable and fixed air vents allow • The fixed vents under the dashboard passengers to achieve the optimal aim to ventilate the lower part of comfort conditions. the passenger compartment. Fixed Air Vents • The fixed vents, positioned on the upper part of the dashboard, beneath the windshield are meant to guarantee the defogging and defrosting of the windshield and the 3 side windows. NOTE: In order not to obstruct the air conditioning inlet, the defrosting or Adjustable Air Vents the defogging function of the glass surfaces, avoid covering vents with • The adjustable vents are located at clothing or other items. the center and at the side ends of the dashboard. They have the purpose of ventilating the upper part of the passenger compartment. There are also adjustable vents placed at the rear end of the central console. These vents can be adjusted in vertical and horizontal direction, by operating on the central handle 1, indicated in the following pictures. The rotary control 2, located under each vent, allows to partialize the air flow.

113 Understanding the Vehicle Sport Skyhook Suspension The sensors which enable the ECU to calculate the vehicle speed, vertical (for versions/markets, and side acceleration, as well as the where provided) instantaneous braking system pressure, thereby controlling suspension The electronic system controlling the damping, are the following: vehicle suspension uses the sophisticated on board sensors and is • front left-hand vertical acceleration aimed at optimizing vehicle sensor; 3 performance. • front right-hand vertical acceleration The system is capable of constantly sensor; monitoring suspension damping by This way, the system operates with a • rear vertical acceleration sensor; shock absorber “softer” setting in means of the actuator fitted on each • front left-hand wheel acceleration NORMAL drive mode, and a “harder” shock absorber (Skyhook type). This sensor; way, the shock absorber setting is setting if SPORT drive mode is selected • front right-hand wheel acceleration suited to the road surface conditions (see “Drive Mode” in section sensor; and vehicle dynamics, thus improving “Driving”). passenger comfort and road-holding. The strategy used by the system • lateral acceleration sensor; By pressing button “SPORT” on the controlling suspension damping is • driving speed sensor; central console the driver can choose, aimed at reducing the vertical • brake pedal switch. even while driving, a normal or oscillations of the vehicle (rolling and dynamic-type setting for the pitching) to a minimum. Self-diagnostics suspension, depending on their own The activation of SPORT drive mode Whenever the engine is started, the driving style. sets the suspension for sports-style system performs a self-diagnostic cycle. driving and acts on the ASR and If a malfunction is found, the amber gearbox systems as well, modifying warning light is displayed their setting for dynamic-style driving. accompanied by the message “Check System Components suspensions” (see paragraph "Malfunction Indicators" in this The system is controlled by an ECU chapter). which manages the solenoid valves on each shock absorber in response to the sensor signals, thus adjusting suspension damping and setting.

114 Understanding the Vehicle

Calibration Selection preset value, thus ensuring a safe vehicle set up. The driver can select, in relation to WARNING! Should the malfunction involve one road surface conditions, vehicle speed, SPORT drive mode should not be shock absorber only, this will no driving style and comfort, one of the activated if the road surface is rough longer be controlled by the ECU and two calibration levels provided by the or slippery. will therefore remain set as it was system: normal or sports-style. The electronic suspension control when the fault occurred. It is • Normal calibration, active when system works in combination with the therefore possible for one of the four SPORT drive mode is disabled ESC system. shock absorbers to work with a fixed ("SPORT" button not pressed), favors 3 When the suspension is set to normal calibration, different from that of the comfort and higher driving stability calibration, stability is increased under other ones. with low and average grip medium and low grip conditions, In any case, safe and secure vehicle conditions. while when it is set to sport-style driving is always ensured at low • Sport-style calibration, active when calibration, the ESC system optimizes a speeds. SPORT drive mode is enabled sportier driving. ("SPORT" button pressed) , favors wheel drive and permits a CAUTION! dynamic-style driving with optimal In the event of a malfunction in the road holding. WARNING! suspension control electronic system, Whenever the engine is started, the In low- and medium-grip conditions which will be indicated by the system automatically activates (e.g., rain, snow, ice, sand, etc.) it is illumination of the amber warning NORMAL drive mode, even if SPORT advisable not to use SPORT drive light on the display while driving, drive mode was selected before the mode, even with the ESC system keep a moderate speed and have the engine was last turned off. enabled. vehicle checked as soon as possible by The sport-style calibration can be an Authorized Maserati Dealer. selected only with the key in the Malfunction Indicators If a malfunction occurs while driving, ignition switch in MAR (ON) position If one or more electric components in and this is signaled by the illumination and it is enabled by pressing button the system prove to be malfunctioning of the amber warning light on the "SPORT", even while driving. while driving, the ECU illuminates the display, it is advisable to stop the When SPORT drive mode is activated, amber warning light accompanied vehicle as soon as possible, turn the the word “SPORT” on the instrument by the message “Check suspensions” key in the ignition switch to STOP cluster display and the LED on the on the display. In addition, the ECU (OFF) position and then restart the button illuminate. calibrates the shock absorbers to a engine.

115 Understanding the Vehicle

If the malfunction is no longer present and the amber warning light on the display does not illuminate again, the electronic suspension system will resume normal operation. On the other hand, if the problem persists, the amber warning light on the instrument cluster display will turn on again. 3 In both cases, the system must be checked by the Authorized Maserati Dealer. The fault found is memorized by the ECU and can be diagnosed at an Authorized Maserati Dealer even if it has disappeared spontaneously.

116 4 – Dashboard Instruments and Controls

Instrument Cluster ...... 118 Infotainment System ...... 130 Audio Controls ...... 138 Audio System ...... 140 MTC+ “Controls” Screen ...... 141 MTC+ Settings ...... 141 Glove Compartments ...... 149 Analog Clock ...... 150 Air Conditioning Controls ...... 151 Phone and Voice Controls on Steering Wheel ...... 155

117 Dashboard Instruments and Controls Instrument Cluster The instrument cluster is divided into three main areas displaying information, signs and text and/or icon messages. A Fuel level gage with low fuel indicator and analog speedometer showing the vehicle speed. B Analog tachometer and coolant thermometer with high 4 temperature warning light. C TFT display. In addition to other information, in this area the odometer display shows the total distance covered by the vehicle.

Speedometer and tachometer display the main warning lights (see “Warning Sport Version and Indicator Lights on Analog Instruments” in this chapter). The other warning and indicator lights are displayed on the TFT display together with mode and drive function indicators (see “TFT Display: Warning/Indicator Lights" in this chapter). NOTE: The image shows the instrument cluster after the initial check cycle. MC Version

118 Dashboard Instruments and Controls

Warning and Indicator Lights The telltales indicated with (*) are also Malfunction Indicator Light (*) on Analog Instruments displayed on the TFT display (see “TFT The Malfunction Indicator Display” paragraph in this chapter). Low Fuel Indicator on Fuel Gage Light (MIL) is part of an onboard diagnostic system The illumination of the red indicator that monitors engine and inside the gage indicates that there automatic transmission control are approx. 4.7 Gallons (18 liters) of systems. fuel in the tank. Under normal conditions, this If the pointer positions on "0" indicator light should switch on when (beginning of scale) and the fuel the key in the ignition switch is in reserve indicator flashes, it means that MAR (ON) position and switch off there is a system malfunction. soon after the engine is started. In this case, contact an Authorized This is a sign of the indicator light Maserati Dealer to have the system 4 working properly. If the indicator checked. Charging System Warning Light remains lighted up or switches on This warning light shows the while driving, there is a failure in the status of the electrical fuel supply/ignition and emission charging system. If the light control systems. stays on or comes on while The failure could cause high exhaust driving, turn off some of the vehicle's emissions, loss of performance, poor non-essential electrical devices or vehicle handling and high increase engine speed (if at idle). If consumption levels. the charging system warning light Under these conditions you can remains on, it means that the vehicle proceed slowly without forcing the is experiencing a problem with the engine or driving at high speeds. charging system. Require IMMEDIATE The indicator light will switch off if Telltales on Speedometer service at an Authorized Maserati the problem is solved. Following telltales are displayed on Dealer. The error will be registered by the the fuel level gage and speedometer, If jump starting is required, refer to system in any case. and related messages are visible for 10 “Jump Start Procedures” in section “In seconds on the central sector of the an Emergency”. display, unless otherwise indicated.

119 Dashboard Instruments and Controls

• a too high temperature of the Low Oil Pressure Warning Light (*) transmission oil. In this case, slow Under normal conditions, the CAUTION! down until the temperature goes warning light illuminates • When the key on the key in the down to the normal values for use when the key in the ignition ignition switch is in the MAR (ON) (the warning light goes off). switch is turned to MAR (ON) position and if the indicator light For further information see chapter position and goes off as soon as the does not switch on or if it switches “Automatic Transmission” in section engine is started. on while driving, contact an “Driving”. If the warning light stays or turns on Authorized Maserati Dealer as soon while driving, the engine oil pressure is as possible. too low. The warning light is combined CAUTION! • Prolonged driving with the MIL on with a displayed message. In this case, Continuous driving with the could cause damage to the engine turn the engine off immediately and transmission temperature warning control system. It also could affect carry out the necessary checks. 4 light illuminated will eventually cause fuel economy and drivability. If the Do not operate the vehicle until the severe transmission damage or failure. MIL is flashing, severe catalytic problem has been solved. This light converter damage and power loss does not indicate the oil level. The will soon occur. Immediate service is engine oil level must be checked with required. WARNING! the dipstick located under the hood (see “Maintenance Procedures” in If the transmission temperature Parking Lights Indicator section “Maintenance and Care”). warning light is illuminated and you If the problem persists, contact an With the key removed from continue operating the vehicle, in Authorized Maserati Dealer. the ignition switch, it indicates some circumstances you could cause that the parking lights are on. the fluid to boil over, come in contact Headlight On Indicator Transmission Failure Warning Light (*) with hot engine or exhaust This indicator will illuminate components and cause a fire. Depending on the message when the position lights or displayed it signals: headlights are turned on. High Beam Indicator For further details, see • a transmission failure. If the This indicator lights up when “Lights” in section “Understanding the failure permits, slowly drive the high beams are switched Vehicle”. to the nearest Authorized on or when blinking. Maserati Dealer;

120 Dashboard Instruments and Controls

Left Turn Signal Indicator Light of one or more tires is too low: the Anti-Lock Brake Light (*) The indicator lights up when related message will be displayed. This light, and its related the left turn signals or the If the warning light flashes prior to message, indicate possible hazard flashers are turned on. remain on, it indicates that the system malfunctions of the Anti-Lock The indicator light will flash at is temporarily unavailable. Brake System (ABS). the same frequency of the turn signals This warning light illuminates even The light will turn on when the key in and is controlled by the left when you calibrate the TPMS and the ignition switch is in MAR (ON) multifunction lever. remains lit until the system is position and may stay on for 4 If the vehicle electronics sense that the calibrated. seconds. If the ABS light remains lit or vehicle drives for more than 1 mile Please refer to “Tire Pressure turns on while driving, the Anti-Lock (1.6 km) with either turn signal on, a Monitoring System (TPMS)” in section portion of the brake system is not continuous sound will alert the driver “Driving” for further information. functioning and requires service. to turn the signal off. Telltales on Tachometer However, the conventional brake 4 If the indicator flashes at a rapid rate, system will continue to operate Following telltales are displayed on check for a defective exterior light normally if the indicator light is the tachometer and related messages bulb. switched off. If the ABS light turns on are visible for 10 seconds on the while driving, or if it does not switch Rear Fog Light Indicator central sector of the display, unless on when the key in the ignition switch otherwise indicated (see “TFT Display” This indicator lights up when is in MAR (ON) position, please visit as in this chapter). the rear fog lights are soon as possible an Authorized switched on. Maserati Dealer in order to restore the Tire Pressure Monitoring Light (*) Anti-Lock brakes functions. This indicator light is Seat Belt Reminder Light (*) connected to the Tire Pressure When the key in the ignition Monitoring System (TPMS). switch is in MAR (ON) Under normal conditions, the position, the seat belt warning light should illuminate when reminder light will light up for the key in the ignition switch is in a few seconds as a bulb check. MAR (ON) position and should go off During the bulb check, you will hear as soon as the engine is started. an acoustic signal if one or both front If the warning light remains lit or seat belts are unbuckled. illuminates while driving, the pressure

121 Dashboard Instruments and Controls

After the bulb check or while driving, locking of the rear wheels. Driving if driver or front passenger seat belt is extremely carefully, immediately go to unbuckled, together with the acoustic the nearest Authorized Maserati WARNING! signal the seat belt reminder light will Dealer to have the system checked. If the indicator light remains ON or if light up. it does not illuminate or illuminates while driving, contact an Authorized Maserati Dealer as soon as possible. WARNING! WARNING! If the warning light illuminates while Electronic Stability Control (ESC) Maserati urges you to use the seat driving, immediately check the brake Malfunction Indicator Light (*) belts correctly fastened and adjusted fluid level. If the fluid is below the This indicator light on the at all times. Correct use of the seat minimum level, there may be a leak in instrument cluster will display belts can help reduce the risk of the circuit. Contact an Authorized when the key in the ignition serious injury in the event of an Maserati Dealer before driving further. 4 switch is in MAR (ON) position. accident. Do not pass seat belts over It should switch off by starting the sharp edges: they could tear. Do not Air bag/Pretensioner Warning Light (*) engine. pin anything to the seat belts. This This warning light will If the light stays on with the engine could reduce their initial strength and illuminate for a few seconds running, there is a malfunction in the cause them to tear in the event of a for a bulb check when the key ESC system. crash. in the ignition switch is in If the light still stays on after several Refer to “Occupants Restraint MAR (ON) position. If the light does ignition cycles, and the vehicle has Systems” in section “Before Starting” not illuminate while starting the been driven for several kilometers at for further information. engine, stays lit, or switches on while more than 30 mph (48 km/h) speed, driving, have the system checked at an Low Brake Fluid Warning Light (*) visit an Authorized Maserati Dealer as Authorized Maserati Dealer as soon as soon as possible to have the problem This warning light illuminates possible. diagnosed and restored. when the brake fluid level In the latter case, the message will drops below the minimum remain displayed. NOTE: level. If accompanied by a See “Supplemental Restraint System Each time the key in the ignition specific message, it indicates an EBD (SRS) – Air bags” in section “Before switch is turned in MAR (ON) position: system failure. Starting” for further information. • The ESC off indicator light and the In this case, do not apply the brakes ESC malfunction indicator light suddenly, since this may cause an early illuminate temporarily.

122 Dashboard Instruments and Controls

• The ESC system will be on, even if it Right Turn Signal Indicator • electronic key not recognized. was turned off previously. The ESC This indicator lights up when Electronic Stability Control (ESC) OFF system will make buzzing or clicking the right turn signals or the Indicator Light sounds when active. This is normal; hazard flashers are switched This indicator notifies that the the sounds will stop when ESC on. Electronic Stability Control becomes inactive by solving the The indicator will flash at the same (ESC) is disabled; the linked problem that caused the ESC frequency of the turn signals and is message will be displayed. activation. controlled by the left multifunction lever. Parking Brake Engaged Indicator Air Bag Malfunction Warning Light (*) If the vehicle electronics sense that the This indicator light illuminates The warning light flashes to vehicle drives for more than 1 mile when the parking brake is indicate a malfunction of the (1.6 km) with either turn signal on, a applied. warning light. continuous sound will advise the Brake Pads Worn Warining Light (*) 4 driver to turn the signal off. This warning light illuminates If the indicator flashes at a fast rate, on the instrument cluster check for a defective outside indicator WARNING! when the brake pads have light bulb. • Turning the key in the ignition reached their wear limit. switch to MAR (ON) position, the air Maserati CODE Warning Light (*) Please contact an Authorized Maserati bag malfunction warning light With the key in the ignition Dealer. illuminates but should go off after a switch in MAR (ON) position, few seconds with the engine High Coolant Temperature Warning the amber warning light in Light running. the instrument cluster and on The thermometer in the instrument • If the air bag malfunction warning the display illuminates when the cluster indicates the temperature of light remains on or stays on or if it system detects the following faults: the coolant. If the needle indicates does not illuminate or if it • alarm system not available; high temperatures and at the same illuminates while driving, contact time the warning light comes on, stop your Authorized Maserati Dealer as • electronic key not detected; the vehicle immediately and have the soon as possible. • have the vehicle protection system checked. cooling system checked by an Or when the user is informed of the Authorized Maserati Dealer. following events: • vehicle break-in detected;

123 Dashboard Instruments and Controls

5 total odometer; TFT Display: Controls 6 trip odometer "A", "B" or vehicle Mode Button speed repeated; The screen page activation and setting 7 other indicators or warning lights are controlled by pressing the that may be displayed as icons "MODE", “+” and “–” buttons on the (see "TFT Display: Warning/ left control panel next to the steering Indicator Lights" in this chapter); column. 8 outside temperature.

TFT Display: Menus and Settings 4 The TFT display performs the following functions: • provides general information while driving; • signals failures and warnings. The user can interact with the system Pressing the "MODE" button briefly by setting the parameters for the will switch to the following screen information that can be recalled. pages in sequence: From the "Settings" menu in the The screen page displayed following MTC+, the user can also choose to • Trip A. the initial check cycle, in normal have the information displayed for the • Trip B. operating conditions, (standard screen trip, audio, media, navigator and page) contains the following • Tire pressure. phone repeated on the instrument information: • TPMS calibration. cluster. For the relevant procedures • Front left seat comfort. 1 date; and instructions, see the chapter 2 time; “MTC+ Settings”, in this section, and • Front right seat comfort. • Standard. 3 gear engaged; “On Board Computer (Trip)” in section “Driving”. 4 driving mode;

124 Dashboard Instruments and Controls

“+“ and “–” Buttons • trip time; By means of the “+ “ and “–” buttons, • fuel range (Range); the user can adjust the instrument The unit for this data can be adjusted cluster brightness. by the user from the MTC+ Settings When a screen page is viewed, these menu. buttons can be used to select the available options (see paragraph "TFT Display: Screen Pages" in this chapter). TFT Display: Screen Pages Trip Screen Page In addition, the system acknowledges The Trip screen page is recalled by the following conditions: pressing the “MODE” button. Each • low pressure or puncture in one or 4 Trip screen page “A” or “B” is timed, more tires; i.e. it is displayed for a maximum of 10 • system not calibrated; seconds, after which the screen page NOTE: • system failure. previously active is displayed once Trip and Service information can be For further details, see “Tire Pressure again. viewed by accessing the “Trip” menu Monitoring System - TPMS” in section Before the 10 second timing has on the MTC+ screen (see “On Board “Driving”. elapsed, pressing the “MODE” button Computer Trip (Trip)” in section briefly (less than 2 seconds) will reset TPMS Calibration Page “Driving”). the trip information relating to the Select the “TPMS CALIBRATION" flashing odometer “A” or “B”. Tire Pressure Screen Page screen page by pressing the "MODE" When the “Trip A” or “Trip B” feature button to calibrate the system. is active, the following information is If the vehicle is equipped with the Tire This operation is necessary after viewed on the display: Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS), by replacement or reversal of one or pressing the "MODE" button the user more tires: in these cases the • traveled distance (shown in the will display information about the tire lower right area); warning light will illuminate on pressure. the instrument cluster and the display • average fuel consumption (Avg. This screen page is displayed for 10 will show the message warning the cons.) seconds and, in normal conditions driver to calibrate the system. • average traveling speed (Avg. (calibrated system and no faults), it speed); will appear as shown in the picture.

125 Dashboard Instruments and Controls

NOTE: The TPMS calibration operation is possible even with the engine running but the vehicle must be stationary (0 mph-km/h). See "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" in section "Driving" to calibrate the system.

This screen page remains displayed for If the audio or navigation data 10 seconds. repetition option is active on the 4 RPM Indicator Page (MC version only) MTC+, when the user sets the virtual RPM indicator this setting shall be The “RPM INDICATOR” screen page ignored until the repetition function is allows the user to display, within the disabled (see "NTC+ Settings" in this standard screen page, also a virtual section). RPM gage. The screen page can be recalled by TFT Display: Warning/Indicator pressing the "MODE" button Comfort Screen Page Lights repeatedly. The options available are Besides some warning/indicator lights Repeatedly press the "MODE" button the following: to display the screen page showing the shown inside the analog instruments • ON (display enabled); operating status of the heating system (indicated by (*) in the "Warning and for each seat. • OFF (display disabled). Indicator Lights on Analog The user can view the following The chosen option is activated if the Instruments" paragraph of this information: user presses the "MODE" button to chapter) the TFT display shows in the confirm it. dedicated area other warning/ • seat indication; indicator lights with the relevant • heating level. messages for 10 seconds, unless otherwise specified.

126 Dashboard Instruments and Controls

Low Engine Oil Level Warning Light This warning light and the WARNING! WARNING! related displayed message, California Proposition 65 • If the warning light is accompanied indicate a low engine oil level. Operating, servicing and maintaining by the message “High catalysts The engine oil level must be a passenger vehicle or off-road vehicle temperature slow down”: the checked with the dipstick fitted under can expose you to chemicals including temperature of the catalytic the hood (see “Maintenance such as, engine exhaust, carbon converters is too high. The driver Procedures” in section “Maintenance monoxide, phthalates and lead, that must slow down immediately until and Care”). which are know to the State of the warning light turns off. Power Steering Failure Warning Light California to cause cancer and birth • If the message “Excessive catalysts This warning light, and the defects or other reproductive harm. To temperature do not drive on” related message, illuminate minimize exposure, avoid breathing appears after decelerating: the 4 when the power steering is exhaust, do not idle the engine except temperature in the catalytic not operating and needs as necessary, service your vehicle in a converters has reached a dangerous service. well-ventilated area and wear gloves level and the catalytic converters Drive slowly by to the nearest or wash your hands frequently when could be damaged. Drive slowly to Authorized Maserati Dealer, being servicing your vehicle. For more the nearest Authorized Maserati extremely careful as steering effort information go to: Dealer. may increase. www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger- • Maserati declines all responsibility vehicle Catalyst Over Temperature Warning for whatever damage deriving from Light non compliance with the above This warning light, and the mentioned warnings. related message, light up if the engine runs irregularly with consequent high temperature in the exhaust system.

127 Dashboard Instruments and Controls

Engine Temperature Warning Light See “Maintenance Procedures” in This warning light coupled section “Maintenance and Care” for WARNING! with the light on the coolant fluid filling. Before starting off, close any doors thermometer notifies when Lighting System Failure Warning Light and lids that are open or not properly the engine is overheated. If closed. This warning light illuminates the temperature reaches critical levels in the case of a system failure this warning light will illuminate in red Soft Top Failure Warning Light or burning-out of the position, color combined with the related turn signal, rear fog and message on display. This warning light illuminates if the hydraulic and electric license plate light bulbs. If the indicator light switches on while See "Bulb Replacement" in section driving, safely pull over and stop the soft top movement systems fail. "Maintenance and Care" for further vehicle. If the A/C system is on, turn it details. off. Also, shift the transmission into N Fuel Cutout Enabled Warning Light 4 Stop Light Failure Warning Light (Neutral) and idle the vehicle. If the This warning light illuminates temperature does not return to when a collision activates the This warning light illuminates normal, immediately turn the engine inertia switch, thus cutting off in the case of a system failure off and contact an Authorized the fuel supply. or burning-out of the stop Maserati Dealer. light bulbs. Check “Engine Overheating” in section See "Bulb Replacement" in section “In an Emergency” for more "Maintenance and Care" for further information. WARNING! details. After a collision, if you smell fuel or Doors and Lids Open Warning Light note leakages from the fuel system, Twilight Sensor Failure Warning Light This warning light indicates do not reactivate the switch in order This warning light illuminates that the doors or lids are open to prevent the risk of fire. in the case of a failure of the or not properly closed. The twilight sensor. instrument cluster display also Windshield and Headlights Washer Contact an Authorized shows an image of the vehicle with the Low Fluid Indicator Maserati Dealer to have the vehicle part not closed highlighted in red and This indicator will illuminate checked. the related message. for 10 seconds to indicate a low level of the windshield and headlights washer fluid. A related message will be displayed.

128 Dashboard Instruments and Controls

Adaptive Light Control System Failure Suspensions Failure Warning Light The failure could also completely or Warning Light This warning light and the partially block the vehicle because the This warning light, and the related message turn on while parking brake could remain on even related message, indicate a driving if there is a failure of after it has been automatically or failure of the automatic the suspension system. manually disengaged though its headlight aiming system. Please contact an Authorized Maserati controls. Please contact an Authorized Maserati Dealer to check the system. If it is still possible to use the vehicle Dealer to check the system. (parking brake not engaged) drive to Ice Hazard Indicator the nearest Authorized Maserati ASR System Failure Warning Light When the external Dealer and remember to perform each This warning light indicates temperature falls below 3°C operation/command during which the the deactivation or failure of (38°F), the temperature value electric parking brake does not work. the ASR system. blinks for a few seconds, the Seat Heating Indicator In the event of a failure, warning light turns on and a message 4 contact an Authorized Maserati is displayed to warn the driver of the It indicates that the heating Dealer. risk of icy roadbed. function is activated on one or more seats. Rain Sensor Failure Warning Light Under such conditions, we recommend using the ICE drive mode (see This warning light indicates Maintenance Schedule Indicator “Automatic Transmission” in section that the rain sensor of the Depending on the “Driving”) drive carefully and slow windshield wiper system is accompanying message, this down as the grip of the tires may be faulty. indicates that service schedule significantly reduced. Please contact an Authorized Maserati deadlines are either The warning light switches off when Dealer to check the system. approaching or due. the temperature reaches 6°C (43°F) or Upon reaching a deadline, contact an Park Assist Sensor Failure Warning higher. Light Authorized Maserati Dealer. EPB Automatic Operation Disabled Cruise Control (CC) set indicator This warning light indicates Warning Light that the sensor of the park This green light indicator will This warning light and related assist system is faulty. illuminate when the CC is set. message illuminate when the Please contact an Authorized For further information, check EPB automatic activation/ Maserati Dealer to check the system. “Electronic Cruise Control” in deactivation function is section “Driving”. disabled.

129 Dashboard Instruments and Controls Maintenance Schedule Indicator ICE Drive Mode Indicator Infotainment System Depending on the This indicator illuminates accompanying message, this when the low grip function is The vehicle is equipped with the indicates that service schedule active. Infotainment Maserati Touch Control deadlines are either Plus (MTC+) System, an advanced user Fuel Economy Indicator approaching or due. interface which incorporates the Upon reaching a deadline, contact an While driving, the system will on-board computer and combines Authorized Maserati Dealer. indicate that you should shift innovative and exclusive technical gears in order to optimize fuel features integrating entertainment, Cruise Control (CC) set indicator consumption when the user settings, satellite navigation This green light indicator will required speed is reached. system (with digital maps where illuminate when the CC is set. The recommended gearshift indicator available), communication and For further information, check will only work when the transmission information features within a single 4 “Electronic Cruise Control” in is set to manual sequential operation. system. section “Driving”. The MTC+ System features an audio AUTO Drive Mode Indicator SPORT Drive Mode Indicator system which is acoustically optimized This indicator illuminates for this specific vehicle. This indicator illuminates when the automatic drive when the button that sets the mode is active. vehicle to the SPORT mode is MANUAL Drive Mode Indicator pressed. WARNING! This indicator illuminates The navigation system assists the NOTE: when the manual drive mode driver while driving, providing advice • SPORT mode changes the vehicle is active. and suggestions, by voice guidance driving features. and graphic information, for the best • SPORT mode should not be activated route to reach the set destination. The if the road surface is in poor suggestions provided by the conditions or slippery. navigation system do not relieve the driver from full responsibility for the • In low- and medium-grip conditions maneuvers made through traffic while (e.g., rain, snow, ice, sand, etc.) it is driving, or from compliance with road advisable not to activate SPORT regulations and other provisions mode, even with the ESC enabled. regarding road traffic. The person

130 Dashboard Instruments and Controls driving the vehicle is always and in In addition to these commands, in NOTE: any case responsible for safe driving “Radio”, “SiriusXM Satellite Radio” (if “SiriusXM Satellite Radio” is the US on the road. available) and “Media” mode you can service only available in the 48 use the audio controls on the steering The vehicle is provided with a specific Continental United States and wheel (see “Audio Controls” in this add to the owner’s manual, describing Canadian markets. Subscription is section for further information). the MTC+ System features and listing required. For further details refer to all warnings and precautions, which the Maserati Touch Controls Plus are essential for a safe use of the (MTC+) guide. system. Maserati advises you to read this add carefully and thoroughly. The MTC+ display is positioned in the central part of the dashboard and the manual controls and devices for 4 connecting external sources are positioned on the central console. 1 MTC+ touch display. 2 Ports for SD card, AUX and USB inside the central console glove compartment (for further details, refer to “Interior features” in section “Understanding the Vehicle”). 3 “Browse” and “Mute” button. 4 “Back” button. 5 “Enter” button and shutdown/restart MTC+ system. 6 Volume control. 7 Tune/scroll control.

131 Dashboard Instruments and Controls

Manual Controls and Devices volume of the radio or audio files, Browse/Mute Button from minimum to maximum and vice SD, AUX and USB Ports After selecting a function, using the versa. Turn knob clockwise to increase tune/scroll knob or softkeys on MTC+ When an SD card is inserted into its the volume, anti-clockwise to decrease display, press this button to see the housing, the MTC+ is able to read it it. The volume status will be indicated detail of the items/options of the and select multimedia files (music and in the top part of the MTC+ display. selected function. This button is also images) from the device. used as short cut to display the phone By using the AUX and USB (full) inputs book, when the “Phone” menu is it is possible to connect external selected, or the favorites when the devices to the MTC+ (see chapter “Nav (Navigation)” menu is selected. “Interior features” in section Press and hold this button for 2-3 “Understanding the Vehicle”). seconds to mute the volume of the After connecting the device, by using 4 radio or media files. the MTC+ display softkeys, knobs on The volume mute status will be the central console and controls at the indicated in the top part of the MTC+ steering wheel, user can navigate display. through the content of the connected device and set its playing mode. Tune/Scroll Control Multimedia Navigation Controls on By working this knob in “Radio”, Central Console “SiriusXM Satellite Radio” (if available) or “Media” mode, user can shift The manual controls located on the through the radio stations/channels or central console are a further interface scroll the tracks inside connected for the driver and nearby passenger, external devices and confirm the that adds to the MTC+ display selection by pressing enter button. softkeys. Using the manual controls, In any other mode of the MTC+, use the MTC+ display will work as a this knob to scroll the list of available graphic display of the inputs from the options or to manage the cursor Back Button controls. movement in the lower bar of the Press this button to go back to Volume Control main menus. Then press enter button previous menu or previous screen. By working this knob in “Radio”, to confirm the function or setting Press this button to shift the “SiriusXM Satellite Radio” (if available) highlighted on MTC+ display. navigation one level backward on or “Media” mode, user can adjust the MTC+ screen. If it is pressed and held

132 Dashboard Instruments and Controls for at least 2 seconds, it brings the 2. “Media” softkey cursor back in the lower bar of the Touch this softkey to access main menus. media sources such as: USB Enter Button Device, AUX, Bluetooth and SD To confirm the function or setting card as long as the requested highlighted on MTC+ display. When in media is present. "Radio" mode and the key in the 3. “Controls” softkey ignition switch in MAR (ON) position, Touch this softkey to access the holding this button you can save your “Screen Off” and “Settings” preset stations. features. Features can be Main menu bar is set up by Maserati: With key not inserted in the ignition selected and turned on/off or it can be customized according to switch or in STOP (OFF) position, adjusted by touching the related personal requirements, as explained in pressing and holding this button for softkey (see “MTC+ “Controls” 4 “Customizing the Main Menu Bar” in 2-3 seconds will turn off the MTC+ Screen” in this section). system. If pressed again and held for this chapter. 4. (Apps) softkey 2-3 seconds, the MTC+ will turn back For further information refer to the Touch this softkey to access on. dedicated booklet included in the owner documentation. connected phone connection options and user functions Main Menu Bar on MTC+ 1. “Radio” softkey settings. Display Touch this softkey to enter the The softkeys located on the lower part Radio mode. The different tuner 5. “Trip” softkey of the MTC+ display represent the modes: FM, AM, SiriusXM Touch this softkey to access the main menu modes/functions, which Satellite Radio (if equipped) and trip features. Refer to “Onboard are briefly indicated below. “Aha” App (for countries where Computer (Trip)” in section it is supported) can be selected “Driving” to choose from the by touching the related softkeys available options. in the Radio mode. 6. “Nav” softkey Touch this softkey to access the Navigation feature. Refer to the MTC+ instruction manual for further details.

133 Dashboard Instruments and Controls

Switch OFF Touch screen Backlight 7. “Phone” softkey Touch this softkey to access the If the screen backlight becomes MTC+ Phone feature that can be annoying when driving, it is possible to set or monitored via MTC+. switch it off. Switch off the screen backlight by Touch one of these softkeys to access touching “Screen OFF” softkey in the the list of functions that the user can “Controls” screen of MTC+ display. set. Touchscreen Display Warnings

Once it is set in the menu bar, the new CAUTION! connection will be immediately 4 • Do NOT attach any object to the operational. touchscreen, doing so can result in Use the MTC+ Display as damage to the touchscreen. Projection Device • Do not press the screen with any If your smartphone is properly hard or sharp objects (pen, USB stick, connected to the vehicle via the USB jewelry, etc.) which could scratch the Customizing the Main Menu (full) port, in the (Apps) screen in touchscreen surface. Bar place of “Phone” softkey and in the • Do not spray any liquid or caustic The softkeys for the main functions of source list of “Media” screen you can chemicals directly on the screen. Use the MTC+ system, indicated at the find the “Apple CarPlay” (example a clean and dry micro fiber lens bottom of the MTC+ display, can be shown in picture) or the “Android cleaning cloth in order to clean the easily customized to suit user's Auto” app softkey (according to the touchscreen. requirements, as follows: MTC+ System installed). “Android • If necessary, use a lint-free cloth Auto” app needs to be downloaded • press button to open dampened with a cleaning solution, on your mobile device. such as isopropyl alcohol, or an applications/settings screen; isopropyl alcohol and water solution • hold depressed and drag the icon ratio of 50:50. Be sure to follow the corresponding to the selected solvent manufacturer’s precautions function until it overlaps the one to and directions. be replaced on the bottom bar.

134 Dashboard Instruments and Controls

your hands off the steering wheel. You can also request Google to make any type of research. Android Auto will give an easier access to applications and content from the MTC+ system display. The following tables show the “Screen” and “Audio” source (of projection device or of MTC+

System MTC+ ) when a smartphone is These applications use the MTC+ connected, a session is established and display as projector of the functions the device (Table A) or the MTC+ available on the connected device. System (Table B) is performing an 4 “Apple CarPlay” allows the best use of action. your iPhone® in the car and perfect integration with the MTC + display and with the controls of the car, including Siri voice control. You can make phone calls, access to music, send and receive messages, get real-time directions on traffic conditions, staying focused on the road. The “Android Auto” app lets you share information while driving and make it easier to access Google. The interface is equipped with Google Maps with voice guided navigation, traffic information in real time, on-demand access to millions of songs in Google Play Music. It also offers the possibility to make phone calls or send and receive messages without taking

135 Dashboard Instruments and Controls

Table A: device is performing an action

MTC+ System MTC+ : Active Mode Action Radio Media Navigation Phone Voice Rec. Screen: Screen: Screen: Screen: No App active MTC+ Audio: MTC+ Audio: MTC+ Audio: Audio: MTC+ Start Media Screen: Screen: Screen: Screen: Screen: Player Audio: MTC+ Audio: MTC+ Audio: + MTC+ Audio: MTC+ Audio: MTC+ Screen: Screen: Screen: Popup to ask which Start Navigation 4 Audio: MTC+ Audio: MTC+ Nav to use Audio: MTC+ + Audio priority + Audio priority + Audio priority

Screen: Start Phone Call

Audio: MTC+

Screen: Screen: Screen: Screen: Screen: MTC+ Start Voice Rec.

Audio: Audio: Audio: Audio: Audio: MTC+

136 Dashboard Instruments and Controls

Table B: MTC+ is performing an action

Device : Active Mode

Action MTC+ No App active Media Navigation Phone Call Voice Rec.

Screen: MTC+

Screen: MTC+ Screen: MTC+ Main Audio: MTC+ Screen: MTC+ Screen: MTC+ Start Radio Audio: MTC+ Audio: MTC+ + mix Audio: Audio: prompt nav

Screen: MTC+ Screen: MTC+ Screen: MTC+ Screen: MTC+ Screen: MTC+ Start Media Player Main Audio: MTC+ Audio: MTC+ Audio: MTC+ Audio: Audio: + Audio priority 4

Screen: MTC+ Screen: MTC+ Screen: MTC+ Screen: MTC+ Main Popup to ask Start Navigation which Nav to use Audio: Audio: Audio: MTC+ Audio: + Audio priority + Audio priority + Audio priority

Screen: Start Phone Call Audio:

Screen: Screen: Screen: MTC+ Cannot start VR Screen: Start VR Audio: MTC+ Audio: MTC+ during Call Audio: MTC+ Audio: + Audio priority + Audio priority

Start Rearview Screen: MTC+ Screen: MTC+ Screen: MTC+ Screen: MTC+ Screen: MTC+ Camera Audio: MTC+ Audio: Audio: Audio: Audio:

137 Dashboard Instruments and Controls

Audio Controls “Radio” mode: if pressed The vehicle is equipped with audio briefly, search for the first controls that allow both driver and station with a lower frequency front passenger to operate the audio that can be tuned in to. system. These controls can be used to “SiriusXM Satellite Radio” mode adjust audio volume, change radio (if available): if pressed briefly station/channel or mode (FM, AM, goes to the previous category USB, etc). starting from the one currently selected. Steering Wheel Audio Controls “Media” mode: if pressed briefly, goes to the previous On Front Side of Steering Wheel “Radio” mode: if pressed track if selected within the first The audio controls are rocker-type briefly, search for the first 4 tunable station with higher 3 seconds of track playing. switches and buttons located in the Otherwise the track is played front side of the steering wheel. frequency. “SiriusXM Satellite Radio” mode again from the beginning. The function of these controls is the “Media” mode: if pressed following: (if available): if pressed briefly goes to the next category longer, track fast forward. + Increases the sound system starting from the one currently SRC Mode selection: “Radio” or volume. selected. “Media”. – Decreases the sound system “Media” mode: if pressed Mute function on/off. volume. briefly, track fast forward.

138 Dashboard Instruments and Controls

NOTE: the main menus. Then press the For further details, refer to “SiriusXM Satellite Radio” is the US central button to confirm the function “Infotainment System” in this section. service only available in the 48 or setting highlighted on MTC+ When in “App” or “Settings” mode, Continental United States and display. the tune/scroll bottom knob and the Canadian markets. Subscription is browse and enter buttons allow required. For further details refer to you to scroll through the menus and the Maserati Touch Controls Plus change the user’s settings (see “MTC+ (MTC+) guide. Settings” in section “Dashboard Instruments and Controls”). On Rear Side of Steering Wheel When in “Radio”, “SiriusXM Satellite Radio” (if available) or “Media” mode These audio controls are rocker-type the browse and enter buttons switches with a button in the center allow you respectively to mute the and are located on the rear side of the audio volume and to turn off the 4 steering wheel, right behind the front MTC+ system. audio switches (the picture shows the Audio Controls on Central audio controls on the left side). Console These controls replicate the functionality of the tune/scroll bottom In “Radio” or “SiriusXM Satellite rotary knob on the central console. Radio” (if available) mode, turn the The functionalities are the same on volume upper knob to set the audio both rocker-type switches. volume, or turn the tune/scroll bottom By working these rocker-type switches knob to tune station. in “Radio” or “Media” mode, user can shift through the radio stations/ channels or scroll the tracks inside connected external devices and confirm the selection by pressing the central button. In any other mode of the MTC+, use these controls to scroll the list of available options or to manage the cursor movement in the lower bar of

139 Dashboard Instruments and Controls

Audio System 4 One Sub-Woofer powered by The vehicle is equipped with an audio two amplifiers and housed in a system that offers superior sound central position between the two quality, higher sound pressure levels rear seats. and reduced energy consumption. 5 Two 6.5 in (165 mm) Mid-Woofer The system maximizes the amplifier on the side panels of the rear and speaker technology delivering seats. substantially higher components and 6 Two 1 in (25 mm) Tweeter on the system efficiency. side panels of the rear seats. Premium System 7 12-Channel located on inner left-hand side of trunk The vehicle is equipped with a compartment. 4 “Premium” sound system which features 9 speakers and can develop a sound output of 900 W. System Components The "Premium" system includes:

1 One 3.1 in (80 mm) Centerfill positioned centrally on the dashboard. 2 Two 1 in (25 mm) Tweeter positioned in the passenger compartment, near the outside rearview mirrors. 3 Two 6.5 in (165 mm) Mid-Woofer on each of the door panels.

140 Dashboard Instruments and Controls MTC+ “Controls” Screen customer programmable features MTC+ Settings (see “MTC+ Settings” in this section). Touch the “Controls” softkey on the Customer Programmable lower part of the MTC+ display you to Features turn off the MTC+ screen and to access the “Settings” menu. The MTC+ System uses a combination of keys able to access and change the customer programmable features. Access “Settings” menu touching “Controls” softkey on the lower part of the MTC+ display, centrally of the dashboard, or using manual controls on central console (refer to “Infotainment System” in this section). 4 Turn the tune/scroll knob to scroll through menus and change settings on MTC+ display, press the enter NOTE: upper button to confirm the selection. • For further details refer also to the “Maserati Touch Control Plus (MTC+)” guide. • All settings must be edited with the key in the ignition switch in MAR (ON) position.

• Screen Off This feature allows you to switch off the MTC+ screen backlight if it becomes annoying when driving. See “Infotainment System” in this section for further details. • Settings This menu allows you to access the

141 Dashboard Instruments and Controls

NOTE: NOTE: mark in a box indicates the current • For further details refer to the • Only one touchscreen area/softkey status of the feature. Touch the check “Maserati Touch Control Plus may be selected at a time. mark to cancel, or the empty box to (MTC+)” guide. • Menu navigation indications refer to insert the check mark, and change the status of the feature. • All settings must be edited with key the use of softkeys on MTC+ display: in the ignition switch in MAR (ON) the same operations can be position. performed using the manual controls on central console. To display the programmable features To make a selection, and enter the menu on MTC+ touch the “Settings” desired feature, touch the softkey on “Controls” screen. corresponding softkey on the menu (the picture shown is “Clock”). 4

Once the procedure is completed (for example, Display mode) touch the back arrow softkey to return to the previous menu or touch the upper right “X” softkey, to close the settings screen. Touching the ▲ or ▼ softkeys In this mode the MTC+ System allows and the cursor on the right side of the you to access the following screen will allow you to scroll up or To scroll through the features, move down through the available settings. programmable features (some of them the cursor up or down, or touch the are optional and may not be available arrow ▼ or ▲. Once the desired mode on your vehicle): Display, Units, Voice is entered, press and release the Commands, Clock, Safety & Driving touchscreen area of the setting that Assistant, Lights, Doors & Locks, Audio, you wish to modify. The new setting Phone/Bluetooth, SiriusXM Setup, will be highlighted with one or more Restore Settings, Clear Personal Data boxes to indicate status or possible and System Information. variants of the feature status. A check

142 Dashboard Instruments and Controls

by pressure of a touch screen softkey. • Controls Screen Time-Out When this mode is selected, the “Controls” screen will remain displayed for 5 seconds. If this mode is not selected, the screen will remain displayed until closed manually. Display • Display Brightness Day • Nav Next Turn Pop-ups in Cluster By selecting this feature, the next After pressing the “Display” softkey When in this display, you can select the brightness with the headlights turn direction will appear on the 4 the following mode settings will be instrument cluster along a available. off. Adjust the brightness as previously explained for "Night" programmed route until the desired • Display Mode setting. destination is reached (see picture). When in this display you can select • Set Language one of the auto display settings. To change mode status, checkmark When in this display, you can select "Night", “Day” or “Auto”. one language for all display descriptions, including the trip • Display Brightness Night features and the navigation system. When in this display, you can select The available languages are specific the brightness with the headlights to the target markets. on. Adjust the brightness from level • Keyboard 0 to 10 with the “+” and “–” setting softkeys or by selecting any point Selecting this feature, the display on the scale between the “+” and shows the alphanumeric keyboard • Phone Pop-ups Displayed In Cluster “–” softkeys. to enter address, stations, etc.. When this mode is selected, the • Touch screen Beep display will show the pop-ups When in this display, you can turn messages with the number and on or shut off the sound activated state of the call in progress.

143 Dashboard Instruments and Controls

• AutoShow Smartphone Display • Pressure unit: Upon Connection select from: “PSI” or “BAR”. This feature allows to use the MTC+ • Temperature unit: display as a projection device select from: “°F” or “°C”. connected via USB port in order to browse the Apple CarPlay and Voice Commands Android Auto apps. By setting this After pressing “Voice” softkey the feature, automatic switch from following modes will be available. native screen to projection device will happen every time you connect • Voice Response Length your smartphone. For further details When in this display, you can change refer to the “Maserati Touch Control the voice response length settings. 4 Plus (MTC+)” guide. To change the voice response length, touch the “Brief” or Units “Detailed” softkey. After pressing the “Units” and then • Show Command List “Custom” softkey on the touch screen When this feature is selected, it is you may select between Metric and possible to select options during a Imperial units of measure. Each unit of voice control session. Options for measure can be independently available controls are: “Always”, displayed in the TFT Display and in the “w/Help” or “Never”. navigation system. The following With this feature it is possible to view selectable units of measure are listed Clock and set the following modes. below: Time is always visible on the dashboard • Sync with GPS Time • Speed unit: analog clock (see “Analog Clock” in Time is normally automatically select from: “mph” or “km/h”. this section) and in digital format on synchronized with the radio signal. • Consumption unit: the instrument cluster and on the It is also possible to set automatic select from: “mpg US”, “mpg UK”, MTC+ display. synchronization mode using GPS “l/100km” and “km/l”. signal instead. • Distance unit: select from: “mi or km”.

144 Dashboard Instruments and Controls

• Show Time In Status Bar the parking sensors signal under This feature will allow you to turn special traffic conditions. on or shut off the digital clock in See “Park Assist” in section “Before the status bar. Starting” for further information. • Set Date in Cluster • ParkView Camera with Dynamic When in this mode, you can set the Guidelines date manually on the instrument When this feature is selected, by cluster display. moving the transmission lever in R Tick the soft-key to enable the (Reverse) position, the rearview feature and enter the setting page. image with dynamic guidelines will • Set Time Hours Touch than the “+” or “-” soft-keys appear on MTC+ display. With “Sync with GPS Time” feature to set the day, the month and the The feature can be set to “On” or unchecked and this mode selected, year”. “Off”. 4 you can set the hours manually • ParkView Camera Off Delay from 1 to 24. To select, touch the “+” or “–” softkeys to adjust the By selecting this feature, when the hours. transmission lever is moved out of R (Reverse), the rear view image with • Set Time Minutes dynamic guidelines will be displayed With “Sync with GPS Time” feature for up to 10 seconds after shifting unchecked and this mode selected, unless the forward vehicle speed you can set the minutes manually exceeds 8 mph (12 km/h), or the from 0 to 59. To select, touch the transmission is shifted into P (Park) “+” or “–” softkeys as done for the or the key in the ignition switch is hours. Safety & Driving Assistant turned in STOP (OFF) position. • Time Format The feature can be set to “On” or Touch this softkey to set the following “Off”. When in this mode, you can select modes. the time format display. To change • Instrument Panel Buzzer Volume • Stop & Go Parking Sensors the current setting, touch and This feature allows adjusting the release the “12 Hrs” or “24 Hrs” This feature allows you to disable volume of the acoustic signal that softkey. accompanies some instrument panel warnings (EPB overheating, seat

145 Dashboard Instruments and Controls

and rearview mirror position maximum speed limit set is the vehicle is in motion. The feature storage). exceeded. can be set to “On” or “Off”. The volume can be set to 7 levels Checkmarked the softkey to enable identified by numbers from "1" to the feature. "7" by pressing the "+" or "–" Press then the "+" or "–" softkey to softkey. increase or decrease the speed limit. • Light Sensor Each touch increases/decreases the This feature allows to adjust the value by 5 units. sensitivity of the twilight sensor for Lights turning on the lights. The feature can be set to 3 levels: Press the “Lights” softkey to set the "Low", "Medium" (default setting) following modes. 4 and "High". • Daytime Lights (DRL, for • Independent Trunk Lid Unlocking versions/markets where provided) When this feature is selected and If activated, this feature allows the checkmarked, only the trunk automatic switching on of the DRL compartment lid remains unlocked upon switching off of the position and can be opened by pressing the lights and vice versa. When the button between the license plate position lights switch on, the DRL lights. switch off. When there is not checkmark, the See “Lights” in section trunk lid unlocking follows the logic “Understanding the Vehicle” for of the doors. further information. • Key Fob Unlocks • Speed Limit Doors & Locks By selecting this feature you may set This feature allows to set a speed up only the driver's door or all doors Press the “Doors & Locks” softkey to limit and activate an alarm signal mode will unlock on the first press set the following modes. which will sound when the of the button on the radio • Auto Door Locks (Autoclose) control case (key fob). When "Driver When this feature is selected, all Door" is selected, you must press the doors will automatically lock when key fob button twice to unlock also the passenger’s door. When

146 Dashboard Instruments and Controls

unlocking "All Doors" by first press selection mode, all doors will unlock on the first press of the key fob button. Audio This feature enables to view and set the available audio modes. • Balance/Fade

Use this screen to adjust the balance ® and fade settings. Touch and drag • Speed Adjusted Volume Phone/Bluetooth the speaker icon, use the arrows to This feature increases or decreases Press this softkey to select and connect adjust, or tap the “C” icon to volume combined to vehicle speed. phones and audio sources. 4 readjust to the center. To change the speed adjusted volume touch the “Off”, “1”, “2” or • Paired Phones and Audio Devices “3” softkey. By selecting this feature you will be notified which audio source are combined to the Phone/Bluetooth® system.

• Equalizer Use this screen to adjust the “Bass”, “Mid” and “Treble” settings. Adjust • Auto Play the settings with the “+” and “–” When a portable device is setting softkeys or scroll and touch connected to MTC+ system, it plays For each option, you can also add a the slider in any point on the scale automatically the songs if this device and change the PIN code of between the “+” and “–” softkeys. feature is set to "On". the device you wish to connect. For

147 Dashboard Instruments and Controls

further information, see the MTC+ selection, touch the Channel Skip guide. softkey, select the channels you would like to skip followed by NOTE: pressing the arrow ◄ softkey. On the Maserati website, at • Subscription Information www.maserati.com, or through the SiriusXM Satellite Radio requires a Authorized Maserati Dealer you may user-paid subscription to access consult the list of telephones that are these stations. compatible with the MTC+, and their level of compatibility. It will be necessary to access the information on the Subscription • Do Not Disturb SiriusXM Setup Information Screen in order to Settings available for this feature: After pressing the “SiriusXM Setup” subscribe. 4 softkey the following settings will be Touch the “Subscription • Auto Reply available. Information” soft key to access your To change the mode status, touch receiver ID number. Write down the the “Text”, “Call” or “Both” • Tune Start SiriusXM ID numbers for your radio. softkey. “Tune Start” begins playing the To activate SiriusXM service, either • Auto Reply Message current song from the beginning call the number listed on the screen To change the mode status, touch when you tune to a music channel, or visit SiriusXM online at the “Custom” or “Default” softkey. so you can enjoy the complete song. www.siriusxm.com/subscriptions or • Customize Auto Reply Message “Tune Start” works in the call the number listed. This feature allows you to background, so you will not even customize the “Auto Reply realize it’s on, except that you will Message”. Text messages are miss the experience of joining your limited to 160 characters (key pad favorite song with only a few is not available while vehicle is it seconds left to play. motion). • Channel Skip SiriusXM can be programmed to designate a group of channels that are the most desirable to listen to or to exclude undesirable channels while scanning. To make your

148 Dashboard Instruments and Controls Restore Settings System Information Glove Compartments When this feature is selected, it will When this feature is selected, the The glove compartments may be used reset the “Display”, “Clock”, “Audio”, display shows an information screen to store devices, small items or and “SiriusXM Setup” to their default with the software version installed on documents. settings. MTC+. Run this feature and a pop-up will appear asking user to confirm default settings resetting. Select “Yes” to WARNING! restore, or “Cancel” to exit. Once the • Do not operate the vehicle with the settings are restored, a pop-up lid of glove compartment in the appears confirming that settings have open position. been reset to default. • To help ensure passenger safety, the glove compartment must always 4 Clear Personal Data remain closed while driving. When this feature is selected, it will • Store objects or devices in glove remove personal data concerning compartment to ensure they will not settings and/or options that have been move during the trip and prevent modified compared to factory settings them from hitting any person on and will also remove from system board. memory Bluetooth® devices and presets. To remove personal information, select this feature and a pop-up will CAUTION! appear asking confirmation to delete Do not place objects weighing over all personal data. Select “OK” to clear, 22 lb (10 kg) in the glove or “Cancel” to exit. Once the data compartment. have been cleared, a pop up appears confirming that personal data have Glove Box on Passenger Side been cleared. To open the glove box on the passenger side of the dashboard, pull the handle as shown in the picture.

149 Dashboard Instruments and Controls compartment it is possible to house a Analog Clock half-liter bottle or a smartphone. To adjust the analog clock located on the center of the dashboard above the MTC+ display, use the MTC+ System (see “MTC+ Settings” in this section).

The compartment is illuminated by a courtesy light when open (the light 4 will automatically switch off when the NOTE: compartment is closed). To prevent to damage the smartphone Glove Compartment inside put it into its housing shown in figure Central Console below (see also the label applied under the cover with armrest The time can be visualized also on the To access this compartment, lift the function). MTC+ status bar and on the cover with armrest function pressing instrument cluster display (see “MTC+ the inside handle. Settings” in this section). Clock lighting is aligned with the backlighting status of the MTC+ display (refer to “MTC + Settings” in section “Dashboard Instruments and Controls”).

In addition to the multimedia ports and the power outlet, in this

150 Dashboard Instruments and Controls Air Conditioning Controls prevent accumulation of dust or other impurities. The vehicle is equipped with an automatic dual-zone air conditioning system that allows to adjust separately the air temperature and the airflow distribution in the left and in the right zone of the passenger compartment, according to the requests of the driver and the front passenger. A humidity sensor, positioned on the inner surface of the windshield, over the rearview mirror, allows the A/C system to prevent/ eliminate fogging 4 of the windshield and side windows. The best efficacy in preventing fogging is obtained by selecting the AUTO function, described later. A dual zone solar sensor, positioned on the center of the dashboard upper surface, helps to achieve the best comfort in presence of solar radiation.

CAUTION! To ensure proper functioning of the solar sensor, do not apply adhesive parking stickers, etc. in the checking area between the sensor and the windshield. Therefore, keep the windshield and the sensor clean to

151 Dashboard Instruments and Controls

Climate Controls 5 Air distribution to the right-hand 8 Defrosting/defogging side, selectable in 7 different activation/deactivation button 1 Left-hand side temperature modes. (MAX DEF function). setting. 6 Air conditioning system 9 Air recirculation activation/ 2 Right-hand side temperature compressor activation/ deactivation button. setting. deactivation button. 10 Automatic/manual system control 3 Fan speed adjustment control. 7 Single/dual zone selection button. 4 Air distribution selectable in 7 button. 11 Heated rear window different modes to the left-hand activation/deactivation button. side. 12 Opening/closing of air duct leading to rear vents. 4 13 Air conditioning display, showing the following information: • left- and right-hand side temperature; • fan speed, represented by a bar-graph diagram; • AUTO/FULL AUTO functionality, for each side; • left- and right-hand side airflow distribution.

When the system is in OFF condition, no indications appear on the display. Climate Control Functions Through the panel incorporated in the center console the user can control the following parameters/functions: • left-hand/right-hand vent air temperature;

152 Dashboard Instruments and Controls

• left-hand/right-hand vent air • heated rear window; distribution; • system deactivation; • fan speed (stepless change); • opening/closing of air duct leading • compressor activation; to rear vents. • air recirculation. Activation All the functions listed above can be The system can be started up in a modified manually, i.e. the user can number of ways. It is however select one or more of these functions advisable to begin by pressing one of as desired, using the control panel. the buttons 10 AUTO and using the The manual selections always have buttons 1 or 2 to set the desired priority over the automatic ones and By altering any other parameter temperature. This way the system will are memorized until the user chooses manually, such as the air temperature operate in fully automatic mode so the automatic control again. or distribution, these features switch that the temperatures set will be 4 When a function has been set from the fully automatic control mode reached as quickly as possible. manually, the other automatic (FULL AUTO) to manual mode (AUTO). In this condition, manual operations functions will not be affected. On starting the vehicle after stopping, will activate the following functions: The following parameters/functions the various parameters are controlled can be set/modified manually: • MONO button 7 adjusts the air manually or automatically, depending temperature and distribution in the on the options selected by the user • left-hand/right-hand side air two heating/air conditioning areas; before turning the engine off. temperature; • REAR button 12 enables/disables the Therefore all the manual operations • fan speed; air flow to the rear vents; performed before the vehicle is turned • air distribution on 7 positions off are stored and maintained for the • button 6 turns off the compressor; (left-hand/ right-hand); next start up. • button 8 activates/deactivates the • compressor activation; This also applies to the OFF function defrosting/defogging function on described below. • single/dual-zone distribution the front side windows; priority; System Deactivation (OFF Function) • button 11 activates/deactivates the • defrosting/defogging function (MAX heated rear window. Press button 3 at the symbol “–” to DEF); reset the fan speed: in this condition • air recirculation; the A/C system is disabled (OFF). It is • automatic/manual control of the possible to manage both recirculation system;

153 Dashboard Instruments and Controls

and heated rear window even when AUTO Mode the system is off. When this button is pressed (one To activate the A/C system again, select button per zone), automatic mode will one of the following options: control the following functions once • Fan speed “+” (button 3); again: • A/C compressor (button 6); • air distribution (for the side • MAX DEF (button 8); concerned); • AUTO (button 10). • fan speed; • compressor operation (illumination Automatic Mode of the ECON LED); When the compressor is deactivated or • air recirculation. 4 outside temperatures are below 37 °F REAR Mode (3 °C), the automatic recirculation function is deactivated automatically. Press the button REAR 12 (relative LED After prolonged operation (over 15 illuminated) to open/close the air flow minutes in a row), the system to the rear vents. deactivates the recirculation function This function is active in both “MONO” automatically for safety reasons, and “DUAL-ZONE” modes. Recirculation allowing the exchange of air once System Initialization Procedure again. It is enabled by pressing button Every time the battery is reconnected, and allows using only the air of Forced Closed Recirculation when the vehicle is started the system the passenger compartment. In this operating mode, the must be initialized by activating the The recirculation can operate in the illumination of the amber LED compressor. The display automatically following modes: indicates that the recirculation vent is shows the passenger compartment closed. temperatures set to 72 °F (22 °C). Forced Open Recirculation The system is configured as follows: In this operating mode, the LED turned • AUTO (automatic operation, the off indicates that the outside air intake words “FULL AUTO” appear on the is open. display);

154 Dashboard Instruments and Controls • compressor enabled (the LED on the Phone and Voice Controls The voice command communication button is illuminated); on Steering Wheel system is fully integrated with the • defrosting/defogging function (MAX vehicle's audio system. DEF) deactivated (the LED on the The buttons on the left side of the The voice command volume can be button is off); steering wheel activate/deactivate the adjusted from the upper knob on the • heated rear window deactivated phone mode and the voice controls central console (see “Infotainment (the LED on the button is off); functions. System” in this section or from the steering wheel audio controls (see • open recirculation (the LED on the “Audio Controls” in this section). button is off); The system will automatically mute • air ventilation and distribution are the radio when using the phone set by the system; mode. • REAR disabled (the LED on the When activating the phone mode button is off), the air flows to the using voice commands with 4 rear vents. speakerphone, you should talk quietly in a normal conversational tone by A/C Filter keeping the driving position and The climate control system filters turning to the microphone of the outside air containing dust, pollen and These functions are only available voice command system located in the some odors. Strong odors cannot be when one or more Bluetooth® front dome console. totally removed by A/C filter at the compatible mobile phones are paired entrance of the air climate system. See with the MTC+ System connection: to “Maintenance Procedures” in section pair a phone and to learn all available “Maintenance and Care” for filter functions refer to the MTC+ guide. replacement instructions. NOTE: On the Maserati website, at www.maserati.com, or through the Authorized Maserati Dealer you may consult the list of telephones that are compatible with the MTC+, and their level of compatibility. The ability of the system voice control to recognize the user's voice

155 Dashboard Instruments and Controls

commands can be invalidated when Voice Commands speaking too quickly or too loudly. By using voice commands, after pressing the button on the steering wheel, it is possible to control the AM WARNING! and FM radio, the SiriusXM Satellite Any voice-controlled system should be Radio (if available) and all devices used only in safe driving conditions connected and managed by the following all applicable regulations. “Media” mode (i.e SD card, USB/iPod Full attention should be kept on player). driving. Failure to do so may result in When pressing the button an a collision causing serious injury or All these functions can also be reached acoustic signal will invite to give a death. by using the touchscreen commands voice command. 4 on the MTC+ display in “Phone” mode. Phone Mode When pressing the button an NOTE: audible sound will invite you to impart For further details refer to the By using the Phone button on the a command. Maserati Touch Control Plus (MTC+) steering wheel it is possible to: activate Information on incoming call is guide. the phone mode, start a call, show indicated in a pop-up on instrument recent incoming and outgoing calls, panel display main area if this feature Siri Smart Personal Assistant show contacts list, etc. is checkmarked on MTC+ (see “MTC+ Settings” in this section). Said When a compatible iPhone or iPad information will stay displayed until a that supports Siri voice recognition is control is executed (e.g.: answer, paired to the vehicle, the button reject, etc.) for the incoming call. also activates the Siri Smart Personal The screen will only display the phone Assistant. number or name of caller (if available) Siri requires mobile internet access and as long as this complies with system its functionality might change specifications in terms of font and depending on the geographical area. number of characters. Through simple voice commands, without taking your eyes off the road, it may be possible to send messages, make phone calls, create notes and reminders, etc.

156 5 – Driving

Normal Starting of the Engine ...... 158 Automatic Transmission ...... 160 Onboard Computer (Trip) ...... 167 Drive Mode ...... 169 Parking Brake ...... 174 Parking ...... 176 Brake and Stability Control System ...... 177 Using the Brakes ...... 181 Use of the Engine ...... 183 Cruise Control (CC) ...... 185 Tires - General Information ...... 187 Tire Pressure Monitoring System - TPMS ...... 194 Fuel Requirements ...... 199 Refueling ...... 202 Driving Conditions ...... 204 Pollution Control Devices ...... 207

157 Driving Normal Starting of the www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger- Press the brake pedal and turn the key vehicle in the ignition switch to MAR (ON) Engine position. When you open a door to get into the Instrument cluster displays the initial car, the instrument cluster turns on. sequence with warning light and WARNING! The TFT displays the complete analog instruments test routine. It is dangerous to run the engine in an odometer, time, outside temperature Turn the key into AVV position and enclosed area. The engine consumes and the open doors indicator. release it when the engine starts. The oxygen and discharges carbon Before starting the engine, close the key will return to MAR (ON) position dioxide, carbon monoxide and other doors, adjust your seat, the inside and automatically. toxic gases in the atmosphere. outside mirrors, fasten your seat belt Do not hold the key in AVV position and instruct all other occupants to for a long time. buckle their seat belts. If the engine fails to start, the starter Make sure that the Electric Parking will disengage automatically after 10 WARNING! Brake (EPB) is applied. seconds. If you wish to stop the California Proposition 65 The shift lever must be in P (Park) or N cranking of the engine prior to 5 Operating, servicing and maintaining (Neutral) position before you can start starting it, turn the key to STOP (OFF) a passenger vehicle or off-road vehicle the engine. Apply the brakes before position. can expose you to chemicals including shifting into any driving gear (see If the engine does not start, turn the such as, engine exhaust, carbon “Automatic Transmission” in this key to STOP (OFF) position and wait monoxide, phthalates and lead, that section). for the gear display to go off. Then which are know to the State of repeat the entire procedure. California to cause cancer and birth CAUTION! NOTE: defects or other reproductive harm. To minimize exposure, avoid breathing • Before starting the engine, switch off Normal starting of either a cold or a exhaust, do not idle the engine except the electrical devices with a high warm engine is obtained without as necessary, service your vehicle in a power consumption (air-conditioning pumping or pressing the accelerator well-ventilated area and wear gloves and heating system, heated rear pedal. or wash your hands frequently when window, headlights, etc.). servicing your vehicle. For more • Do not start the engine if the fuel information go to: level in the tank is low.

158 Driving

Engine Start Failure position. A burst on the accelerator pedal before turning off the engine has no purpose and increases fuel CAUTION! consumption. • Do not attempt to push or tow your vehicle to get it started. Vehicles equipped with an automatic WARNING! transmission cannot be started this Never leave a vehicle out of the P way. (Park) position, as it could move. • If the vehicle battery is dead, booster The key can only be removed from the cables may be used to obtain a start ignition switch when the transmission from a booster battery or the is in P (Park) position and within 30 battery in another vehicle. This type seconds after turning the key to STOP of start can be dangerous if done (OFF) position. If you do not remove improperly. See “Auxiliary Jump the key within 30 seconds, you will Start Procedure” in section “In an need to turn it back to MAR (ON) and 5 Emergency” for further information. then to STOP (OFF) position to have a further 30 seconds within which to Starting by cold engine remove the key from the ignition Start-off slowly, avoiding sudden switch. acceleration and rev the engine up at In the event that the key unlocking low medium speeds. High- system fails or if it is not possible to performance driving should be shift the transmission to P (Park) avoided until the engine temperature position, to remove the key you must reaches 149-158°F (65-70°C). turn it to STOP (OFF) position, then Engine Turn-Off remove the cap shown in picture using a pen or sufficiently pointed tool. • Place the shift lever in P (Park) (see Then press the button just uncovered “Automatic Transmission” in this and at the same time extract the key section). from the ignition switch. Once the key • With the engine at idle, turn the key has been removed, refit the removed in the ignition switch to STOP (OFF) cap.

159 Driving Automatic Transmission the key in the ignition switch is switch and lock your vehicle. turned to STOP (OFF) position. • Do not leave the key in or near the The electronic shift lever replaces the • Shift into or out of R (Reverse) only vehicle. conventional mechanical lever and has after the vehicle has come to a no mechanical connection to the complete stop and the engine is at The transmission system is equipped transmission. The transmission is idle speed. with "Shift-Lock" and "Key-Lock" operated by electrical actuators on the safety functions. • Do not shift between P (Park), R hydraulic system and all commands to (Reverse), N (Neutral) or D (Drive) Shift-Lock the control system are transmitted by when the engine is above idle speed. This safety function allows you to shift the CAN network. from P (Park) to another position only The automatic transmission has six • To effect any change from vehicle st if the brake pedal is depressed. This forward gear ratios and one reverse stop to R (Reverse), D (Drive), 1 or 2nd gear, it is necessary to keep the prevents the vehicle from involuntarily gear. The gears can also be engaged jumping forward or backward. manually once you have shifted the brake pedal fully depressed. transmission shift lever to the sector Key-Lock provided. This function allows you to remove the key from the ignition switch only 5 WARNING! when the transmission shift lever is in CAUTION! • It is dangerous to move the shift P (Park) position and within a In order to properly use the automatic lever out of P (Park) or N (Neutral) if maximum time of 30 seconds. When transmission, it is essential that you the engine speed is higher than idle this time has elapsed, the key can no read through the whole chapter, so speed. Only shift into gear when the longer be removed. engine is idling normally and when that you can understand right from Automatic Transmission Lever the start what the correct and your foot is firmly pressing on the permitted operations are. brake pedal. Automatic transmission is operated by Damage to the transmission may occur • As with all vehicles, you should a lever with unlock button to engage if the following precautions are not never exit a vehicle while the engine R (Reverse) and P (Park) located on the observed: is running. Before exiting a vehicle, central console. always apply the electronic parking By using the transmission shift lever it • Shift into P (Park) only after the brake, shift the transmission into P is possible to select following vehicle has come to a complete stop. (Park), and turn the engine off. positions, indicated on the gear display This is the default position of the • When leaving the vehicle, always at the side of the transmission shift lever and should be used every time remove the key from the ignition

160 Driving lever. The selected position will the transmission shift lever to D illuminate in white light. (Drive) position or in the position for • P (Park); sequential manual shifting “+” or “–”. Release the brake pedal and gradually • R (Reverse); depress the accelerator pedal. • N (Neutral); • D (Drive) automatic forward speed (6 NOTE: ranges); The transmission shift lever can be • –/+ to downshift or upshift in moved to P (Park) position only when sequential manual mode (see "Drive the key in the ignition switch is in the MAR (ON) position and both the Mode" in this section). Starting the Engine unlock button on the transmission The engine can only be started when lever and the brake pedal are pushed the transmission shift lever is in P (Shift-lock safety). (Park) or N (Neutral) position. For safety reasons, the transmission shift lever can be moved from D WARNING! (Drive) position to R (Reverse) and P 5 Always start the engine holding the (Park) position only when unlock brake pedal depressed. button on the transmission shift lever is pushed. It is also advisable to NOTE: depress the brake pedal during this maneuver. Transmission status (example shown in After starting the engine and setting picture: D (Drive)) is visible also on the off, do not depress the accelerator NOTE: central part of the instrument cluster pedal before and while shifting the • Do not run the engine at top RPM display. transmission shift lever. This is until it has reached stable operating particularly important when the temperature. engine is cold. • In the case of performance starting, check that the Electric Parking Brake Driving the Vehicle (EPB) is disengaged. After starting the vehicle, with the • For more comfortable starting (with engine idling and the brake pedal the transmission lever in D (Drive), R depressed (“Shift-Lock” safety), move (Continued) 161 Driving

(Continued) Stopping the Vehicle Selecting AUTO or MANUAL Operating (Reverse) or MANUAL and the Regardless of the position of the Mode Electric Parking Brake (EPB) transmission lever, you must only The transmission can be used both in engaged), push the brake pedal, depress the brake pedal to stop the fully automatic mode (position “D”) manually deactivate the EPB system vehicle. and in sequential manual mode by pulling up the lever on the central (positions “+” or “–”). console, and push the accelerator To select the mode, shift the pedal. WARNING! transmission shift lever to: • When the transmission shift lever is “D”: automatic gearshifting (AUTO); in D (Drive, R (Reverse) or MANUAL “+” or “–”: sequential manual position, the engine idling and the gearshifting (MANUAL). vehicle on an even surface, if the The transmission shift lever can always brake pedal is not depressed, the be shifted from one position to the vehicle can move. other, even when the vehicle is moving. • Gearshifting is always active and The transmission shift lever can may be performed even when one 5 continuously be shifted from D (Drive) or more doors, the trunk or the to“+” or “–”. If automatic gearshifting liftgate are open. Therefore, in these has been set, the word “AUTO” and conditions, take great care to avoid Hill Holder Strategy the letter “D” will be shown on the moving the transmission shift lever instrument cluster display, while if The Hill Holder strategy helps the and so accidentally engage gears. driver when starting-off on uphill sequential manual mode has been set, slopes. It activates only following a The key can be removed from the the word “MANUAL” and the gear vehicle stop when the brake pedal is ignition switch only when the engaged will be shown on the same released, keeping the vehicle transmission lever is in P (Park) display. stationary for a moment, so as to allow position and within 30 seconds from Automatic Transmission Range the driver to move his foot from the turning the key to STOP (OFF) position. brake to the accelerator pedal. This The letter “P” (“Key-Lock" safety) is P (Park) strategy is activated on slopes with a displayed on the instrument cluster for Use this position to park the vehicle. A gradient of more than 15°. this entire time. For further transmission device will lock the information see “Normal Starting of driving wheels. the Engine” in this section. The transmission can be shifted from P (Park) position only with the brake

162 Driving pedal pressed. To move the shift lever and away from the kerb on an uphill • Before getting out of the vehicle, from P (Park) position to any other grade. check that the Electric Parking Brake position, the engine must be switched (EPB) is engaged. Shift the on. The engine can be regularly transmission shift lever to P (Park) started in P (Park) range. Never WARNING! position even when you need to get attempt to use P (Park) while the • Never use the P (Park) position as a out of the vehicle only for a few vehicle is in motion. substitute for the Electric Parking seconds, leaving the engine running. When parking on a level surface, you Brake (EPB). Always apply the If you turn off the engine with the may place the shift lever in the P parking brake fully when parked to transmission shift lever in a position (Park) position first, and then apply prevent vehicle movement and different from P (Park), an acoustic the electronic parking brake by possible injury or damage. signal will sound for a few seconds pulling the trigger upward. • Make sure the transmission is in P and a message will be displayed (Park) before leaving the vehicle. indicating to shift the lever to P (Park) position. When the driver’s door is opened with CAUTION! the transmission shift lever in a position different from P (Park), an 5 • DO NOT race the engine when acoustic signal will sound for a few shifting from P (Park) or N (Neutral) seconds and a message warning the into another gear range, as this can driver that the transmission shift lever damage the drivetrain. is not in P (Park) position will be • Shift the lever to P (Park) position displayed. The Instrument cluster will display the only when the vehicle is stationary. R (Reverse) related light indicator that flashes Therefore, it is advisable to perform This range is used to move the vehicle until the maximum engagement force this maneuver with the brake pedal backward. has been reached. depressed. We recommend to shift into R When parking on a hill, apply the • To prevent accidental engagement, (Reverse) only after the vehicle has parking brake before placing the shift the transmission shift lever can only come to a complete stop. lever in P (Park). be shifted from P (Park) to any other For enhanced security, turn the front position when the unlock button on • Vehicle halted: switching between P wheels toward the kerb on a downhill the transmission shift lever and the (Park), R (Reverse) and D (Drive) brake pedal are depressed. requires pressing the unlock button

163 Driving

on the lever and brake pedal: N • Vehicle halted and engine started: driving for any other reason with the (Neutral) is reached only by pressing switching from N (Neutral) to R transmission in N (Neutral) can result the unlock button on the lever. (Reverse), P (Park) and/or D (Drive) in transmission damage. See “Towing a • Vehicle moving: the driver can switch requires brake pedal and unlock Disabled Vehicle” in section “In an from R (Reverse) to N (Neutral), or button pressed. Emergency” for further information. vice versa, by pressing the unlock • Vehicle moving: switching from N button on the shift lever. (Neutral) to R (Reverse) and/or D D (Drive) When the transmission shift lever is in (Drive) requires pressing the unlock This range should be used for most city R (Reverse) position, the system emits button. Switching to R (Reverse) and highway driving. It provides the an acoustic signal for a few seconds. starting from N (Neutral) is only smoothest upshifts and downshifts and You can also shift the transmission possible if the vehicle is moving the best fuel economy. The shift lever to R (Reverse) position when backward, while switching to D transmission automatically shifts up the vehicle is not completely (Drive) starting from N (Neutral) is and down through all gears. stationary, however, this does not only possible if the vehicle is moving When this automatic forward gear is mean that reverse gear is actually forward. set, the letter “D” illuminates on the engaged, since there is a limit speed Set the parking brake and shift the gear display and on the instrument 5 above which the gear may not be transmission into P (Park) if you must cluster. engaged. When the speed goes below leave the vehicle. The D (Drive) position provides this limit, reverse gear is engaged. optimum driving characteristics under all normal operating conditions of the WARNING! vehicle. CAUTION! Do not switch to N (Neutral) and/or • Vehicle stationary: switching from D To prevent accidental engagement, never turn off the ignition to coast (Drive) to R (Reverse) and/or to P the transmission shift lever can only be downhill. These are unsafe practices (Park) requires brake pedal and moved from R (Reverse) to any other that limit driver’s response to unlock button pressed: reaching N position when the unlock button is changing traffic or road conditions. It (Neutral) starting from D (Drive) is pressed. It is advisable to also depress is possible to lose control of the allowed by only pressing the unlock the brake pedal when shifting to this vehicle and have a collision. button on the shift lever. position. • To enable special operations while N (Neutral) the car is moving at a low speed, such as getting out of marsh or snow, This range should be used when you CAUTION! it is possible to run quickly from D need to move the vehicle. Towing the vehicle, coasting, or

164 Driving

(Drive) to R (Reverse), and vice versa, temperature has risen to a normal Driving in Curves by pressing the unlock button on the level. The system detects when the vehicle transmission shift lever. goes into a curve through the lateral Transmission Strategy in • Vehicle moving: switching to N acceleration and the steering angle. (Neutral) from D (Drive) requires the Particular Driving Situations Detecting this condition, it controls unlock button on the shift lever Downhill Driving gearshifting using a specific mode. pressed. When the accelerator pedal is This mode is exited when the vehicle • From D (Drive) selected mode it is released, the transmission system comes out of the curve, at a distance always possible to switch to detects that the vehicle is moving that varies depending on the vehicle MANUAL mode by shifting the downhill and deactivates upshifting. speed. transmission shift lever to "+" or "–" When the accelerator pedal is Fast-off Strategy position. depressed, upshifting is reactivated When the accelerator pedal is fully The gears will be engaged in relation but will be delayed by a few seconds. released, the system deactivates to the traveling speed, engine RPM, When the brake pedal is depressed, upshifting. accelerator position, speed with which the transmission system downshifts to The next time the pedal is depressed, the pedal is depressed as well as the provide enhanced engine braking upshifting will be reactivated only traveling conditions (uphill, downhill, power. after a few seconds. 5 curves). In other words, when driving Upshifting is also deactivated when The system has been programmed to downhill, the transmission system the accelerator pedal is partially classify all driving styles, in relation to operates so as to avoid upshifting and released; the system waits the time the above mentioned parameters, and shifting gears when the accelerator necessary to evaluate if the release to associate them with the various pedal is released, and delays gear action is completed. vehicle settings, which go from engagement by a few seconds when the accelerator pedal is depressed. Hot-mode Situations extremely comfortable and economic In the event that the engine oil or driving to racing-style driving. The In addition, when the brakes are applied, it engages the lowest gear in coolant temperature is too high or setting is selected automatically. both, the transmission system reduces At extremely cold temperatures order to provide enhanced engine braking power. the maximum engine speed to 4000 (-23°F/-30°C or below), transmission rpm. may be affected by the low This strategy is aimed at making downhill driving safer. Therefore, upshifting will occur at this temperature of the engine and limit. transmission. Normal operation will This strategy does not apply to resume once the transmission downhill driving, so as to always have

165 Driving

the efficiency of engine braking In these conditions, the driver has the that you stop the vehicle and turn off together with the standard braking possibility to accelerate and, keeping the engine for at least one minute. system. the brake pedal depressed, keep the When restarting the engine, the ESC System Operations vehicle standing until reaching an self-diagnosis system may cancel the In order to prevent unstable driving engine speed between 2300 an 2500 malfunction, which will in any case be conditions, the ESC system may request rpm. Then, upon releasing the brake recorded by the ECU. pedal, have the best standing start the transmission system to deactivate A message and the warning light performance. gearshifting. The system handles this in the instrument cluster will inform request depending on the gear the driver about the transmission engaged and on the rpm, and decides failure. whether to accept it or not. WARNING! In failure conditions, the transmission Driving with Cruise Control This strategy must only be used on shift lever can however be shifted to R With the Cruise Control function vehicles in areas closed to traffic, in (Reverse), N (Neutral) and D (Drive) activated, the transmission system accordance with the Highway Code position. selects such settings as to provide and only by skilled drivers. When shifting to D (Drive) position, enhanced comfort and fuel-economy. only a few gears will be available, 5 Transmission Malfunction and depending on the malfunction found. MC Start Strategy (for MC version only) Overheating Conditions With the aim of optimizing standing Transmission Failure CAUTION! starts for performance driving (only Transmission function is electronically If a transmission failure is signaled, recommended for use in areas closed monitored to detect abnormal take your vehicle to the nearest to traffic and in accordance with the conditions. If a condition that could Authorized Maserati Dealer as soon as Highway Code), the automatic result in transmission damage is possible to have the problem transmission system is equipped with detected, Transmission Limp Home corrected. quick start strategy. Mode will be activated. In this This strategy is activated when the situation, the transmission may If the failure is signaled when the following conditions occur operate only in certain gears, or may engine is started, it means that the simultaneously: not shift at all. transmission ECU detected a fault when the vehicle was last used. Also in • AUTO and SPORT modes active; this case, take your vehicle to the • ESC mode off; CAUTION! nearest Center of the Authorized • brake pedal depressed. In these conditions, we recommended

166 Driving Maserati Dealer to have the engine/transmission assembly to fully Onboard Computer (Trip) transmission checked. cool down. The trip computer screen pages are Transmission Manual Release of P accessible through the “Trip” softkey (Park) Position in the lower bar of the MTC+ main WARNING! See chapter “Transmission Manual menus. When the transmission is Release of P (Park) Position” in section The selectable submenus are the malfunctioning, drive very carefully “In an Emergency”. following: considering that vehicle performance is reduced. In addition, the reverse • Current Trip. gear safety lock may not be active: • Trip A. absolutely do not shift the lever to R • Trip B. (Reverse) when the vehicle is moving. • Service. Transmission Oil Overtemperature Current Trip If the transmission oil temperature In this screen are displayed the range exceeds the operating limit, a message and the distance of destination for the and the red warning light 5 current trip. illuminates on the instrument cluster. The unit for these submenus can be In this case, slow down until adjusted by the user from MTC+ temperature returns to normal level setting menu (see "MTC+ Settings" in (the light will turn off). this section). If this is not sufficient, we recommend to stop the vehicle, shift the lever to position P (Park) or N (Neutral) and keep the engine idle until the red temperature warning light turns off and the message disappears from the display. Resume driving without demanding high engine performance. If the red warning light and the related message turns on again, it is advisable to stop the vehicle, turn off the engine and wait for the

167 Driving

TripA-TripB In these screens are displayed the detailed data on "Trip A" and "Trip B". These data are also displayed in the Trip pages of the instrument cluster (see paragraph "TFT Display: Screen Pages" of chapter "Instrument Cluster" of this section). For each of these submenus the screen will display the following data: For further details, see “Scheduled • Distance traveled. Service Maintenance Service” in section When checking this item, the MTC+ • Average fuel consumption. “Maintenance and Care”. • Average speed. displays mileage and days remaining before the execution of schedule • Duration. maintenance service and warns when 5 it is expired.

The unit for these submenus can be adjusted by the user from MTC+ setting menu (see "MTC+ Settings" in this section). In addition to these, there is also the "reset" softkey to reset the "Trip A" and/or the "Trip B".

168 Driving Drive Mode • PARK OFF: to deactivate/reactivate Buttons only have two statuses: OFF the automatic activation of the and ON. The OFF status (button Controls Preview Electric Parking Brake (EPB). released) is the standard function The active mode (in the example: mode. The ON status is activated by Drive modes can be set using the SPORT) is shown on the instrument pressing the button, the dedicated buttons on central console, below the cluster display. LED on the button will illuminate. A/C controls. Unlike the others, the (ESC Off) button must be pressed for at least 2 seconds. The SPORT and ICE (low-grip) modes can be selected both when the transmission is set to automatic (AUTO) and to sequential manual (MANUAL) operation. NORMAL/SPORT Mode SPORT mode is activated by pressing the button "SPORT" on the central The drive mode can be selected only console; the word “SPORT” will 5 Buttons on the central console have with the key in the ignition switch in illuminate on the instrument cluster following functions: MAR (ON) position, even while display. • SPORT: to activate/deactivate a driving. For each mode there are To return to NORMAL mode from sportier drive mode. In this mode, various vehicle settings, that are SPORT mode, press the button again. the vehicle has a faster throttle automatically set by the system in Whenever the engine is started, the response and suspension/ESC sport relation to the traveling speed, engine system automatically activates calibration (not recommended on rpm, accelerator position, speed with NORMAL mode, even if SPORT mode wet/slippery surfaces). which the pedal is depressed as well as was selected before the engine was • ICE (low-grip): to activate/deactivate the traveling conditions (uphill, last turned off. the drive mode to ensure increased downhill, curves). NORMAL mode is intended specifically control on slippery surfaces as well for comfortable and fuel-economy as higher energy efficiency. Use the Drive Mode Buttons driving (low longitudinal and lateral • (ESC Off): to exclude/reactivate Drive modes can be set using the acceleration); the gears are shifted the ESC system. buttons on central console. with minimum rpm in lowest noise

169 Driving

(gears are shifted at low engine "Skyhook Suspension" in section press button "ICE" on the central speeds). "Understanding the Vehicle"). console. The word “ICE” will illuminate In NORMAL mode, the system In MANUAL mode, DOWN-shifts with on the instrument cluster display. controlling suspension damping uses a the accelerator pedal released, will In “low-grip” mode, the system uses shock absorber "softer" setting (see have a braking effect approaching the 2nd instead of 1st gear; this means "Skyhook Suspension" in section skidding limit of the driving wheels on that 2nd gear will automatically be "Understanding the Vehicle"). dry asphalt. engaged (gearshift lever in D (Drive) As SPORT mode has a lower priority Under sports-style driving conditions position) in the event of standing than ICE (low-grip) mode, if this is with gearshifts at high engine rpm, starts in automatic mode; on the other already active when activating SPORT double-clutching when up-shifting is hand, when in sequential manual mode, the system will ignore the performed automatically. mode (transmission lever in MANUAL command. "+"), moving the transmission lever from N (Neutral), or R (Reverse) or WARNING! when the vehicle stops, 2nd gear will CAUTION! It is advisable not to use SPORT mode automatically be engaged. • Vs NORMAL mode, SPORT mode is on roads with low or medium grip When sequential manual mode is 5 characterized by faster gearshifting, conditions (e.g. ice, snow, or wet selected with 2nd gear engaged, a electronic suspension management roads) as the driving wheels could skid downshift request will be ignored. (Skyhook), opening of by-pass during gearshifts. While driving, the system exhaust valves (above 3000 rpm with Therefore, excessive use of the vehicle automatically switches to the upper the vehicle in motion). in SPORT mode is advisable only on gear if the engine reaches the • In addition to enhancing race tracks. preestablished speed rate (3000 rpm). performance, opening of the exhaust ICE (low-grip) mode has priority over If you use MANUAL and SPORT mode also increases noise levels of the SPORT mode and assists the ESC in combination for sports-style driving, vehicle. system. when starting-off or shifting gears, In SPORT mode, fast gearshifting you may perceive an initial slipping of however, always depends on the the driving wheels even on dry roads. WARNING! accelerator pedal travel and on the ICE (low-grip) Mode A downshift request from 6th to 5th engine rpm, as in NORMAL mode. gear will only be accepted if the When in SPORT mode, the system This mode can be used on particularly engine speed rate in 5th gear is lower controlling suspension damping uses a slippery road surfaces (e.g., rain, snow, than 3000 rpm. As ICE (low-grip) mode shock absorber "harder" setting (see ice). To activate/deactivate this mode,

170 Driving can be activated at any time and the Control System" in this section for system limits the engine speed rate to further information). 3000 rpm in all gears except for the The system is fitted with a unit that CAUTION! 6th, unrequested gearshifts could take predicts the vehicle behavior with • In the event of a fault, and with the place. extreme accuracy. The system can ESC system disabled ( (ESC Off) detect when the driver is about to lose In any case, it is advisable to button pressed), the vehicle behaves control of the vehicle. In this case, it deactivate SPORT mode before as if it were not equipped with this can activate the brake calipers selecting ICE (low-grip) mode. system: however, we recommend individually and engine control, in When sequential manual gearshifting you contact the Authorized Maserati order to create a torque sufficient to is active, regardless of the mode set Dealer as soon as possible to have resist the vehicle’s yawing moment. (NORMAL / SPORT / ICE), the the system checked. Press (ESC Off) button again to transmission will automatically upshift • If you have to tow the vehicle with 2 reactivate the system. or downshift when reaching the wheels raised, make sure the key in The (ESC On) amber warning light minimum and maximum rpm. This is the ignition switch is in the STOP on the instrument cluster flashes to prevent engine overrevving or (OFF) position. Otherwise, with the during all the operating phases. underrevving. ESC system active ( (ESC Off) , the system is automatically disabled button not pressed), the control unit 5 (ESC Off) Mode and cannot be re-activated. While will store a malfunction with The ESC system is designed to driving, this condition is signaled by consequent illumination of the automatically activate every time the the (ESC On) amber warning light, (ESC On) amber warning lights on engine is started and can be that illuminates both on the the instrument cluster and on the deactivated by pressing (ESC Off) instrument cluster as well as on the display. Should this occur, contact button on the central console for multi-function display, where it is the Authorized Maserati Dealer to about 2 seconds. The (ESC Off) accompanied by the message “ESC have the system repaired. unavailable go to dealer”. amber warning light illuminates on • In low- and medium-grip conditions When the engine is started, the system the instrument cluster as well as on (e.g., rain, snow, ice, sand, etc.) it is malfunction is indicated by the the display, where it is accompanied advisable not to activate SPORT illumination of the (ESC On) amber by a specific message. mode, even with the ESC system warning light. The ESC (Electronic Stability Control) active ( (ESC Off) button not antiyawing system incorporates all of pressed). the vehicle control systems: ABS, EBD, ASR and MSR (see "Brake and Stability

171 Driving

(Continued) • In the case of performance starting, • Driving on parabolic curves will check that the electric parking brake deactivate the system. is disengaged. WARNING! When sequential manual operation is PARK OFF Mode For further information see "Parking selected, upshifting or downshifting Brake" in this section. To deactivate manual operation of the must be performed manually. Sequential Manual Operation parking brake, with the engine on, To engage the gears, shift the (MANUAL) press the "PARK OFF" button on the transmission shift lever to one of the central console. The words “PARK In this mode, the transmission interacts following two positions: OFF” appear on the instrument cluster with the driver in order to allow "+" (UP) to engage a higher gear; display for 5 seconds, after which they manual shift and ensure increased "–" (DOWN) to engage a lower gear. remain displayed but in smaller size. control of the vehicle. The current To reactivate automatic operation, mode allows the gear system to press the "PARK OFF" button once optimize the engine brake action, CAUTION! again, the words “PARK ON” appear remove undesired shifting into higher • However, some conditions will on the display for 5 seconds. and lower gears and improve the remain automatically controlled, for overall performance of the vehicle. 5 example, when the engine is With automatic transmission selected overrevving or underrevving, the CAUTION! (D (Drive) position), shift the system automatically engages a transmission shift lever to position “+” • In certain conditions when the higher or lower gear. battery voltage is low, the electric o “–”. • If you request a gearshift in parking brake system may When this mode is selected, the conditions where the engine is temporarily be deactivated for safety symbol “+” or “–” illuminates on the overrevving or underrevving, the reasons. Therefore, typically upon gear display, based on the position of system will not accept the command. starting the engine, when the the transmission shift lever, and the battery voltage drops, the message gear engaged is shown on the • The ECU is programmed to control “PARK OFF” may temporarily be instrument cluster display. one gearshift at a time, therefore, displayed on the instrument cluster, fast and repeated actions will not indicating that automatic operation necessarily result in a gearshift. A is temporarily disabled. higher or lower gear is engaged only if the previous procedure requested has been completed.

172 Driving

When the system refuses to engage a This indicator lights up just before gear, an acoustic signal will sound for reaching the required speed for gear a few seconds. change. Sequential manual operation can only be selected from the D (Drive) position whatever the function (SPORT, NORMAL) active at the time of the request. The gear selected by the automatic transmission will remain engaged when the transmission shift lever is moved. Also in automatic transmission mode, Shifting the lever back to D (Drive), when the transmission lever is in automatic operation will instantly be position D (Drive), you can shift to a resumed, and a gear will be engaged different gear by moving one of the When the new gear is engaged, the based on the driving style and mode paddles. This action will temporarily selected. indicator turns off. If the shift runs switch the system to sequential late or is not performed at all, the In the event of a failure of the manual operation. 5 sequential manual gearshift system, indicator remains lit for a few seconds If you then keep to a constant driving then turns off. As soon as new the transmission ECU will select style (low longitudinal and lateral automatic operation. conditions requiring further gear acceleration), the gearbox change occur, the indicator light will Gearshift Paddles Operation automatically switches back to illuminate again. In sequential manual operating mode automatic operation. NOTE: (MANUAL), upshifting and Gear Shift Indicator Light The gearshift indicator will only work downshifting can be controlled not In order to improve fuel economy, we when the transmission is set to manual only with the transmission shift lever recommend that you shift gears when sequential operation (see paragraph but also with the two paddles the system prompts you to do so. This "Sequential Manual Operation positioned behind the steering wheel. will help reduce fuel consumption (MANUAL)" in this chapter). "+": (UP): upper gearshift paddle. without significantly affecting vehicle "–": (DOWN): lower gearshift paddle. performance. The arrow icon beside the displayed gear will light up to indicate the moment the gear change is required.

173 Driving Parking Brake parking brake has reached its maximum activation force and is The vehicle is equipped with an respectively fully released. electric automatic parking brake, also The parking brake is automatically called EPB (Electric Parking Brake). applied when the engine is turned off It can be automatically engaged when and the vehicle is stationary. the engine is turned off and it is It can only be disengaged when the disengaged when, with the engine engine is restarted. running, the accelerator pedal is If the key has been removed from the depressed. ignition switch or is turned in STOP When the parking brake is applied (OFF) position, it cannot be (with the key in the ignition switch in disengaged. STOP (OFF) position), the CAUTION! Manual Engagement/ indicator lights up on the rev. The main function of the EPB is to counter display and the related Disengagement allow safe parking of the vehicle, message is displayed on the instrument The parking brake can also be therefore it must only be applied 5 cluster for 5 seconds (see “Instrument manually engaged or disengaged when the vehicle is already stationary. Cluster” in section “Dashboard when the engine is running and when If the EPB is used while the vehicle is Instruments and Controls”). the vehicle is moving or the key in the moving and decelerating until a speed ignition switch is in MAR (ON) lower of 3 mph (5 km/h) and, in position, by pressing the brake pedal particular, until complete stop and raising the lever located next to (typically in a sudden brake), it is the transmission shift lever. necessary to have the EPB system When the parking brake is applied, the checked by an Authorized Maserati indicator lights up on the rev. Dealer. counter and the related message will be displayed on the instrument cluster. If the engine was turned off when the automatic engagement device was WARNING! deactivated (see “Deactivating • Always hold the brake pedal pressed During engagement and Automatic Operation” in this chapter) during engagement or disengagement procedures, the it is possible to shift the parking brake disengagement of the parking brake. indicator flashes until the simply by pulling the lever upward.

174 Driving

If you attempt to disengage the The words “PARK OFF” appear on the • In the case of performance starting, parking brake without having display for 5 seconds, after which they check that the parking brake is depressed the service brake pedal, a remain displayed but in smaller size. disengaged. message will be displayed to warn you to do so. Failure Indication • The EPB command activation while In the event of electric parking brake running, generates a deceleration of system failure, the warning light the vehicle with strong deceleration on the display will light up. (Dynamic Braking). It is therefore Depending on the message displayed, recommended to use of this feature it signals the following failures of the only in case of emergency. The EPB system: stability of the car is guaranteed by the action of the activated ESC • “Parking brake failure: go to dealer” system. If the message warning you to go to To reactivate automatic operation, the nearest Authorized Maserati press the "PARK OFF" button once Dealer is displayed, drive slowly and Deactivating Automatic again, the words “PARK ON” appear remember that the electric parking 5 Operation on the display for 5 seconds. brake device is not functioning. To deactivate automatic operation of • “EPB is overheated” the parking brake, with the engine CAUTION! If the vehicle has been stationary on, press the "PARK OFF" button on (key in the ignition switch to STOP the central console. • In certain conditions when the (OFF) position) for about 15 minutes battery voltage is low, the electric without using the parking brake, parking brake system may and the warning light illuminates temporarily be deactivated for safety again after restarting the engine, reasons. Therefore, typically upon slowly drive to the nearest starting the engine, when the Authorized Maserati Dealer. battery voltage drops, the message • “EPB failure only manual unlock “PARK OFF” may temporarily be allowed: see handbook” displayed on the instrument cluster, In this case, follow the manual indicating that automatic operation emergency deactivation procedure is temporarily disabled. in order to release the parking brake (see “Emergency Release of the

175 Driving Parking Brake” in section “In an of the Parking Brake” chapter in Parking Emergency”). section “In an Emergency”). Straighten the wheels and turn off the • “Parking Brake system revision: go to EPB Operation with dealer” engine. The EPB system requires Overheated Brakes Before leaving the vehicle, make sure maintenance, therefore contact an Driving on mountain roads with steep that the parking brake is fully applied Authorized Maserati Dealer to have slopes or a sports use of the vehicle in automatic or manual mode and the system corrected. could overheat the brake system place the transmission lever in the P components. In these conditions, (Park) position. parking brake must not be used since Remove the key from the ignition switch. WARNING! the push of the power actuator might not be sufficient to ensure vehicle In the event of an EPB failure, take braking, especially on a slope. your vehicle to the nearest Authorized Drive normally without braking to Maserati Dealer as soon as possible. WARNING! allow the brakes to cool down a few • Always check that the vehicle is Initialize the EPB System after a minutes before stopping. In this way, locked before leaving it. the automatic or manual activation of 5 Battery Disconnecting • Never leave children unattended in the parking brake will ensure vehicle After the detachment and the the vehicle. braking. subsequent connection of the battery, • Do not park the vehicle on paper, on the instrument cluster display the grass, dry leaves or other flammable warning light will light up. materials. They could catch fire if To initialize the EPB system lift, release they come into contact with hot and lift again the lever located next to parts of the exhaust system. the transmission shift lever. • Do not leave the engine running Emergency Disengagement while the vehicle is unattended. In case of brake lock with complete electrical system failure, it is necessary to act on the electric actuator using CAUTION! the special tool provided in the tool kit to release the pressure of the parking When you need to park the vehicle on brake shoes (see “Emergency Release a steep slope, both with the engine on and off, it is recommended not only to

176 Driving engage the parking brake, but also to Brake and Stability • These systems cannot prevent shift the transmission shift lever to P collisions, including those resulting (Park) before leaving the vehicle. Control System from excessive speed in turns, following another vehicle too When parking on hill roads, it is The vehicle is equipped with an closely, or hydroplaning. important to turn the front wheels Electronic Stability Control (ESC) toward the curb on a downhill grade anti-yawing system, which helps to • The capabilities of a vehicle and away from the curb on an uphill maintain directional control in the equipped with these systems must grade. event of loss of grip of the tires. The never be exploited in a reckless or Apply the parking brake before system is able to detect potentially dangerous manner that could placing the shift lever in P (Park), dangerous situations for the stability jeopardize the driver’s and the otherwise the load on the of the vehicle and automatically sets passenger’s safety or the safety of transmission locking mechanism may the brakes on all four wheels in a others. make it difficult to move the shift differentiated manner, in order to lever out of P (Park). provide a torque settlement of the Electronic Stability Control In certain conditions, it is however vehicle. (ESC) advisable to disengage the parking ESC includes the following subsystems: This system enhances directional brake manually and slightly apply the 5 • ASR (Anti-Slip Regulation) control and stability of the vehicle service brake for starting off. This is • ABS (Anti-lock Braking System) under various driving conditions. The advisable when there are obstacles • EBD (Electronic Brake-force ESC corrects over steering and under very close to the vehicle in the Distribution) steering of the vehicle by applying the direction in which you intend to move. • HBA (Hydraulic Brake Assistance) brake to the appropriate wheel. • BOS (Brake Override System) Engine power may also be reduced to assist in counteracting the conditions of instability and maintain the right WARNING! direction. The system is also able to • These systems cannot prevent the reduce the engine power. natural laws of physics from Through sensors fitted on the vehicle, affecting the vehicle, nor can they the ESC system detects the driver’s increase traction, braking or steering chosen direction comparing it to the efficiency beyond that afforded by one maintained while running. In case the condition of the vehicle brakes of discrepancy between the required and tires. trajectory and the current one, the

177 Driving

ESC system brakes the appropriate the system see “Drive Mode” in this wheel to counteract over or under section. steering. • Oversteer - when the vehicle is turning more than appropriate for WARNING! the steering wheel position. In SPORT mode the ESC control • Understeer - when the vehicle is thresholds are higher for maximum turning less than appropriate for the performance on dry road surface. To steering wheel position. ensure maximum security of the ESC is The ESC system has two available recommended not to activate SPORT operating modes: mode on surfaces with medium- and Anti-Slip Regulation (ASR) low-grip (e.g., wet, snow, dirt, etc..) ESC On The ASR incorporated in the ESC with ESC system active (button (ESC This is the normal ESC operating mode. system avoids skidding of the driving Off) not pressed). At each start-up of the vehicle, the ESC wheels during acceleration by means system is set in this mode and should of the engine control unit (spark NOTE: 5 be used for most driving conditions. advance delay, engine throttle The ESC should only be turned off for To improve the vehicle's traction when opening reduction and fuel injection specific reasons as pointed out in the driving with snow chains, or when cut) and the rear brakes. following paragraphs. starting off in deep snow, sand, or The ASR system is designed to enhance gravel, it may be desirable to switch to vehicle stability and active safety while ESC Off the “ESC Off” mode by pressing the driving, especially under the following The “ESC Off” mode is aimed for a (ESC Off) button and remain in this more spirited driving experience but conditions: operational mode no longer than also purposeful for driving in deep • internal wheel skidding on curves needed. Once the situation requiring snow, sand, or gravel. The current due to the load dynamic variations or “ESC Off” mode is overcome, turn the mode disables the traction control excessive acceleration; ESC on again by pressing the (ESC portion of the ESC and raises the Off) button. This may also be • excessive power transmitted to the threshold for ESC activation, allowing performed while in motion. wheels, also in relation to the road higher wheel spin than normally surface conditions; granted by the ESC system. The (ESC • acceleration on slippery, snowy or icy Off) button is fitted in front of the road surfaces; transmission shift lever: to deactivate

178 Driving

• in the event of loss of grip on wet MSR Function can expose you to chemicals including roads (aquaplaning). The ASR system also controls the such as, engine exhaust, carbon The ASR system works in combination engine braking torque when the monoxide, phthalates and lead, that with the electronic suspension control accelerator pedal is released under which are know to the State of system: in normal conditions (SPORT low grip conditions (e.g., snow, ice, California to cause cancer and birth mode off), stability in low and etc.): in these conditions, the high defects or other reproductive harm. To medium grip conditions has priority, braking torque provided by the minimize exposure, avoid breathing while with SPORT mode active, the engine may cause instability of the exhaust, do not idle the engine except system favors traction, thereby vehicle. as necessary, service your vehicle in a optimizing vehicle performance on dry The system, using the same sensors as well-ventilated area and wear gloves asphalt. the ABS, detects skidding of one or or wash your hands frequently when The ASR system is automatically both driving wheels when the servicing your vehicle. For more activated every time the engine is accelerator is released and opens the information go to: started and can be deactivated by motor-driven throttle of the engine www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger- pressing (ESC Off) button (see fuel system thereby reducing the vehicle "Drive Mode" in this section). braking torque and re-establishing the ASR System Failure maximum grip conditions for the Anti-Lock Braking System (ABS) 5 In the event of a fault, the system is driving wheels. and Electronic Brake-force automatically disabled and cannot be Distribution (EBD) re-activated. While driving, this The Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) condition is signaled by the amber WARNING! provides increased vehicle stability and warning light on the instrument The maximum deceleration that can brake performance under most cluster display, which illuminates be obtained with the engine brake braking conditions. The system together with the message “ASR always depends on the tire grip on automatically “pumps” the brakes unavailable go to dealer”. Also the the road surface. Snow or ice during severe braking to prevent (ESC On) amber warning light obviously reduce grip values. wheel lock-up. illuminates inside the tachometer with The Electronic Brake-force Distribution the message indicating that the ESC (EBD) prevents the rear wheels from system is unavailable. In this case drive over-braking and provides greater with the greatest care and have the WARNING! control of available braking forces system immediately checked by the California Proposition 65 applied to the rear axle. nearest Authorized Maserati Dealer. Operating, servicing and maintaining a passenger vehicle or off-road vehicle

179 Driving

• The ABS motor running (it may ABS and EBD System Failure continue to run for a short time after In the event of a failure the ABS WARNING! the vehicle stops). system will be deactivated, but this will The ABS helps prevent the wheels • The clicking sound of solenoid valves. not affect the efficiency of the from locking, but it does not increase • Brake pedal pulsations. standard braking system. the physical grip limits between the The failure will be indicated by the • A slight drop or fall away of the tires and the road. Therefore, always illumination of the amber warning brake pedal at the end of the stop. keep a safe distance from the vehicle light on the instrument cluster. These are all normal characteristics of in front of yours and reduce your An EBD system failure is indicated by ABS functioning. speed when entering a curve. the illumination of the red warning light on the instrument NOTE: cluster. • When the vehicle's speed is higher WARNING! In this case we recommend that you than 7 mph (11 km/h), you may also • The ABS contains sophisticated contact the nearest Authorized hear a slight clicking sound as well as electronic equipment that may be Maserati Dealer in order to identify other motor noises. The system is susceptible to interference caused by the fault as soon as possible, by means 5 performing a self-check cycle to improperly-installed or high-output of the system self-diagnostic function. ensure that the ABS is working radio transmitting equipment. This properly. interference can cause possible loss of anti-lock braking capability. • This self-check occurs each time the WARNING! Installation of such equipment vehicle is started and accelerated • The failure warning light usually should be performed by qualified past 7 mph (11 km/h). illuminates with the engine running Maserati personnel. to indicate a malfunction in the ABS ABS is activated during braking under • Pumping the Anti-Lock Brakes will system only. In this case, the braking certain road or stopping conditions. diminish their effectiveness and may system will remain fully functioning, ABS-inducing conditions can include lead to a collision. Pumping brakes but will not use the ABS. In these ice, snow, gravel, bumps, railroad makes the stopping distance longer. conditions, also the EBD system tracks, loose debris. Just press firmly and continuously on efficiency may be affected. Drive You may also experience the following your brake pedal when you need to with the greatest care in order to when the brake system goes into Anti- slow down or stop avoid sudden braking and have the Lock: system immediately checked by the

180 Driving nearest Centre of the Authorized parameters, such as the pressure on Using the Brakes Maserati Dealer. the brake servo, the wheel speed and • The warning light illuminates activation of the third stop. The ABS when the engine is running to control unit cross-checks this data and CAUTION! indicate an EBD system malfunction. substitutes the driver by activating the To obtain a good performance of In this case, sharp braking may braking system’s full power and so brake pads and discs, avoid sudden cause an early locking of the rear ensures optimal braking performance braking during the first 190 mi wheels, and the vehicle may skid. in the shortest possible distance. (300 km). Drive with the greatest care and Brake Override System (BOS) have the system immediately The pad wear limit is indicated by the checked by the nearest Centre of the To complete the range of systems that illumination of the warning light, Authorized Maserati Dealer. assist braking, the vehicle is equipped on the instrument cluster display. with BOS, which is designed to stop In this event, please contact an Hydraulic Brake Assistance the vehicle even when it is being Authorized Maserati Dealer. accelerated. If the brake pedal is (HBA) depressed together with the HBA completes the ABS system by accelerator, the engine power should WARNING! 5 optimizing the vehicle braking be automatically reduced and, if the capacity during emergency braking. driver continues to depress the • Riding the brakes can lead to brake In the event of a critical situation, accelerator, the system may even cause failure and possibly an accident. where the vehicle must stop in the the vehicle to come to a complete Driving with your foot resting or shortest possible distance, the driver stop. riding on the brake pedal can result usually depresses the brake pedal Additionally, if the brake pedal is in abnormally high brake quickly, but often not strongly released when the accelerator is still temperatures, excessive lining wear, enough: this increases the braking depressed, the corresponding engine and possible brake damage. In an distance. HBA has been designed to torque can be reached gradually. emergency full braking capacity may solve this problem and acts by be impaired. applying the maximum braking force • If the red warning light during emergency braking, in order to illuminates when the engine is stop the vehicle in the shortest running with the message that possible distance. indicates an insufficient brake fluid HBA recognizes the emergency level, stop the vehicle and check the condition by analyzing some (Continued)

181 Driving

(Continued) The high-performance brake system is to ensure vehicle braking, especially on brake fluid level immediately (see designed for optimal braking effect at a slope. "Maintenance Procedure" in section all speeds and temperatures. Drive normally without braking to “Maintenance and Care”). If fluid is Certain speeds, braking forces and allow the brakes to cool down a few below the minimum level, top up ambient conditions (e.g. temperature, minutes before stopping. In this way, with the recommended fluid and humidity and long outdoor stopping the automatic or manual activation of contact an Authorized Maserati periods) can therefore cause the the parking brake will ensure vehicle Dealer immediately to have the brakes to "squeal". This is normal and braking. system checked. Brake fluid leaks will cease after a few brakings. affect the operation of the braking systems. New Brake Pads and/or Brake • The brake system performance in Discs terms of active safety is not a reason New brake pads have to be “broken for the driver to run unnecessary in”, and therefore only attain optimal risks. The driving style shall always friction to the brake disc when the be suited to weather conditions, vehicle has covered several 5 range of visibility and traffic. hundreds km. • The maximum deceleration that can During this first period, the slightly be obtained always depends on the reduced braking ability must be tire grip on the road surface. With compensated for by pressing the brake snow or ice on the road the grip is pedal harder. This applies whenever obviously reduced and the braking the brake pads and/or brake discs are distance is very high, even with the replaced. ABS system. Brake Overheating Brake Pads and Brake Discs Driving on mountain roads with steep slopes or a sports use of the vehicle Wear on the brake pads and brake could overheat the brake system discs depends to a great extent on the components. In these conditions, driving style and the conditions of use parking brake must not be used since and therefore cannot be expressed in the push on the brake shoes of the actual kilometers driven on the road. power actuator might not be sufficient

182 Driving Use of the Engine break-in and not interpreted as an indication of malfunction. Breaking-In Avoid exceeding 5000 rpm for the first CAUTION! 620 trip mi (1000 km). Today's most modern production • Under normal conditions, all red After starting the vehicle, do not methods are designed to provide warning lights on the instrument exceed 4000 rpm until the engine has extremely precise construction and cluster display should be off. When warmed up sufficiently (coolant assembly of components. However, they come on, they indicate a temperature: 149-158°F/65-70°C). moving parts do undergo a settling malfunction. Refer to “Instrument process, basically in the first hours of While Driving Cluster” in section “Dashboard vehicle operation. Instruments and Controls”. Never travel with the tachometer Do not drive keeping at a constant • Continuing to drive when a red indicator approaching the peak rpm, high speed rate for a prolonged time. warning light is on could cause not even downhill. When the While cruising, brief full-throttle serious damage to the vehicle and tachometer indicator is approaching acceleration within the limits of local affect its performance. the peak rpm (red colored zone), take traffic laws contributes to a good precautions to avoid exceeding that break-in. Wide-open throttle limit. acceleration in low gear can be 5 detrimental and should be avoided. WARNING! The engine oil installed in the engine Do not travel downhill with the at the factory is a high-quality energy engine off, as the servo brake will no conserving type lubricant. Oil changes longer function due to the vacuum should be consistent with anticipated decrease and thus after a few braking climate conditions under which vehicle attempts, the system becomes totally operations will occur. For the inefficient. The power steering will recommended viscosity and quality also lose its efficiency under these grades, see “Refillings” in section conditions. “Features and Specifications”. A new engine may consume some oil Ensure proper operation of different Onboard Diagnostic System during its first few thousand devices checking their respective Your vehicle is equipped with a kilometers of operation. This should control telltales. sophisticated onboard diagnostic be considered as a normal part of the system. This system monitors the performance of the emissions, engine,

183 Driving

and automatic transmission control diagnostics cycle, on compliance with systems. When these systems are CARB, EPA OBDII rules. operating properly, your vehicle will CAUTION! provide excellent performance and • Prolonged driving with the CAUTION! fuel economy, as well as engine Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) emissions well within current local on could cause further damage to • Once the engine is started, the regulations of various countries. the emissions control system. It could Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) If any of these systems require service, also affect fuel economy and will remain on for approximately 18 the system will turn on the drivability. The vehicle must be seconds before turning off. This is a Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL). serviced before any emissions tests normal condition and part of the It will also store diagnostic codes and can be performed. operating strategy. other information, which your •Ifthe Malfunction Indicator • When the key in the ignition switch Authorized Maserati Dealer will use to Light (MIL) is flashing while the is turned to MAR (ON) position if the service your vehicle. Although the engine is running, severe catalytic Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) vehicle will still be driveable and not converter damage and power loss does not illuminate or if it need towing, contact the Authorized will soon occur. Immediate service is illuminates while driving, contact 5 Maserati Dealer for service as soon as required at an Authorized Maserati your local Authorized Maserati possible. Dealer. Dealer as soon as possible. • After the problem has been solved, the Authorized Maserati Dealer personnel will perform specific tests on the test bench for a complete WARNING! check of the system and, if necessary, California Proposition 65 also road tests, even on long Operating, servicing and maintaining distances. a passenger vehicle or off-road vehicle can expose you to chemicals including In addition, the system is equipped such as, engine exhaust, carbon with a diagnostics connector that, monoxide, phthalates and lead, that when interfaced with suitable which are know to the State of instruments, makes it possible to read California to cause cancer and birth the error codes stored in the ECU, defects or other reproductive harm. To together with a set of specific minimize exposure, avoid breathing parameters for engine operation

184 Driving exhaust, do not idle the engine except Cruise Control (CC) Controls as necessary, service your vehicle in a The controls of the CC are located on well-ventilated area and wear gloves The CC enables the driver to maintain the multifunction lever, on the left or wash your hands frequently when the desired vehicle speed without side of the steering wheel. servicing your vehicle. For more pressing the accelerator pedal, information go to: reducing driving fatigue on highways, www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger- especially long trips, as the set speed is vehicle automatically maintained. A firm press on the accelerator pedal or the Position of the Diagnostic Connector braking pedal will temporarily The diagnostic connector is positioned deactivate the cruise control function. underneath the dashboard, next to the hood opening lever. It can be CAUTION! accessed without removing any cover. The device can only be switched on at speeds exceeding 19 mph (30 km/h) • The innermost ON/OFF switch has and it switches off automatically when two positions: the brake pedal is pressed or when a 5 OFF: the CC is deactivated; speed of 125 mph (200 km/h) is exceeded. ON: the CC is active. When the CC is activated, the green warning light on the display illuminates together with the message “Cruise WARNING! control on”. The Cruise Control function must only • The rotating section in the middle of be activated when traffic and the the left multifunction lever is used to route permit a constant speed to be store the vehicle speed, to keep it maintained safely for a sufficiently constant or to increase or decrease long distance. the speed stored. Turn the rotating section to position "+" to save the speed reached or to increase the speed stored. Turn the rotating section to position "–" to decrease

185 Driving

the speed stored. Every time rotating Storing a Speed • by pressing the accelerator and then section is reset, the speed is increased Turn the ON/OFF switch to "ON" and storing the new speed reached (turn or decrease by approx. 0.6 mph (1 reach the desired speed driving the rotating section in the middle of Km/h). Keep the rotating section normally. Turn the rotating section in the left multifunction lever for more turned to vary the speed the middle of the left multifunction than 3 seconds); or continuously. When a new speed is lever to "+" for at least 3 seconds and • by turning the rotating section to reached, it will automatically remain then release it. position "+": each impulse constant. The vehicle speed is stored and the transmitted by the rotating section • Button "RCL" at end of left accelerator pedal can be released. will cause a slight increase in speed multifunction lever is used to resume The vehicle will proceed at the (about 0.6 mph/1 Km/h), whereas a the speed stored. constant speed stored until the brake constant pressure on the same pedal is pressed. rotating section will cause a NOTE: If necessary, (for example, to pass continuous increase in speed. When • When the key in the ignition switch another vehicle), you can accelerate by the rotating section is released, the is turned to STOP (OFF) position or simply pressing the accelerator pedal. new speed will be automatically ON/OFF switch is in the "OFF" Afterward, when you release the stored in the memory. position, the speed stored is erased accelerator pedal, the vehicle will 5 and the system deactivated. Decreasing the Speed Stored return to the speed previously stored. • The CC must be deactivated when The speed stored can be reduced in not in use. Resuming the Speed Stored two ways: If the CC has been deactivated after • by deactivating the CC, pressing the braking, the speed previously stored brake pedal and then storing the can be resumed as follows: new speed (turning the rotating WARNING! • gradually accelerate until you reach a section to position “+” for at least 3 Leaving the Cruise Control system on speed close to that stored; seconds); or when not in use is dangerous. You • by keeping the rotating section could accidentally set the system or • engage the gear selected when the turned to position “-” until reaching cause it to go faster than you want. speed was stored (4th, 5th or 6th the new speed, which will be stored Always leave the CC off when you are gear); automatically. not using it. • press button "RCL". Increasing the Speed Stored Resetting the Speed Stored The speed stored can be increased in The speed stored is automatically two ways: reset:

186 Driving • by turning the engine off; or having checked that the relative Tires - General • by turning ON/OFF switch to "OFF" fuse is in proper working order. Information position. • ON/OFF switch can be always left at Warnings while Driving with CC "ON" position without damaging Tire Safety Information the CC. In any case, it is advisable to deactivate the CC when it is not in Tire Markings use. Turn ON/OFF switch to "OFF" WARNING! position to prevent any speeds from • When driving with CC activated, do being unintentionally stored. not shift to N (Neutral) position. It is advisable to activate CC only when traffic and road conditions permit safe use of this device, that is: on straight and dry roads, expressways or highways, smooth flowing traffic and smooth asphalt. Do not activate this device when driving in town or 5 in heavy traffic. • CC can only be activated at speeds 1. U.S. DOT Safety Standards Code exceeding 19 mph (30 km/h). (TIN). • CC can only be activated in 4th, 5th 2. Size Designation. or 6th gear, depending upon the 3. Service Description. vehicle speed. 4. Maximum Pressure and Maximum • When driving downhill with the CC Load. activated, the vehicle may pick up speed slightly exceeding the speed 5. Treadwear, Traction and stored, due to the change in the Temperature Grades (see engine load. “Department of Transportation Uniform Tire Quality Grades” in • In the event of malfunctioning or this section). failure of CC, turn ON/OFF switch to "OFF" position and contact the Authorized Maserati Dealer after

187 Driving

Tire Sizing Chart Look for the TIN on the outboard side Service Description: EXAMPLE: P285/40 ZR19 (100Y) XL or of black sidewall tires as mounted on = Load Index — A numerical 285/40 ZR19 (Y100) XL 100 the vehicle. If the TIN is not found on code associated with the maximum the outboard side, then you will find it Size Designation: load a tire can carry on the inboard side of the tire. P = Passenger car tire size based on Y = Speed Symbol — A symbol EXAMPLE: DOT MA L9 ABCD 0313 U.S. design standards indicating the range of speeds at “...blank...” = Passenger car tire which a tire can carry a load DOT = Department of Transportation based on European design standards corresponding to its load index — This symbol certifies that the tire is in compliance with the U.S. 285 = Section width in millimeters under certain operating conditions. Department of Transportation tire (mm) The maximum speed corresponding to the speed symbol should only be safety standards and is approved for 40 = Aspect ratio in percent (%) — achieved under specified operating highway use. Ratio of section height to section conditions (i.e., tire pressure, vehicle MA = Code representing the tire width of tire loading, road conditions, and posted manufacturing location (two digits). ZR = Construction Code speed limits) L9 = Code representing the tire size • Z: means a tire usable at speeds 5 (two digits). greater than 150 mph (240 km/h) • R: means radial construction Load Identification: ABCD = Code used by the tire manufacturer (one to four digits). 19 = Rim diameter in inches (in) “...blank...” = Absence of any text on the sidewall of the tire indicates a 03 = Number representing the week Standard Load (SL) tire in which the tire was manufactured XL = Extra Load (or reinforced) tire (two digits). In this case, 03 means the 3rd week. LL = Light Load tire 13 = Number representing the year in which the tire was manufactured Tire Identification Number (TIN) (two digits). In this case, 13 means The TIN may be found on one or both the year 2013. sides of the tire, however the date code may only be on one side. Tires with white sidewalls will have the full TIN, including the date code, located on the white sidewall side of the tire.

188 Driving

Tire and Loading Information Label the “Tire and Loading Information The proper cold tire inflation pressure Label” and in the “Features and is listed on the driver's side rear door Specifications” section. pillar. NOTE: Under a maximum loaded vehicle condition, gross axle weight ratings (GAWRs) for the front and rear axles must not be exceeded.

Tires Driving over rough or damaged road surfaces, as well as debris, curbs and WARNING! other obstacles can cause serious Overloading of your tires is damage to wheels, tires, and dangerous. Overloading can cause tire This label tells you important suspension parts. failure, affect vehicle handling, and information about the: This is more likely to occur with increase the stopping distance. Use low-profile tires, which provide less 5 • Number of people that can be tires of the recommended load cushioning between the wheel and carried in the vehicle. capacity for your vehicle. Never the road. overload them. • Total weight the vehicle can carry. Be careful to avoid road hazards and • Tire size designed for the vehicle. reduce your speed, especially if your Department of Transportation • Cold tire inflation pressures for the vehicle is equipped with low profile front, rear, and spare tires. tires. Uniform Tire Quality Grades Loading The following tire grading categories were established by the National The vehicle maximum load on the tire Highway Traffic Safety Administration. must not exceed the load carrying The specific grade rating assigned by capacity of the tire on your vehicle. the tire's manufacturer in each You will not exceed the tire's load category is shown on the sidewall of carrying capacity if you adhere to the the tires on your vehicle. loading conditions, tire size, and cold tire inflation pressures specified on

189 Driving

All passenger car tires must conform to Federal safety requirements in addition to these grades. WARNING! WARNING! The traction grade assigned to this tire The temperature grade for this tire is Treadwear is based on straight-ahead braking established for a tire that is properly The Treadwear grade is a comparative traction tests, and does not include inflated and not overloaded. Excessive rating, based on the wear rate of the acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning, speed, under-inflation, or excessive tire when tested under controlled or peak traction characteristics. loading, either separately or in conditions on a specified government combination, can cause heat buildup test course. For example, a tire graded Temperature Grades and possible tire failure. 150 would wear one and one-half The temperature grades are A (the times as well on the government highest), B, and C, representing the Tire Pressure course as a tire graded 100. The tire's resistance to the generation of Proper tire inflation pressure is relative performance of tires depends heat and its ability to dissipate heat, essential for safety and best upon the actual conditions of their when tested under controlled performance of your vehicle. The tire use, however, and may depart conditions on a specified indoor pressure monitoring system “TPMS” significantly from the norm due to laboratory test wheel. Sustained high 5 setup on the vehicle (see “Tire Pressure variations in driving habits, service temperature can cause the material of Monitoring System” in this section) practices, and differences in road the tire to degenerate and reduce tire may alert the driver about insufficient characteristics and climate. life, and excessive temperature can tire pressure even though the driver is Traction Grades lead to sudden tire failure. The grade responsible for regularly checking the C corresponds to a level of The Traction grades, from highest to tire pressure. performance, which all passenger car lowest, are AAA, A, B, and C. These Radial tires fitted on the vehicle may tires must meet under the Federal grades represent the tire's ability to look properly inflated even when they Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. stop on wet pavement, as measured actually are under inflated. Do not 109. Grades B and A represent higher under controlled conditions on make a visual judgment when levels of performance on the specified government test surfaces of determining proper inflation. laboratory test wheel, than the asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C Three primary driving aspects are minimum required by law. may have poor traction performance. affected by improper tire pressure: Safety

190 Driving

inflation also increases tire rolling change by approximately 1 PSI (0,07 resistance resulting in higher fuel bar) per 12°F (7°C) of air temperature WARNING! consumption. change. Keep this in mind when • Improperly inflated tires can be Ride comfort and vehicle stability checking tire pressure inside a garage, dangerous. Proper tire inflation contributes to a especially in winter. • Under-inflation increases tire flexing comfortable ride. Over-inflation Example: If garage temperature = 68°F and can result in tire overheating. produces a jarring and uncomfortable (20°C) and the outside temperature = • Over-inflation reduces a tire's ability ride. 32°F (0°C) then the cold tire inflation to cushion shock. Objects on the pressure should be increased by 3 PSI road and potholes can cause Tire Pressure Checkup (0,21 bar) for every 12°F (7°C) for this outside temperature condition. damage that results in tire failure. The proper cold tire inflation pressure Tire pressure may increase from 2 to 6 is indicated on the driver's side rear • Over-inflated or under-inflated tires PSI (0,13 to 0,4 bar) during operation. door pillar and on the table “Tire can affect vehicle handling and can DO NOT reduce this normal pressure Inflation Pressure” in section fail suddenly, resulting in loss of build-up or your tire pressure will be “Features and Specifications”. vehicle control. too low. After inspecting or adjusting Inflation pressure specified on the • Unequal tire pressures can cause the tire pressure, always reinstall the table always refers to “cold tire 5 steering problems. valve stem cap. This will prevent inflation pressure”. Cold tire inflation moisture and dirt from entering the • Unequal tire pressures from one side pressure is defined as the tire pressure valve stem, which could damage the of the vehicle to the other can cause after the vehicle has not been driven valve stem and the TPMS sensor the vehicle to drift to the right or for at least three hours, or driven less connected to it. left. than 1 mi (1,6 km) after a three hour • Always drive with each tire inflated period. Tread Wear Indicators to the recommended cold tire Check tire pressures more often in inflation pressure. case of significant outside Tread wear indicators are in the temperature changes, as tire pressure original equipment tires to help you Economy varies according to temperature determine when your tires should be Improper inflation pressures may changes. replaced. cause uneven wear patterns to The pressure should be checked and if These indicators are molded into the develop across the tire tread. These necessary adjusted; tire wear and bottom of the tread grooves. abnormal wear patterns will reduce overall conditions should also be When the tread is worn to one of the tread life resulting in a need for checked monthly. Tire pressures tread wear indicators, the tire should earlier tire replacement. Under- be replaced.

191 Driving

Replacement Tires the types of tires most suited to the use foreseen by the Customer. WARNING! NOTE: The wet performance (aquaplaning In order to maintain high performance resistance) will decrease and safety level under all driving WARNING! proportionally to the thickness of the conditions, Maserati strongly • Do not use a tire, wheel size or tread. recommends to use tires equivalent to rating other than that specified for the originals in size, quality and your vehicle. Some combinations of Tires Durability performance when replacement is unapproved tires and wheels may needed. The service life of a tire depends on change suspension dimensions and various factors including, but not performance characteristics, For the size designation of your tire limited to: resulting in altered steering, see the label on the driver's side rear handling, and braking operations of • driving style; door pillar or see table “Wheels” in the vehicle. This can cause section “Features and Specifications”. • tire pressure; unpredictable handling and stress to The “Load Index” and “Speed Symbol” • distance driven. steering and suspension for your tire will be found on the 5 components. Use only the tire and original equipment tire sidewall. wheel sizes with load ratings It is recommended to replace the two WARNING! appointed for your vehicle. front tires or two rear tires as a pair. Tires and the spare tire (if equipped) Replacing just one tire can seriously • Never use a tire with a smaller load should be replaced after six years, affect your vehicle’s handling. index or capacity, other than what regardless of the remaining tread. If you ever replace a wheel assembly, was originally equipped on your Failure to follow this warning could make sure that the wheel’s vehicle. Using a tire with a smaller result in tire failure. specifications (valve, TPMS sensor and load index could result in tire tire) match those of the original overloading and failure. wheels. Failure to use equivalent • Always check the maximum speed replacement tires may adversely affect rating on the tire sidewall on any the safety, handling, and ride of your tire on the vehicle. vehicle. Your Authorized Maserati Dealer is available to provide suggestions as to

192 Driving

• Never exceed the maximum speed “Technical Data” and “Tire Inflation The snow chains may be fitted only on rating of the tires. Risk of accident Pressure” chapters in section “Features rear wheel tires. and serious personal injury due to and Specifications”. Please, contact your Service for further excessive speed. information. • Failure to equip your vehicle with Check the snow chain tension after tires having adequate speed WARNING! driving for a distance of about 55 yd capability can result in tire failure. The standard tires profile and rubber (50 m) with the chains fitted. mixture are optimized for wet and dry With the snow chains fitted, it is driving conditions. Standard tires may advisable to deactivate the ESC system (see chapter “Drive Mode” in this CAUTION! not prove favorable for snow section). Replacing original tires with tires of a conditions. different size may result in false speedometer and odometer readings. NOTE: CAUTION! Snow tires should have the same load • The use of non-recommended snow capacity as original equipment tires Winter Tires chains may damage the vehicle. and should be mounted on all four These tires are specially designed for wheels. • Broken chains can cause serious 5 driving on snow and ice and are fitted damage. Stop the vehicle to replace the ones supplied with the immediately if noise occurs that vehicle. Winter or all-season tires can Snow Chains could indicate chain breakage. be identified by the M+S (Mud & Maserati approved traction devices (or Remove the damaged parts of the Snow) or 3PMSF (3 Peaks Mountain snow chains) may be used to improve chain before further use. Snow Flake) designation on the tire traction on compacted snow in heavy • Do not exceed 30 mph (50 km/h). sidewall. snow conditions. • Drive cautiously and avoid severe Before mounting winter tires, contact The use of snow chains is specified by turns and large bumps, especially an Authorized Maserati Dealer to local regulations of each country. with a loaded vehicle. receive the technical information Use snow chains of reduced • Avoid holes in the road, do not drive necessary to advise you on wheel and dimensions, with a maximum over steps or sidewalks and do not tire compatibility. projection of 0.35 in (9 mm) beyond drive on long stretches without As to the type of tires to use, inflation the tire tread. snow. This will prevent damage to pressures and winter tires Maserati recommended to use snow the vehicle and the roadbed. specifications, carefully follow the chains KONIG, type “Supermagic”. indications as reported in the

193 Driving NOTE: Tire Pressure Monitoring significantly under-inflated tire causes The Authorized Maserati Dealer can System - TPMS the tire to overheat and can lead to provide you with all information about tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread the Maserati Snow Chains, available in Guidelines the "Genuine Accessories" range. life, and may affect the vehicle’s Each tire (including the spare tire, if handling and stopping ability. provided) should be checked monthly. Please note that the TPMS is not a Tires should be checked when cold and substitute for proper tire maintenance, inflated to the inflation pressure and it is the driver’s responsibility to recommended by the vehicle maintain correct tire pressure, even if manufacturer indicated on tire under-inflation has not reached the inflation pressure label (applied on the level to trigger illumination of the driver's rear door pillar) and in “Tire TPMS low tire pressure telltale. Inflation Pressure” of section “Features Your vehicle has also been equipped and Specifications”. with a TPMS malfunction indicator to If your vehicle has tires of a different indicate when the system is not 5 size than the size indicated on the operating properly. vehicle placard or tire inflation The TPMS malfunction indicator is pressure label, you should determine combined with the low tire pressure the proper tire inflation pressure for telltale. When the system detects a those tires. malfunction, the telltale will flash for As an added safety feature, approximately one minute and then your vehicle has been remain continuously illuminated. This equipped with a tire pressure sequence will continue upon monitoring system (TPMS) that subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as illuminates a low tire pressure telltale the malfunction exists. When the when one or more of your tires is malfunction indicator is illuminated, significantly under-inflated. the system may not be able to detect Accordingly, when the low tire or signal low tire pressure as intended. pressure telltale illuminates, you TPMS malfunctions may occur for a should stop and check your tires as variety of reasons, including the soon as possible, and inflate them to installation of replacement or the proper pressure. Driving on a alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle

194 Driving that prevent the TPMS from temperature effects and natural functioning properly. Always check the pressure loss of the tire. TPMS malfunction telltale after The TPMS will continue to warn the replacing one or more tires or wheels driver of low tire pressure as long as on your vehicle to ensure that the the condition persists and will not turn replacement or alternate tires and off until the tire pressure is equal or wheels allow the TPMS to continue to above the recommended cold function properly. inflation pressure. The TPMS monitors the tire pressure General Information by means of special sensors fitted The Tire Pressure Monitoring System inside the wheel rims, in position with (TPMS) will warn the driver of a low the inflation valve. tire pressure according to the vehicle These sensors transmit a signal that is WARNING! recommended cold pressure indicated detected by the antenna integrated in The TPMS warns the driver that the on the table “Tire Inflation Pressure” the ECU. tire pressure has decreased. This in section “Features and The ECU processes this information warning does not exempt the driver Specifications” and on the label and, via the CAN line, transmits a from periodically checking the tires 5 applied on the driver's side at the base series of tire pressure data and system and from complying with the of the rear door pillar. errors, if any, to the instrument cluster. prescribed tire pressure levels. The cold tire inflation pressure must The display may show the information not exceed the maximum inflation received by means of specific screen pressure molded into the tire sidewall. pages, which can be recalled by CAUTION! Check “Tires – General Information” in pressing briefly the "MODE" button section “Driving” for information on (see "TFT Display: Controls" in chapter • The TPMS has been optimized for how to properly inflate the tires. "Instrument Cluster" of the section the original equipment tires and The tire pressure will also increase as Dashboard Instruments and wheels. TPMS pressures and warning the vehicle is driven - this is normal Controls"). have been established for the tire and there is no adjustment required size equipped on your vehicle. when this occurs. Undesirable system operation or The TPMS will warn the driver of a low sensor damage may occur when tire pressure if the tire pressure falls using replacement equipment that is below the low-pressure warning limit not of the same size, type, and/or for any reason, including low (Continued)

195 Driving

(Continued) level to trigger illumination of the "Check Tire Pressure" or "TPMS style. Aftermarket wheels can cause TPMS light . Malfunction" pop-up message will be sensor damage. Do not use • Seasonal temperature changes will displayed for 10 seconds. The aftermarket tire sealants or balance affect tire pressure, and the TPMS amber warning light will beads, as damage to the sensors may will monitor the actual tire pressure permanently illuminate on the right result. in the tire. side of the instrument cluster display. • The system can temporarily With a malfunction detected, the "Tire experience radio-electric interference Viewing Messages on the Pressure" screen page will not be emitted by devices using similar Display available while will be available the frequencies. calibration screen page. • After inspecting or adjusting the tire By pressing repeatedly the “MODE” The “Tire Pressure” screen page pressure, always reinstall the valve button of the control panel on left becomes available again, until the stem cap. This will prevent moisture side of the steering column, the user malfunction is corrected. can access the information page that and dirt from entering the valve Low Tire Pressure Conditions stem and damage the TPMS internal shows the pressure values of each tire The signal transmitted by the ECU sensor. (“Tire Pressure” screen page: see activates messages and symbols on the 5 paragraph "TFT Display: Screen Pages" in chapter "Instrument Cluster" of TFT display with two priority levels NOTE: section "Dashboard Instruments and corresponding to the following • Driving on a significantly Controls"). thresholds: underinflated tire causes the tire to • Soft Warning: if the pressure is 10% overheat and may lead to tire failure. lower than the rated pressure; Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may • Hard Warning: if the pressure is 17% affect the vehicle’s handling and lower than the rated pressure. stopping ability. The system refers to the rated pressure acquired after calibration. • The TPMS is not a substitute for The two alarm thresholds for proper tire maintenance, and it is the monitoring the tire pressure driver’s responsibility to maintain respectively activate the following correct tire pressure using an alerts: accurate tire pressure gage, even if under-inflation has not reached the If system faults or low pressure is • “Check tire pressure” illuminates on detected on a not indentified tire, the display when the pressure of one

196 Driving

or more tires falls below the threshold or there is a sudden pressure low-pressure alarm threshold (Soft loss (punctured tire). The amber Warning). The tire with its low warning light will permanently pressure value will be highlighted in illuminate on the instrument cluster amber color for 30 seconds. and screen pages shown in the picture will alternate on the display for 30 seconds: then the screen page that was previously displayed reappears on the TFT display.

The TPMS screen page is displayed for 30 seconds and then the screen page that was previously displayed reappears. If the malfunction persists, the TPMS screen page shown in the • The tire with its low pressure value picture will be automatically displayed in amber color, the message “Low for 30 seconds the next time the 5 inflation pressure tire” and "Do not engine is started. drive on" in rolling mode with the The driver can call up the TPMS screen amber warning light always on page at any time to display which tires If the malfunction persists, the display activates when the pressure of one have low pressure. will show these screen pages for 30 or more tires is below the minimum Occasionally, the system may not seconds every time the key in the pressure alarm threshold (Hard detect which wheel signals a ignition switch is subsequently turned Warning). malfunction. If this is the case, then back to MAR (ON) position. only the message “Check tire These screen pages will be displayed pressure” will be displayed on the TFT until the situation is corrected and the display. system is calibrated again as required Punctured Tire by the system. When the instrument cluster receives a System Not Calibrated signal from the tire pressure ECU The system must be calibrated: indicating that the pressure level of one or more tires is below the alarm • after replacing one or more tires;

197 Driving

• after inverting the wheels; warning light remains on until the • if you are not sure whether at least system has been calibrated. one of the operations above was To calibrate the system, select the performed. screen page “TPMS calibration” by If you simply corrected the tire pressing the “MODE” button. A inflation pressure, you do not need to message will tell you to press and hold recalibrate the system. button “+” to activate the calibration In the event that the system has not procedure. been calibrated or calibration has been NOTE: performed incorrectly and following The TPMS calibration operation is replacement or reversal of one or The system may take up to 10 minutes, possible even with the engine running more tires, the amber warning light by driving at speed lying between but the vehicle must be stationary will flash for 85 seconds on instrument 6 mph (10 km/h) and 80 mph (0 mph-km/h). cluster, and the TFT display will show (130 km/h), to complete the process. screen page with dashes “--,--” in the During this time the amber symbol place of the pressure levels of each and the message “Calibration 5 tire. activated” will be displayed for 10 seconds.

When the TPMS display cycle ends (30 seconds), the car symbol with message During calibration, if the user recalls will disappear and reappears the the information page showing the screen page that was previously pressure levels of each tire, dashes displayed will reappear: the amber

198 Driving “--,--” will be displayed in the place of Fuel Requirements the values. The engines are designed to meet all NOTE: environmental regulations and • The system will not perform provide excellent fuel economy and calibration if the pressure is below 2 performance when using unleaded bar (29 psi). premium gasoline with an AKI octane • To allow the system to acquire the rating of 91 or above. AKI (Anti Knock sensors’s data, after the startup of Index) is an average on the Research the car, if possible avoid to stop. Octane Number, RON, and the Motor During this interval the TFT display The display procedure follows the Octane Number, MON (RON + MON/2 can show screen page with dashes usual logic of malfunctions. Therefore, gives you the AKI). “--,--” in the place of the pressure after 30 seconds, the display will show For vehicle top performance, use levels of each tire. the screen page that was active before unleaded premium gasoline with no • If calibration is not completed within the malfunction occurred. less than 93 minimum AKI octane 10 minutes of driving the car, the In addition to screen page being rating. instrument cluster shows “TPMS displayed, the amber warning Poor quality gasoline can cause 5 Malfunction” pop-up message and light, which is permanently problems such as hard starting, “Tire Pressure” screen disappear. The illuminated on the instrument cluster, stalling, and hesitations. If you warning light remains light on. will flash for 85 seconds, after which it experience these symptoms, try will remain permanently on until the another brand of gasoline before TPMS Malfunction situation is corrected. The information considering service for the vehicle at page that shows the pressure value for an Authorized Maserati Dealer. Screen page shown in picture may each tire cannot be recalled. Besides using unleaded gasoline with appear in the following cases: the proper octane rating, gasoline • malfunction in the ECU that contain detergents, anti-corrosion system/wiring; and stability additives are • no signal reception by one or more recommended. Using gasoline that sensors due to malfunctioning, have these additives may help improve broken or dead battery; fuel economy, reduce emissions, and maintain vehicle performance. • ECU malfunction.

199 Driving

Gasoline”. Reformulated gasoline Problems that result from using contains oxygenates and are gasoline containing Methanol or CAUTION! specifically blended to reduce vehicle gasoline containing more than 10% • Maserati strongly recommends the emissions and improve air quality. Ethanol are not the responsibility of use of Premium unleaded fuel ONLY. Maserati supports the use of Maserati and may not be covered Use of lesser grade fuel (other than reformulated gasoline. Properly under warranty. blended reformulated gasoline will Premium) will lead to reduced MMT in Gasoline engine performance, and poor fuel provide excellent performance and economy and can lead to the durability of engine and fuel system MMT (Methylcyclopentadienyl Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) components. Manganese Tricarbonyl) is a manganese containing metallic illuminating on the instrument Gasoline/Oxygenate Blends cluster. Continued use of lesser grade additive that is blended into some fuel (other than Premium fuel) can Some fuel suppliers blend unleaded gasoline to increase octane. lead to engine misfire problems and gasoline with oxygenates such as Gasoline blended with MMT provides possible catalytic converter damage. Ethanol. Fuels blended with oxygenates no performance advantage beyond • The anti-pollution devices of the may be used in your vehicle. gasoline of the same octane number 5 vehicle require unleaded fuel to be without MMT. used at all times. Under no Maserati recommends gasoline CAUTION! circumstance, not even in an without MMT to be used in your DO NOT use gasoline containing emergency, should leaded fuel be vehicle. The MMT content of gasoline Methanol or gasoline containing more supplied to the fuel tank, not even a may not be indicated on the gasoline than 10% Ethanol. Use of these blends minimum quantity. This would pump; therefore, you should ask the may result in starting and driveability irreparably damage the catalytic gasoline station operator whether or problems, damage critical fuel system converters. An inefficient catalytic not the gasoline contains MMT. components, cause emissions to exceed converter results in noxious exhaust It is even more important to look for the applicable standard, and/or cause emissions which damage the gasoline without MMT in Canada, the Malfunction Indicator Light environment. because MMT can be used at levels (MIL) to illuminate (see “Instrument higher than those allowed in the Cluster” in section “Dashboard Reformulated Gasoline United States. MMT is prohibited in Instruments and Controls”. Pump Federal and California reformulated Many areas of the country require the labels should clearly communicate if a gasoline. use of cleaner burning gasoline, fuel contains greater than 10% referred to as “Reformulated Ethanol.

200 Driving

Materials Added to Fuel NOTE: abnormal conditions repaired promptly. Until repaired, drive with All gasoline sold in the United States is Intentional tampering with the all side windows fully open. required to contain effective emissions control system can result in detergent additives. Use of additional civil penalties civil penalties and could detergents or other additives is not void the vehicle warranty. needed under normal conditions and WARNING! they would result in additional cost. Carbon Monoxide Warnings California Proposition 65 Therefore, you should not have to add Operating, servicing and maintaining anything to the fuel. a passenger vehicle or off-road vehicle Fuel System Warnings WARNING! can expose you to chemicals including Carbon monoxide (CO) in exhaust such as, engine exhaust, carbon gases is deadly. Follow the monoxide, phthalates and lead, that precautions below to prevent carbon which are know to the State of WARNING! monoxide poisoning: California to cause cancer and birth Follow these guidelines to maintain • Do not inhale exhaust gases. They defects or other reproductive harm. To your vehicle's performance: contain carbon monoxide, a minimize exposure, avoid breathing 5 • The use of leaded gasoline is colorless and odorless gas, which exhaust, do not idle the engine except prohibited by Federal and Provincial can kill. Never run the engine in a as necessary, service your vehicle in a law. Using leaded gasoline can impair closed area, such as a garage, and well-ventilated area and wear gloves engine performance and damage the never sit in a parked vehicle with or wash your hands frequently when emissions control system. the engine running for an extended servicing your vehicle. For more • The use of fuel additives, which are period. If the vehicle is stopped in information go to: now being sold as octane enhancers, an open area with the engine www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger- is not recommended. Most of these running for more than a short vehicle products contain high period, adjust the ventilation system concentrations of methanol. Fuel to force fresh, outside air into the system damage or vehicle vehicle. performance problems resulting • Guard against carbon monoxide from the use of such fuels or with proper maintenance. Have the additives is not the responsibility of exhaust system inspected every time Maserati. the vehicle is raised. Have any

201 Driving Refueling cap is linked to the filler neck with a strap, to prevent it from being lost Fuel Filler Neck Access while refueling. WARNING! • To avoid the risk of fire, do not The fuel filler door is found on the approach the filler with open flames rear, left-hand side of the vehicle. or cigarettes! To open the fuel filler door, press • To avoid the risk of inhaling noxious button on the left control panel next fumes, do not breathe close to the to the steering wheel. fuel filler door, when opened. • Never have any smoking materials lit in or near the vehicle when the fuel filler door is open or the tank is being filled. • When refueling, the cap must remain • Never add fuel when the engine is attached to the door by means of the running. This violates most hook provided. fire-prevention regulations and may 5 cause the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) to turn on (see “Instrument Cluster” in section It can be operated only when the key “Dashboard Instruments and is removed from the ignition switch or Controls”). turned to STOP (OFF) position. Refill the Tank • Fill the vehicle with fuel. Fuel tank capacity is indicated in the The fuel filler neck is provided with “Refillings” table in section external cap. “Features and Specifications”. • Rotate counterclockwise and remove When the fuel nozzle “clicks” or the fuel filler cap. The cap hermetic • Insert the fuel nozzle fully into the shuts off, the fuel tank is basically seal may result in a slight pressure filler. full: it is possible to further ensure increase inside the tank. Any hissing refueling by enabling the fuel nozzle noise while the cap is being opened additional fuel supply until two is therefore completely normal. The clicks. After the two additional clicks,

202 Driving

the amount of fuel allowed by the turning the fastening screw • Reassemble the access cover and lock system is very low, we recommend indicated in the picture it by turning the fastening screw therefore not to persist further. counterclockwise by a quarter of a clockwise. • Wait approximately 10 seconds turn. before removing the fuel nozzle in order to ensure completed supply of WARNING! residual fuel and restrict the risk of California Proposition 65 fouling the fuel filler door area. Operating, servicing and maintaining • Remove the fuel nozzle. a passenger vehicle or off-road vehicle • Insert the cap on the fuel filler neck. can expose you to chemicals including • Tighten the cap, turning it clockwise such as, engine exhaust, carbon until it stops. monoxide, phthalates and lead, that which are know to the State of • Close the fuel tank door. California to cause cancer and birth • Pull the release cable moderately to defects or other reproductive harm. To CAUTION! avoid its possible break. It's not minimize exposure, avoid breathing To avoid fuel spillage and overfilling, possible to feel or hear the exhaust, do not idle the engine except 5 do not “top off” the fuel tank after unlocking of the fuel filler door as necessary, service your vehicle in a filling. actuator. well-ventilated area and wear gloves or wash your hands frequently when servicing your vehicle. For more Emergency Fuel Filler Door information go to: Release www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger- If you are unable to unlock the fuel vehicle filler door using the dedicated button, use the fuel filler door emergency release located in the trunk. • Open the trunk lid (see “Open and Close the Trunk Lid” in section “Before Starting”). • Then open normally the fuel filler • Remove the access cover on the left door. side of the trunk compartment

203 Driving Driving Conditions from moving forward in case of Driving at Night sudden stops; The main guidelines to follow when Before the Trip • avoid heavy meals before a trip. A driving at night are set out below. light snack helps keep your reflexes Check the following at regular • Drive carefully. Night conditions sharp. In particular, avoid drinking intervals and always before long trips: demand more focus and attention. alcohol. • tire pressure and condition; • Reduce your speed, especially on • levels of fluids and lubricants; roads with no streetlights. • conditions of the windshield wiper WARNING! • Stop at early signs of drowsiness. Continuing to drive would be a risk blades; Beyond being prohibited by law, it is for yourself and for others. Have a • clean the glass on the external light extremely dangerous to ride inside the rest before continuing your trip. and all other glass surfaces; trunk or on the hood. In the event of • Keep the vehicle at a greater • proper operation of the indicator an accident, passengers sitting here distance from vehicles in front of you lights and of the external lights. are more exposed to the risk of serious injury. Passengers must only than you would during the day: it is travel seated in the vehicle seats, with difficult to assess the speed of other 5 CAUTION! the seat belts fastened. Always check vehicles when you only see the lights. It is however advisable to perform that the driver and all passengers • Use the high beams only outside of these checks at least every 500 mi have the seat belts correctly fastened. densely-populated areas and when (800 km) and always following the you are sure that they will not maintenance schedule reported in Safe Driving disturb other drivers. section “Maintenance and Care”. • When another vehicle is Although the vehicle is equipped with approaching, switch from high Before you drive: active and passive safety devices, the beams (if on) to low beams. driver's conduct is always a decisive • adjust seat position, steering wheel • Keep lights and headlights clean. and rearview mirrors in order to have factor for road safety. • Outside of densely-populated areas, the best driving position; Some simple rules for traveling safely in different conditions are listed beware of animals crossing the road. • ensure that nothing (mat covers, etc.) below. Some of them will probably is obstructing the pedals movement; Driving in the Rain already sound familiar but, in any case, Rain and wet roads are dangerous. On • carefully arrange and secure any it would be useful to read them a wet road all maneuvers are more objects in the trunk, to prevent them carefully. difficult since wheel grip on the

204 Driving asphalt is significantly reduced. This • In low grip conditions use “ICE” warning flashers and, if possible, the means that braking distances increase drive mode (see chapters “Drive low beams. considerably and road grip decreases. Mode” in this section). • Sound the horn rhythmically if you Some advices for driving in the rain Driving in Fog hear another vehicle approaching. are listed below. If the fog is dense, avoid traveling if • When you get out of the vehicle, put • Reduce your speed and keep a possible. on the high-visibility vest (if greater safety distance from the When driving in mist, blanket fog or equipped). vehicles in front of you. High speed when there is the possibility of banks may result in a loss of vehicle of fog, please consider some advices CAUTION! control. listed below. • When driving on wet or slushy roads, Be aware that rear fog lights can • Keep a moderate speed. it is possible for a wedge of water to bother the drivers following your build up between the tire and road • Even in daytime, turn on the low vehicle: when visibility is back to surface. This is known as beams and rear fog lights. Do not normal, turn off these lights. aquaplaning and may cause partial use the high beams. Driving in the Mountains or complete loss of vehicle control • Remember that fog creates and stopping ability. To reduce this dampness on the asphalt and thus Mountain roads usually have many 5 possibility: slow down if the road has any type of maneuver is more narrow turns and curves, tunnels and standing water or puddles. difficult and braking distances are steep uphill or downhill slopes: please • Heavy rain substantially reduces extended. consider some advices listed below. visibility. In these circumstances, even • Keep a safe distance from the • Drive at a moderate speed, avoid during the day, turn on the low vehicle in front of you. “cutting” corners. beams, to be more visible to other • Avoid sudden changes in speed as • When driving inside a tunnel in drivers. much as possible. daylight turn on the low beams in • Set the air conditioning and heating • Whenever possible, avoid advance; avoid high beams and be system controls on the defogging overtaking. aware of the rapid brightness function, in order to avoid any • If you are forced to stop the vehicle change. Avoid abrupt maneuvers visibility problem. (breakdowns, impossibility of that could be dangerous for the • Periodically check the conditions of proceeding due to poor visibility, following vehicle. the windshield wiper blades. etc.), first of all, try to stop off of the • Never coast downhill with the travel lane. Then turn on the hazard engine off or in neutral, and never

205 Driving

with the key removed to the ignition Rapid acceleration on snow covered switch. or icy surfaces may cause the driving WARNING! • Remember that passing other wheels to pull erratically to the right vehicles when driving uphill is slower or left. This phenomenon occurs Do not drive on or across a road or and thus requires more free distance when there is a difference in the path where water is flowing and/or on the road. If you are being surface traction under the rear rising (as in storm run-off). Flowing overtaken on a hill, slow down and (driving) wheels. water can wear away the road or path allow the other vehicle to pass. surface and cause your vehicle to sink into deeper water. Furthermore, Driving on Snow or Ice flowing and/or rising water can carry WARNING! Please consider some general advice your vehicle away swiftly. Failure to Rapid acceleration on slippery surfaces for driving in these conditions, listed follow this warning may result in is dangerous. Unequal traction can below. injuries that are serious or fatal to cause sudden pulling of the rear you, your passengers, and others • Maintain a very moderate speed. driving wheels. You could lose control around you. • Fit snow chains or specific tires if the of the vehicle and possibly have a road is covered with snow: see the collision. Accelerate slowly and Although your vehicle is capable of 5 paragraphs “Tires – General carefully whenever there is likely to be driving through shallow standing Information” in this section. poor traction (ice, snow, wet mud, water, consider the following Caution • We recommend you to activate the loose sand, etc.). and Warning before doing so. “ICE” drive mode (see chapters “Drive Mode” in this section). Driving through Flooded CAUTION! • During the winter season, even Sections • Always check the depth of the apparently dry roads can have icy Driving through more than a standing water before driving sections. Be careful when crossing centimeters deep shallow standing through it. Never drive through bridges, viaducts and roads that have water section will require extra standing water that is deeper than little exposure to the sun and are caution to ensure passenger safety and the bottom of the tire rims mounted bordered by trees and rocks. They prevent damage to your vehicle. may be icy. on the vehicle. • Keep an ample safe distance from • Determine the condition of the road the vehicles in front of you. or the path that is under water and if there are any obstacles in the way • Avoid sharp braking, sharp changes in direction and rapid acceleration.

206 Driving before driving through the standing • Driving through standing water Pollution Control Devices water. limits your vehicle braking • Do not exceed 5 mph (8 km/h) when capabilities, which increases Even if the vehicle is fitted with driving through standing water. This stopping distances. Therefore, after antipollution devices, the environment will minimize wave effects. driving through standing water, deserves the greatest respect from every one of us. • Driving through standing water may drive slowly and lightly press on the By following a few simple rules, the cause damage to your vehicle brake pedal several times to driver can avoid damaging the drivetrain components. After driving progressively dry the brakes discs environment and very often can through standing water, do not drive if and pads. reduce fuel consumption as well. you are not sure about drivetrain • Getting water inside your vehicle In this regard, some useful condition. Such damage is not covered engine can cause it to lock up and information is listed here below; by the New Vehicle Warranty. stall out. please read it carefully. • Getting water inside your vehicle • Failure to follow these warnings engine can cause it to lock up and may result in injuries that are • The first precaution is to follow the stall out, and cause serious internal serious or fatal to you, your Scheduled Service Plan scrupulously damage to the engine. Such damage passengers, and others around you. (see “Scheduled Service Plan” in is not covered by the New Vehicle section “Maintenance and Care”. 5 Warranty. • The correct operation of the • After driving through standing antipollution devices not only helps water always have the fluids (engine respect for the environment, but oil, transmission oil, etc) checked for also has an impact on vehicle contamination at an Authorized efficiency. Keeping these devices in Maserati Dealer. good working conditions is the first rule for driving both ecologically sound and economically. • Always use unleaded fuel. WARNING! • If starting is difficult, do not make • Driving through standing water prolonged attempts. In particular, limits your vehicle traction avoid push starts, towing or capabilities. Do not exceed 5 mph downhill starts: these are all (8 km/h) when driving through maneuvers that can damage the standing water. catalytic converters. For any

207 Driving

emergency starting, only use an In addition to the catalytic converter www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger- auxiliary battery. system, the vehicles are equipped with vehicle • While driving, if the engine does not a system for controlling fuel vapor run smoothly, you may continue emissions. This system, called ORVR, Other Tips has been designed to help reduce driving but reducing engine • Do not warm up the engine when atmospheric pollution by the performance to a minimum; you the vehicle is stationary: in these evaporation from the fuel system should then contact the Authorized conditions the engine heats up much during the refueling process. Also, Maserati Dealer as soon as possible. more slowly, thus increasing fuel specific to these vehicles is the fuel • Never run the engine, even if only consumption and emissions. It is filler neck which comes equipped with for testing, with one or more spark advisable to move off slowly, a sealed plug that is grounded to plugs disconnected. avoiding high engine rpm. avoid possible sparking during • Do not warm up the engine letting it re-fueling. • As soon as traffic conditions and the idle before starting off, except in the route permit it, use a higher gear. event that the external temperature • Avoid depressing the accelerator is very low and, even then, for no WARNING! repeatedly during stops at traffic longer than 30 seconds. lights or before turning off the 5 California Proposition 65 engine. Catalytic Converter Warnings Operating, servicing and maintaining • Keep your speed as regular as During normal operation the catalytic a passenger vehicle or off-road vehicle possible, avoiding unnecessary converter produces high temperatures. can expose you to chemicals including braking and acceleration, which Failure to comply with following rules such as, engine exhaust, carbon cause fuel wastage and strongly can create fire hazards. monoxide, phthalates and lead, that which are know to the State of increase exhaust emissions. • Do not park the vehicle on California to cause cancer and birth • Turn the engine off if the vehicle flammable materials (e.g. grass, dry defects or other reproductive harm. To remains stationary for a long time. leaves, pine needles, etc.). minimize exposure, avoid breathing • Check the tire pressure regularly: if • Do not install heat guards and do exhaust, do not idle the engine except the pressure is too low, fuel not remove those already fitted to as necessary, service your vehicle in a consumption increases and the tires the catalytic converter and to the well-ventilated area and wear gloves are damaged. exhaust manifold. or wash your hands frequently when • Do not transport unnecessary heavy • Do not spray anything on the servicing your vehicle. For more objects in the trunk compartment. catalytic converter, Oxygen sensor information go to: and exhaust manifold.

208 Driving

The weight of the vehicle affects fuel consumption considerably. • Use the vehicle devices or accessories which absorb electrical power only as long as necessary. The power required increases fuel consumption.

209 Driving

210 6 – In an Emergency

ToolKit...... 212 Hazard Warning Flashers ...... 212 In the Event of an Accident ...... 213 Engine Overheating ...... 214 In case of a Punctured Tire ...... 214 Emergency Release of the Parking Brake ...... 220 Transmission Manual Release of P (Park) Position ...... 221 Freeing the Stuck Vehicle ...... 223 Emergency Starting with Maserati Code ...... 224 Auxiliary Jump-Start Procedure ...... 225 Towing a Disabled Vehicle ...... 228 Fuel Cut-out Inertia Switch ...... 229

211 In an Emergency Tool Kit Hazard Warning Flashers • The extended use of the hazard warning flashers may wear down The tool bag and other first aid The hazard warning flashers switch is your battery. equipment are located in the trunk located in the central console under compartment and are available by the A/C controls. lifting the floor panel. Press the switch to turn on the hazard The tools in the bag are the following: warning flashers to warn oncoming •8+10mmopen end wrench; traffic of an emergency. When these lights illuminate, the turn signals, the • 13 + 17 mm open end wrench; related indicator lights on the • double flat + cross-head screwdriver; instrument cluster and the button start • tow hook; flashing. • tool for electric parking brake Press the switch a second time to turn actuator release; off the hazard warning flashers. • soft top hinge locking/unlocking Hazard warning flashers operation tool. does not depend on the position of the key in the ignition switch. This is an emergency warning system and it should not be used when the vehicle is in motion. Use it when your 6 vehicle is disabled and it is creating a safety hazard for other motorists. When you must leave the vehicle to seek assistance, the hazard warning flashers will continue to operate even though the key has been removed from the ignition switch.

CAUTION! • When the hazard warning flashers are activated, the turn signals control is disabled.

212 In an Emergency In the Event of an ask people around you to put their defects or other reproductive harm. To Accident cigarettes out. minimize exposure, avoid breathing • To extinguish fires, even small ones, exhaust, do not idle the engine except It is important always to keep calm. use a fire extinguisher, blankets, as necessary, service your vehicle in a sand or earth. Never use water. well-ventilated area and wear gloves • If not directly involved, stop at a safe • In multiple accidents occurred on or wash your hands frequently when distance of at least 10 yards away servicing your vehicle. For more from the accident area. highways, particularly where visibility is poor, there is a high risk information go to: • If on a highway, stop without of being involved in other collisions. www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger- obstructing the emergency lane and Leave the vehicle immediately and vehicle be especially careful if you need to move away from the area. exit the vehicle. • Turn off the engine and switch on In case of Injured Persons the hazard warning flashers. • Never leave the injured person • At night, illuminate the accident alone. Persons not directly involved area with the headlights. in the accident are also required to • Always act with caution to avoid the give assistance. risk of being crashed into by other • Do not crowd around injured drivers. persons. • Indicate that an accident has • Reassure the injured person that 6 occurred by placing the emergency help is on the way. triangle (if equipped) in a well visible position and at the prescribed distance. WARNING! • Call the emergency services, California Proposition 65 providing as much information as Operating, servicing and maintaining possible. On the highway, use the a passenger vehicle or off-road vehicle special call boxes. can expose you to chemicals including • Remove the ignition key (if present) such as, engine exhaust, carbon from the vehicles involved. monoxide, phthalates and lead, that • If fuel or other chemical products which are know to the State of can be smelled, do not smoke and California to cause cancer and birth

213 In an Emergency Engine Overheating Instruments and Controls”), pull over In case of a Punctured Tire and stop the vehicle. Idle the vehicle To reduce potentially overheating of with the air conditioner turned off The vehicle can be equipped with a the engine in city traffic, while until the temperature gauge drops tire repair kit or with a compact spare stationary, place the transmission in N back into the normal range. If the wheel. (Neutral), but do not increase the temperature gauge remains on the red engine idle speed. zone turn the engine off immediately Using Tire Repair Kit and contact the Authorized Maserati Small punctures up to 1⁄4” (6 mm) in NOTE: Dealer. the tire tread can be sealed using the There are steps that you can take to tire repair kit, fitted beneath the floor slow down an impending overheat panel of the trunk compartment. condition: The kit comes in a bag and consists of • If your air conditioner (A/C) is on, WARNING! two parts: You or others can be badly burned by turn it off. The A/C system adds heat • an electric compressor with pressure hot engine coolant (antifreeze) or to the engine cooling system and gage, hose to be connected to the steam from your radiator. If you see or turning the A/C off can help remove punctured tire and power cable; this heat. hear steam coming from under the • a gas cylinder containing sealant. • You can also turn the temperature hood, do not open it until the radiator control to maximum heat, the mode has had time to cool. control to floor and the blower Never try to open a coolant bottle 6 control to high. This allows the pressure cap (refer to “Maintenance heater core to act as a supplement to Procedures” in section “Maintenance the radiator and aids in removing and Care”) when the radiator is heat from the engine cooling system. overheated.

CAUTION! Driving with a hot cooling system could damage the engine. If the temperature gauge is positioned on the red zone (refer to “Instrument Cluster” in section “Dashboard

214 In an Emergency

the tire, which could compromise Using the Compact Spare the repair with the tire repair kit. Wheel (for versions/markets WARNING! • Do not use the tire repair kit if the where provided) California Proposition 65 tire shows lateral damages and/or Upon request, the vehicle may come Operating, servicing and maintaining the rim is damaged by driving with equipped with a compact spare wheel a passenger vehicle or off-road vehicle flat tire. can expose you to chemicals including (emergency wheel), jack and tools for • Tire repair kit can be used in outside such as, engine exhaust, carbon replacing a wheel. temperatures down to monoxide, phthalates and lead, that The compact spare wheel is stored in approximately -4°F (-20°C). which are know to the State of the trunk and housed in a bag: it is California to cause cancer and birth • Replace the tire repair kit sealant gas supplied deflated in order to limit the defects or other reproductive harm. To cylinder prior to the expiration date amount of space occupied. An electric minimize exposure, avoid breathing (printed on the gas cylinder label) to compressor is also provided for exhaust, do not idle the engine except assure optimum operation of the inflating. as necessary, service your vehicle in a system. The bag covering the compact spare well-ventilated area and wear gloves wheel has a side pocket containing or wash your hands frequently when NOTE: the protective bag for the standard servicing your vehicle. • The compressor power plug can be wheel that has been removed along inserted either in the 12 V power with a pair of gloves. NOTE: outlet housed in the trunk or inside In the event of a tire puncture, proceed as follows. For the tire repair procedures with tire the passenger compartment (see 6 repair kit see instructions included in “Interior Features” in section • Stop the vehicle in a place that does the kit. “Understanding the Vehicle”). not constitute a danger to traffic • When having the tire serviced, and where the wheel can be This kit will provide a temporary tire advise the Authorized Maserati changed safely. The vehicle must be seal, allowing you to drive your Dealer or service center that the tire level and on firm ground. vehicle up to 6 miles (10 km) with a has been sealed using the tire repair • Select the P (Park) mode and then maximum speed of 50 mph (80 km/h). kit. engage manually the electric parking brake and turn the key in CAUTION! the ignition switch to STOP (OFF) position. • Intruding objects (e.g., screws or nails) should not be removed from

215 In an Emergency

• If necessary, turn the hazard warning flashers on and place the warning triangle at the required distance.

WARNING! • The jack should be used on level firm ground wherever possible. • It is recommended that the wheels of the vehicle be chocked, and that no person should remain in a vehicle • Remove the bag covering the • Pull out the rod slightly to release that is being jacked. compact spare wheel. the compact spare wheel from the internal retaining clamp. • If the vehicle has been stopped on a • Keep locked the knob on the support slope or an uneven surface, place rod indicated in the picture. • Remove the entire spare wheel and chocks or other suitable items in tools from the trunk compartment. front of or behind the wheels to • Remove the rod completely from the stop the vehicle from moving. cover. • Never start or run the engine with • Remove the cover by unscrewing the the vehicle on a jack. two wing nuts with washer. Both the cover and the plastic support with 6 • No person should place any portion pins will be freed. of their body under a vehicle that is supported by a jack.

• Take the bag with compact spare wheel and tools out of the trunk • From the inner side of compact spare compartment and remove it from the wheel, unscrew and remove the bag. knob on the other end of the rod.

216 In an Emergency

• Remove from the compressor case the five bolts on the wheel to be the inflation hose and the cable with changed. a plug for the power outlet. • Unscrew the valve cap of the compact spare wheel and screw the fitting of the inflation hose onto the valve. • Insert the plug in one of the available power outlets fitted in the trunk or passenger compartment. • Turn the key in the ignition switch in MAR (ON) position. CAUTION! • Turn the compressor on by pressing • Open the jack partially, releasing and the switch. • In order to obtain a more accurate turning the control lever clockwise. reading, the compressor should be • Stop the compressor pressing switch • Place the jack near the wheel to be switched off when checking the tire again, when the pressure indicated changed in one of the indicated pressure of the compact spare wheel by the gage reaches the positions. on the pressure gage. recommended level (see “Tire • Make sure that the head of the jack • Do not run the compressor for more Inflation Pressure” in section is correctly inserted in one of the than 20 minutes: there is a risk it “Features and Specifications”) and slots beneath the sole bar. 6 screw the cap on the compact spare could overheat. Also, prolonged wheel valve. power absorption may discharge the battery, subsequently preventing the engine from starting. • The compressor has been designed exclusively to inflate compact spare wheels; do not use it to inflate air mattresses, dinghies etc.

• Fit the adapter on the wrench. Extend the wrench as shown, then loosen by approximately one turn,

217 In an Emergency

• Never use the jack to carry out using the specific fitting wrench maintenance or repairs under the provided with the “Wheel Security WARNING! vehicle. Stud Bolt Kit”, available in the • Never position yourself under a Genuine Accessories range. jacked vehicle. • Turn the jack lever until the wheel is • Fit the compact spare wheel with the • The lifted vehicle may fall and raised a few centimeters off the valve stem facing outward, securing damage the vehicle's body if the jack ground. it with the five bolts previously is not positioned correctly. • Completely unscrew the five bolts removed. and remove the wheel. In case a • Turn the lever of the jack to lower “Wheel Security Stud Bolt” is the vehicle and remove the jack. installed, it can only be removed by • Fully tighten the bolts, alternately tightening diametrically opposite following the sequence shown in the picture.

WARNING! • Observe the tightening torque for the bolts securing the wheels (72 ± 7 lbf·ft / 98 ± 10 Nm). This is equivalent to a load of

218 In an Emergency

approximately 44 lb (20 kg) being • Snow chains cannot be fitted on the placed on the handle of the wrench compact spare wheel. supplied when extended for use. • The spare wheel can travel a • After refitting the standard wheel, maximum of 1,800 mi (3.000 km). check the tire pressure. NOTE: The used wheel may soil the mats if it is housed in the car: insert the used WARNING! wheel in the protective bag housed in • The spare wheel is narrower than the side pocket of the covering bag. standard wheels and must only be used to travel the distance required To Refit the Standard Wheel with WARNING! to reach a service station, where the Repaired or Replaced Tire punctured tire can be repaired or • Observe the tightening torque for • Following the procedure and the replaced. the bolts securing the wheels (72 ± caution described above, raise the • Do not exceed a maximum speed of 7 lbf·ft / 98 ± 10 Nm). This is vehicle and remove the compact equivalent to a load of 50 mph (80 km/h) when using the spare wheel reusing the supplied compact spare wheel; when this approximately 44 lb (20 kg) being wrench with adapter, suitably placed on the handle of the wrench limit is exceeded, the stability, road extended. holding and braking of the vehicle supplied when extended for use. • Fit the standard wheel with repaired will be compromised. Avoid • After refitting the standard wheel, 6 or replaced tire. accelerating to full speed, heavy check the tire pressure. braking and fast cornering. • Tighten the original bolts on the wheel. Once finished: • The compact spare wheel must be • Lower the vehicle and remove the • completely deflate the compact inflated to the recommended tire jack. spare wheel by pressing on the valve pressure (see “Tire Inflation with the overhang of the valve cap; Pressure” in section “Features and • Fully tighten the bolts, alternately Specifications”). tightening diametrically opposite. • wrap the power cable and the inflation hose inside the compressor • For safety reasons, it is absolutely case; forbidden to drive with more than one compact spare wheel fitted on • place the compressor, the jack, the the vehicle. wrench and the adapter in the

219 In an Emergency container inside the compact spare Emergency Release of the wheel; Parking Brake • using the support with pins, refit the cover, tightening the wing nuts with In the event the electric parking brake washer; locks due to a total system failure (see • insert the rod with the knob in the “Parking Brake” in section “Driving”), cover; it is not possible to move the vehicle, since the thrust action of the brake shoes will lock the rear wheels. For moving the vehicle it is therefore • cover the compact spare wheel with necessary to manually act on the the bag, as shown in the picture. electric actuator to release the pressure of the brake shoes on the rear wheels by performing the following operation.

CAUTION! • place the compact spare wheel in the If the parking brake has been trunk compartment and make sure activated in manual or automatic 6 that the tooth X, on the support with mode and it is not possible to release it pins, is inserted in the upper opening by operating on the lever of the of the retaining clamp; central console, do not move the • push the rod forward by inserting vehicle since rear brake calipers might the threaded end into the vehicle be damaged. If you are not able to bracket; perform the following operation, to • tighten the other knob on the end of move the vehicle, load it on a rescue the rod; vehicle, avoiding to move it. For more information on vehicle towing, see "Towing a Disabled Vehicle" chapter in this section.

220 In an Emergency Manual Release Procedure • turn the special tool handle Transmission Manual clockwise until it is released; To manually release the parking brake, Release of P (Park) you need to use the special tool provided in the tool kit (see "Tool Kit" Position in this section). The manual disengagement of the Proceed as follows: shift from P (Park) has the purpose to • remove any luggage and/or the bag allow pushing or towing the vehicle if containing the compact spare wheel not normally possible using the shift (if equipped) from the trunk lever (such as in the event of a battery compartment; failure with inability to start the • remove the floor panel from the engine). trunk compartment; The current procedure is exclusively • remove the flexible end of the tool intended for emergency situations, • remove the inside covering panel from its seat on the actuator and but not for frequent use. from the battery compartment; close it with the cap; • remove the container in the rear • reinstall the coverings and the part of the trunk compartment equipment removed for the WARNING! unscrewing its fastenings; operation. Before performing the manual release of P (Park) position, if possible, always secure your vehicle by fully applying 6 WARNING! the parking brake. Performing this After each manual emergency release operation will allow your vehicle to procedure, the electric parking brake roll away if it is not secured by the system remains non functioning until parking brake. Performing the manual the situation is corrected by release of P (Park) position on an anAuthorized Maserati Dealer. unsecured vehicle could lead to serious injury or death for those in or around the vehicle. • remove the cap on the right-hand side of the EPB actuator; • Move in the rearmost position the • insert the flexible end of the special driver's seat. tool into place;

221 In an Emergency

• Detach the covering panel from driver side of the central console levering with a protected tool in the points shown in picture, in correspondence to the retaining pins. • Remove the covering panel by pulling it toward the rear to release it from the couplings.

• Using the opening of gear display, • Through the opening of the hand pry under the drive mode panel and control, push on the transmission lift it from the central console. Do shift lever locking mechanism with not disconnect the drive mode panel the tip of the screwdriver. to the vehicle electrical wiring. • At the same time slightly shift the transmission shift lever toward the N (Neutral) position, in order to free the lever locking mechanism. While • With a screwdriver with stem along moving the transmission shift lever, 6 at least 8 in (20 cm), lift the gear remember to press the unlock button display keeping it connected to the on the lever. vehicle electrical wiring.

• Using the opening of drive mode panel, pry under the hand control with the hazard button and lift it from the front part of the central console. Do not disconnect the hand control to the vehicle electrical wiring.

222 In an Emergency • Remove the screwdriver from the Freeing the Stuck Vehicle hole, being careful not to move the transmission shift lever. If your vehicle is stuck in mud, sand, or CAUTION! • Shift the lever fully into N (Neutral). snow, it can probably be moved Racing the engine or spinning the This position will allow vehicle backward and forward by a simple drive wheels may lead to transmission towing. rocking motion. overheating and failure. Allow the Steer the wheel right and left to clear engine to idle with the shift lever in N • Reinstall all the removed electrical the area around the front wheels. (Neutral) for at least one minute after parts pushing it in the central Shift then between D (Drive) or every five rocking-motion cycles. This console seat until you hear the MANUAL mode and R (Reverse) (see will minimize overheating and reduce locking click. chapter “Automatic Transmission” and the risk of transmission failure during • Reinstall the covering panel on the “Drive Mode” in section “Driving”). prolonged efforts to free a stuck external side of the central console Shifting to MANUAL mode, try to free vehicle. press it until all pins are engaged in the car starting in second gear. their clips and “click” in place. At low speed motion of the vehicle, you can switch quickly from D (Drive) WARNING! CAUTION! to R (Reverse), and vice versa, just by pressing the release button on the Fast spinning tires can be dangerous. Work extremely carefully so as not to shift lever. Forces generated by excessive drive damage the central console trim For more effectiveness press lightly on wheel speeds may cause damage, or panels. the accelerator pedal in order to avoid even failure, of the drivetrain and 6 wheel slippage. tires. If unable to release the vehicle in one of the previously described ways, enter the low-grip driving mode, by pressing the “ICE” button, and completely exclude the yaw and slip control system, by pressing the (ESC Off) button for at least 2 seconds. Moving the shift lever between D (Drive) and R (Reverse) to start.

223 In an Emergency Emergency Starting with which are know to the State of • The MIL warning light starts California to cause cancer and birth flashing again. As soon as the Maserati Code defects or other reproductive harm. To displayed number of flashing is equal If the Maserati CODE fails to minimize exposure, avoid breathing to the second digit of your CODE deactivate the engine immobilizer, the exhaust, do not idle the engine except card, press down the accelerator CODE warning light will illuminate as necessary, service your vehicle in a pedal and hold it. permanently, while the MIL well-ventilated area and wear gloves • Proceed in the same manner for the warning light will go off after four or wash your hands frequently when remaining digits in the code on the seconds and will turn on again servicing your vehicle. For more CODE card. immediately afterward: the engine will information go to: • When the last digit has been not start. www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger- entered, hold the accelerator pedal To start the engine, follow the vehicle pushed down. The MIL warning emergency starting procedure. light comes on for 4 seconds and • Read the 5-digit electronic code then goes off; you can now release found on the CODE card. Emergency Starting Procedure the accelerator pedal. • Turn the key in the ignition switch to NOTE: • When the MIL warning light MAR (ON) position: at this moment flashes fast (for about 4 seconds) it We recommend that you carefully read the CODE and MIL warning confirms that the procedure has the entire procedure before lights are on. performing it. If you make a mistake, been performed correctly. • Push and hold down the accelerator turn the key in the ignition switch to • Start the engine by turning the key 6 pedal. Approximately 8 seconds later, STOP (OFF) position and repeat the in the ignition switch from MAR (ON) the MIL warning light will go off. operations from the first step. position to AVV position. Release the accelerator and get If the MIL warning light remains ready to count the number of times on, turn the key to STOP (OFF) position the MIL warning light flashes. and repeat the procedure from the WARNING! • Wait until the number of flashes is first step. This procedure can be California Proposition 65 equal to the first digit of your CODE repeated an unlimited number of Operating, servicing and maintaining card, then push and hold down the times. a passenger vehicle or off-road vehicle accelerator pedal until the MIL can expose you to chemicals including warning light goes off, after about 4 such as, engine exhaust, carbon seconds, then release the accelerator monoxide, phthalates and lead, that pedal.

224 In an Emergency NOTE: Auxiliary Jump-Start NOTE: After an emergency staring, you Procedure When using a portable battery should contact an Authorized booster pack, follow the battery Maserati Dealer as the emergency If your vehicle has a discharged manufacturer’s operating instructions starting procedure will have to be battery it can be jump-started using a and precautions. carried out every time you want to set of jumper cables and a battery of start the engine. another vehicle or by using a portable battery booster. It is necessary to have CAUTION! proper jumper cables in order to connect the booster battery to the • To jump start a vehicle do not use a remote posts of the discharged portable battery, a booster pack or battery. Booster cables have usually any other booster source with a positive and negative terminal clamps system voltage greater than 14 Volts and are identified by a different or damage to the battery, starter sheath color (red = positive, black = motor, alternator or electrical system negative). Maserati provides on of the vehicle with the discharged request jumper cables created for its battery may occur. models and content in a practical case. • Do not use a battery charger for emergency starting under any NOTE: circumstances. You could damage The Authorized Maserati Dealer can the electronic systems, particularly 6 provide you with information about the control units managing the the “Maserati Jumper Cables Kit”, ignition and fuel supply functions. available in the “Genuine Accessories” • If the battery is completely range. discharged when the windows are Jump-starting can be dangerous if fully raised, open the door with the done improperly so please follow the utmost care; do not close the door procedures in this section carefully. again until it is possible to lower the window.

225 In an Emergency

open flames or cigarettes that could Remove the cover from the right side generate sparks. of the battery which protects the WARNING! positive pole. • Using booster packs that have not NOTE: been checked, which could therefore Jump-Start Procedure If you need to disconnect the battery release a too high charging voltage from the vehicle electrical system, see (higher than 14 V), in extreme “Maintenance - Free Battery” in environmental conditions (for section “Maintenance and Care”). WARNING! example: closed areas or without • The battery is secured to the vehicle proper ventilation and temperatures Access the Battery with a metal clamp (indicated in the higher than 122°F/50°C or lower picture), so be extremely careful not than -4°F/-20°C) create the right The battery is stored in the trunk. to let the clips on the end of the conditions for ignition which could • Open the trunk lid (see “Open and cables come into contact with it. then cause the battery to explode. Close the Trunk Lid” in section • Remove any metal jewelry such as Therefore you shall always perform “Before Starting”). watch bands or bracelets that might jump-starting operations using the make an inadvertent electrical adequate tools and in the best • Remove any luggage from the trunk contact. You could be seriously environmental conditions, taking all compartment. injured. necessary precautions. • Remove the floor panel from the • Do not allow the vehicles involved in • Do not attempt jump-starting if the trunk compartment. the jump-starting operation to touch 6 discharged battery is frozen. It could each other as this could establish a rupture or explode during jump start ground connection and cause and cause personal injury. personal injury. • Do not carry out this procedure if you have not done it before: • Turn off the heater, radio, and all incorrect maneuvers can originate unnecessary electrical accessories. high electrical discharges and even • Set the parking brake, shift the cause the battery to explode. automatic transmission into P (Park) • To avoid the risk of explosion or fire, and turn the key in the ignition do not approach the battery with switch to STOP (OFF) position. • Remove the inside covering panel • If using another vehicle to jump start from the battery compartment. the battery, park the vehicle within

226 In an Emergency

the jumper cables reach and set the the discharged battery. If using a NOTE: parking brake and make sure the portable battery booster, wait a few If frequent jump-starting is required ignition is off. seconds after connecting the cables, to start your vehicle you should have • Connect one terminal clamp of the before starting the booster vehicle. the battery and charging system positive jumper cable to the positive Once the engine is started, remove the inspected at an Authorized Maserati (+) pole of the discharged battery. jumper cables in the reverse sequence. Dealer. • Disconnect the terminal clamp of the negative (–) jumper cable from the negative (–) pole of the discharged battery. WARNING! • Disconnect the opposite terminal California Proposition 65 clamp of the negative jumper cable Operating, servicing and maintaining from the negative (–) pole of the a passenger vehicle or off-road vehicle booster battery. can expose you to chemicals including such as, engine exhaust, carbon • Disconnect the terminal clamp of the monoxide, phthalates and lead, that positive (+) jumper cable from the which are know to the State of positive (+) pole of the booster • Connect the opposite terminal clamp California to cause cancer and birth battery. of the positive (+) jumper cable to defects or other reproductive harm. To the positive (+) pole of the booster • Disconnect the terminal clamp of the minimize exposure, avoid breathing battery. positive jumper cable from the exhaust, do not idle the engine except 6 • Connect one terminal clamp of the positive (+) pole of the discharged as necessary, service your vehicle in a negative jumper cable to the battery. well-ventilated area and wear gloves negative (–) pole of the booster • After starting the engine of the or wash your hands frequently when battery. vehicle with a discharged battery, servicing your vehicle. For more • Connect the opposite terminal clamp avoid turning it off immediately information go to: of the negative (–) jumper cable to because the engine running can help www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger- the negative (–) pole of the recharge the battery if the latter is vehicle discharged battery. not broken and if the charging • Start the engine in the vehicle that system is not faulty. has the booster battery, let the engine idle a few minutes, and then start the engine in the vehicle with

227 In an Emergency Towing a Disabled Vehicle Position and release the parking • The shift lever must be in N (Neutral). brake (see “ Transmission Manual • The distance to be traveled must not Proper towing or lifting equipment is Release of P (Park) position” and exceed 30 mi (50 km ). required to prevent damage to your “Emergency Release of the Parking • The towing speed must not exceed vehicle. Use only towing bars and Brake” in this section). 30 mph (50 km/h). other equipment designed for the • If the vehicle battery is still charged, If the transmission is not operable, or purpose, following equipment turn off the engine and disengage the vehicle must be towed faster than manufacturer’s instructions. the parking brake manually (if 30 mph (50 km/h ) or farther than 30 Safety chains are mandatory. automatically engaged) by using the mi (50 km) (for example on a Except for the front threaded seat to command at the side of the highway), tow with the rear driving fix the supplied hook (see “Tool Kit” transmission shift lever (see “Parking wheels off the ground and on a chapter in this section), the vehicle is Brake” chapter in section “Driving”). platform of a rescue vehicle, or with not equipped with other connection Shift then manually the transmission the rear wheels raised using a wheel points for towing operations with tow out of P (Park) as described in lift. truck. “Transmission Manual Release of P (Park) Position” chapter of this section. If you need to use the CAUTION! CAUTION! accessories (wipers, defrosters, etc.) If you have to tow the vehicle with 2 Any improper maneuver and use of while being towed, the key in the wheels raised, ensure that the key in unsuitable equipment for recovering ignition switch must be turned in the ignition switch is in the STOP (OFF) vehicle in an emergency from off road 6 MAR (ON) position, do not use the position. If this is not observed, when location could seriously damage the ACC position. the ESC is active, the ECU will store a vehicle. Contact the Authorized malfunction and the relative indicator Maserati Dealer or anyone having Vehicle Towing Conditions light will illuminate on the suitable equipment and the required Maserati only allows vehicle towing instrument cluster display. This expertise to safely and properly carry either on a flatbed or with all four requires the intervention of an out any required operations. wheels off the ground. Authorized Maserati Dealer to reset Make sure you comply with local If flatbed equipment is not available, the system. towing regulations. and the transmission is still operable, the vehicle may be flat towed (with all • If the vehicle's battery is discharged, four wheels on the ground) under the it is necessary to shift the automatic following conditions. transmission out of the P (Park)

228 In an Emergency Use the Vehicle Tow Hook of Fuel Cut-out Inertia Switch the Tool Kit The vehicle is equipped with a safety switch which activates in the event of CAUTION! a collision, cutting off the fuel supply The tow hook should only be used for and consequently causing the engine towing the car on flat roads. Do not to stop. It also prevents fuel spreading use the tow hook to remove the car if the fuel lines are damaged during that is stuck on off road stretches. the accident. Activation of the safety switch is The tow hook can also be used to tow • Carefully clean the threaded seat signaled by the illumination of the the vehicle on the platform of a tow before screwing the hook. warning light on the instrument truck. cluster display. • Screw the tow hook into its seat for It is necessary to inform the operators The switch is positioned underneath at least 11 turns. of the rescue vehicle about the vehicle the driver seat. minimum height to avoid, during its NOTE: In order to operate the inertia switch, loading, any contact of the lower ends Maximum work angle of towing cable lift the seat in the highest position. of the front or rear bumper with the or bar: 15°. tow truck loading ramp. The tow hook is contained in the tool WARNING! kit (see “Tool Kit” in this section) and After a collision, if you smell fuel or 6 must be screwed in its seat accessible note any leakage from the fuel supply behind the front grille, right-hand system, do not reactivate the switch side. in order to prevent any fire risks. • Remove the protective cap by The activation of the inertia switch levering with the tip of a screwdriver causes all the doors and the trunk lid in the point shown in picture. to unlock, the lighting of the internal domelight and the hazard warning flashers.

229 In an Emergency

WARNING! California Proposition 65 Operating, servicing and maintaining a passenger vehicle or off-road vehicle can expose you to chemicals including such as, engine exhaust, carbon monoxide, phthalates and lead, that which are know to the State of California to cause cancer and birth • Turn the key in the ignition switch to defects or other reproductive harm. To MAR (ON) position: wait a few minimize exposure, avoid breathing seconds and turn it to ACC position. exhaust, do not idle the engine except as necessary, service your vehicle in a • Check that the warning light on well-ventilated area and wear gloves the instrument cluster display is off. or wash your hands frequently when • Check once again that there are no servicing your vehicle. For more fuel leaks. information go to: NOTE: www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger- 6 vehicle After resetting the inertia switch, please contact an Authorized Maserati Resetting the Inertia Switch Dealer. • Turn the key in the ignition switch to STOP (OFF) position. • Check that there is no leakage from the fuel system. • If no leaks are found, reset the inertia switch which stops the fuel pump operation by pressing button on the switch.

230 7 – Maintenance and Care

Scheduled Maintenance Service ...... 232 Scheduled Service Plan ...... 234 Maintenance Procedures ...... 239 Maintenance-Free Battery ...... 247 Fuse Replacement ...... 251 Bulb Replacement ...... 257 A/C System Maintenance ...... 262 Wheels Maintenance ...... 263 Bodywork Maintenance and Care ...... 265 Interior Maintenance and Care ...... 268 Vehicle Stored for Long Periods ...... 269 Restarting the Vehicle...... 269 Battery Statement ...... 270

231 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance trips without reaching operation temperature. Service CAUTION! • Under no circumstances should oil The Scheduled Maintenance services Correct maintenance is clearly the best change intervals exceed 12500 mi are prescribed by the Manufacturer. way to guarantee vehicle performance (20000 km) or at least after 2 years. Failure to have the services carried out and safety features, ensure respect for can affect your warranty. the environment and low operating costs. The Scheduled Maintenance service is CAUTION! provided by the whole Authorized NOTE: Failure to perform the required Maserati Dealer. In the event that, maintenance items may result in Also remember that the scrupulous when a service is performed, further damage to the vehicle. observance of the maintenance replacements or repairs are found to procedures is essential for keeping be necessary in addition to the your vehicle operating properly. Not Scheduled Maintenance scheduled operations, these can be (Service) Indicator adhering to the “Scheduled Service carried out only with the specific Plan” can impact your vehicle’s consent of the Customer. When the deadlines for maintenance warranty. Scheduled Maintenance services are approaching, a message on the Interval Running Coupons CAUTION! instrument cluster display indicates You are advised to notify the that service is due. The deadline may Maserati has therefore provided for a Authorized Maserati Dealer of any be expressed in miles/Km or days, series of checks and maintenance minor operating problem, without whichever comes first. operations involving the 1st service waiting for the next scheduled service. The message is displayed only once, when the vehicle mileage reaches upon activating the instrument cluster, 12500 mi (20000 km) or after 2 years of 7 at decreasing intervals expressed in the vehicle's life, and subsequently NOTE: mi/km (100, 50...... 1800, 1600,) or in every 12500 mi (20000 km) or every 2 • Change your vehicle's oil if it has days (27, 24, ...... 6, 3), accompanied years. been 2 years since your last oil by the specific symbol. After the 12th service, maintenance change. must be restarted with the operations • Change your engine oil more often if scheduled for the 1st,2nd and 3rd you drive your vehicle off-road for an service. extended period of time or short

232 Maintenance and Care

CAUTION! • Failure to reset the system may cause it to malfunction and indicate wrong maintenance service intervals. • If you incorrectly set a date earlier than the last service coupon, the system updates the indication “Scheduled service within... days” Selecting the function “Service” in the automatically entering a later date “Trip” menu of the MTC+, you can considering the maximum number of display the next service deadline (see days allowable for the next service “Onboard Computer (Trip)” in section coupon. "Driving"). The residual mileage left to the service deadline is always indicated. The days remaining before the scheduled service date instead, are only indicated starting from the 511th day (approximately 17 months).

Once the set limit in kilometers or the NOTE: expiry date is reached, every time the Every time the battery is disconnected, instrument cluster is turned on the date and time must be set (see thereafter, the message “Service "MTC+ Settings" in section 7 coupon expired” will be displayed. "Dashboard Instruments and Controls").

233 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Service Plan operating conditions, such as dusty technicians at your dealership know areas and very short trip driving. your vehicle best, and have access to The Scheduled Maintenance services Inspection and service should also be factory-approved information, listed in this chapter must be done done anytime a malfunction is genuine Maserati parts, and specially within the times or mileages specified suspected. designed electronic and mechanical to protect your vehicle warranty and Maserati recommends that these tools that can help prevent future ensure the best vehicle performance maintenance intervals be performed at costly repairs. and reliability. the Authorized Maserati Dealer. The More frequent maintenance may be needed for vehicles in severe Main Operations/Service Coupons

Service coupons 1° 2° 3° 4° 5° 6° 7° 8° 9° 10° 11° 12° Main operations Maintenance schedules: every 12500 mi (20000 km) or 2 years Belt for alternator, air conditioning I I* I I* I I* I I* I I* I I* compressor and hydraulic steering control Replace at least every 2 years Poly-V flexible control belt for water IIIIRIIIIRII pump Replace every time the part is removed Engine oil and filter RRRRRRRRRRRR Replace at least every 2 years Cooling system connections and lines II*I*I*I*I*I*I*I*I*I*I* 7 Air filter R R* R R* R R* R R* R R* R R* Fuel injection system’s connections and I I* I I* I I* lines Ignition system: cables and connections I I* I I* I I* Spark plugs RR Active carbon filter and Lambda sensors R Replace at least every 4 years

234 Maintenance and Care

Service coupons 1° 2° 3° 4° 5° 6° 7° 8° 9° 10° 11° 12° Main operations Maintenance schedules: every 12500 mi (20000 km) or 2 years Air injection system: connections and pipes IIIIIIIIIIII valves Blow-by system IIIII Fuel emission control system: lines, III III connections and valves Automatic transmission oil level IIIIIIIIIIII Differential oil level IIIIIIIIIIII Hydraulic steering fluid level (bleed if IIIIIIIIIIII necessary) Replace at least every 2 years Engine coolant level IIIIIIIIIIII Replace at least every 2 years Brake fluid level (bleed if necessary) IIIIIIIIIIII Replace at least every 2 years Brake system: lines, calipers, connections - IIIIIIIIIIII Efficiency of the dashboard warning lights - Parking brake operation Wear condition of the braking parts IIIIIIIIIIII (rotors, pads); replace if necessary 7 Joints for front and rear suspensions, front IIIIIIIIIIII and rear under-chassis – Tightening torques Steering system components, joint IIIIIIIIIIII protection, rack trunks on the steering levers and on the axle shafts

235 Maintenance and Care

Service coupons 1° 2° 3° 4° 5° 6° 7° 8° 9° 10° 11° 12° Main operations Maintenance schedules: every 12500 mi (20000 km) or 2 years Tightening of screws, nuts and bolts IIIIIIIIIIII (including those for the exhaust system), connections, retaining clips and clamps Pollen filter RRRRRRRRRRRR Replace every 2 years. In the event that the vehicle is frequently used in dusty or strongly polluted environments, a more frequent replacement is recommended Starter motor and alternator: power IIIII absorption and charge Vehicle geometry check IIIIIIIIIIII Controls and adjustment systems in IIIIIIIIIIII general, hinges, doors, front and rear lid Correct operation and reliability of the IIIIIIIIIIII seats and seat belts Fastening screws and nuts on the IIIIIIII bodywork Headlight aiming IIIIIIIIIIII Chassis and protected area intactness IIIIIIIIIIII 7 Check every 2 years Treatment of the leather interiors and soft IIIIII top canvas Soft top: check operation and sealing IIIIIIIIIIII strips Vehicle road test (any time this may be IIIIIIIIIIII necessary)

236 Maintenance and Care

Service coupons 1° 2° 3° 4° 5° 6° 7° 8° 9° 10° 11° 12° Main operations Maintenance schedules: every 12500 mi (20000 km) or 2 years Check with diagnostics system IIIIIIIIIIII Update navigation maps with the latest IIIIIIIIIIII version available I = Inspect and carry out any other necessary operation A = Adjust R = Replace

NOTE: • tire inflation pressure and condition; defects or other reproductive harm. To All the operations marked with an • operation of lighting system minimize exposure, avoid breathing asterisk (*) in the “Scheduled Service (headlights, turn signals, hazard exhaust, do not idle the engine except Plan” are not compulsory but rather warning flashers, etc.); as necessary, service your vehicle in a recommended, in the event that the • operation of windshield well-ventilated area and wear gloves vehicle is frequently used in washer/wiper system and wear of or wash your hands frequently when heavy-traffic conditions or on dusty or windshield wiper blades. servicing your vehicle. For more sandy roads. The warranty concerning information go to: Every 1900 mi (3000 km) emissions and the Manufacturer's www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger- responsibility to recall the vehicle in Check and top up, if required, the vehicle case of problems shall not be engine oil level. invalidated if the Customer does not Heavy-Duty Vehicle Use carry out the operations marked with If the car is mainly used under one of 7 the asterisk (*). WARNING! the following conditions: California Proposition 65 • dusty roads; Periodic Maintenance Operating, servicing and maintaining a passenger vehicle or off-road vehicle • short, repeated journeys (less than Every 300 mi (500 km) or before long can expose you to chemicals including 4-5 mi/7-8 km) at sub-zero outside journeys such as, engine exhaust, carbon temperatures; Check: monoxide, phthalates and lead, that • engine often idling or driving long • engine coolant; which are know to the State of distances at low speeds or long • windshield washer fluid level; California to cause cancer and birth periods of idleness;

237 Maintenance and Care

you should perform the following yourself, make sure that you have the Although the vehicle will be driveable inspections more frequently than necessary experience and always use and will not need towing, contact an recommended on the “Scheduled suitable equipment, original Maserati Authorized Maserati Dealer for service Service Plan”: spare parts (or equivalent) and the as soon as possible. • check front disc brake pad conditions prescribed fluids. Shall this not be the and wear; case, do not carry any operation on your own and contact an Authorized CAUTION! • check cleanliness of hood and trunk Maserati Dealer. locks, cleanliness and lubrication of • Prolonged driving with the MIL linkage; on could cause further damage to Onboard Diagnostic System the emissions control system. It could • visually inspect conditions of: engine, also affect fuel economy and transmission, pipes and hoses Your vehicle is equipped with a drivability. The vehicle must be (exhaust - fuel system - brakes) and sophisticated onboard diagnostic serviced before any emissions tests rubber elements (trunks - sleeves - system. This system monitors the can be performed. bushes - etc.); performance of the emissions, engine, •Ifthe MIL is flashing while the • check battery charge; and automatic transmission control systems. When these systems are engine is running, severe catalytic • visually inspect condition of the operating properly, your vehicle will converter damage and power loss accessory drive belts; provide excellent performance and will soon occur. Immediate service at • check and, if necessary, change fuel economy, as well as engine the Authorized Maserati Dealer is engine oil and replace oil filter; emissions suited to current required. • check and, if necessary, replace government regulations. pollen filter of the A/C system; If any of these systems require service, Spare Parts • check and, if necessary, replace air the system will turn on the Use of genuine parts for normal or 7 cleaner filter. Malfunction Indicator Light on the scheduled maintenance and repairs is instrument cluster display (refer to highly recommended to ensure “Instrument Cluster” in section excellent performance. CAUTION! “Dashboard Instruments and Damage or failures caused by All maintenance operations for the Controls”). The system stores as well non-genuine spare parts used for vehicle must be carried out by the diagnostic codes and other maintenance and repairs will not be Authorized Maserati Dealer. For information to assist your service covered by the manufacturer's routine and minor maintenance technician by performing repairs. warranty. operations which you can carry out

238 Maintenance and Care Maintenance Procedures vehicle and also allow extended maintenance intervals. Do not use The following pages contain the chemical flushes for washing as the “required” maintenance standards chemicals can damage your engine, determined by Maserati engineers. transmission, power steering or air Besides those maintenance items conditioning. Such damages are not specified in the “Scheduled Service covered by the New Vehicle Limited Plan”, there are other components Warranty. If a flush is needed which may require service or because of component malfunction, replacement in the future. use only a specific product for the To perform most of the services, it is flushing procedure. necessary to open the hood (see “Open and Close the Hood” in section “Before Starting”). The following images show the position of all components involved in the maintenance service.

CAUTION! • Failure to properly maintain your vehicle or perform repairs and service when necessary could result in more costly repairs, damage to other components or negatively 7 impact vehicle performance. Immediately have potential malfunctions examined by an Authorized Maserati Dealer or a qualified repair center. • Your vehicle has been equipped with improved fluids that protect the performance and durability of your

239 Maintenance and Care

Maintenance Service 5 Power steering fluid reservoir Level Checks Components cap. 6 Windshield/headlight washer ENVIRONMENTAL! 1 Engine oil dipstick. fluid reservoir cap. • The engine oils and fluids used 2 Engine oil filler neck. contain substances that are 3 Engine coolant expansion dangerous for the environment. For reservoir cap. replacement you are advised to 4 Brake fluid reservoir cap. contact an Authorized Maserati Dealer, where all the necessary equipment is available to dispose of the used oil and fluids in compliance with the regulations in force and in an environment-friendly manner. • All equipment used for fluids replacement (gloves, cloths, containers, etc) must be disposed in compliance with the regulations in force.

Engine Coolant Level Check Your vehicle has been equipped with an improved engine coolant 7 (antifreeze) that offers high protection against corrosion, freezing and allows extended maintenance intervals. To prevent reducing extended maintenance periods, it is important to use original engine coolant (antifreeze) when adding coolant throughout the life of your vehicle.

240 Maintenance and Care

When adding engine coolant Do not loosen or remove the cap of (antifreeze) use pure water only, such the engine coolant bottle to cool a as distilled or deionized water when hot engine. Heat causes pressure to mixing the water/engine coolant build up in the cooling system. To (antifreeze) solution. The use of prevent scalding or injury, do not impure water will reduce the amount remove the pressure cap while the of corrosion protection in the engine system is hot or under pressure. cooling system. • When adding coolant do not use a • Mix a minimum solution of 50% pressure cap other than the one engine coolant (antifreeze) and specified for your vehicle. Personal distilled water. Use higher • When additional engine coolant injury or engine damage may result. concentrations (do not exceed 70%) (antifreeze) is needed to maintain if temperatures below -35°F (-37°C) the proper level, it should be added are forecast. to the coolant bottle after removing Please note that it is the owner's the cap. Do not overfill. WARNING! responsibility to maintain the proper • Once the desired level is reached, California Proposition 65 level of protection against freezing reassemble and firmly close cap of Operating, servicing and maintaining according to the temperatures the tank. a passenger vehicle or off-road vehicle can expose you to chemicals including occurring in the circulation area of the • If frequent engine coolant such as, engine exhaust, carbon vehicle. (antifreeze) additions are required, monoxide, phthalates and lead, that The coolant tank provides a quick or if the level in the coolant recovery which are know to the State of visual method to determine that the tank does not drop when the engine California to cause cancer and birth coolant level is adequate. As long as cools, the cooling system should be defects or other reproductive harm. To the engine operating temperature is pressure-tested for leaks by a Service minimize exposure, avoid breathing 7 satisfactory, the coolant bottle only Center needs to be checked once a month. exhaust, do not idle the engine except • Keep the front of the radiator and With the engine off and cold, the level as necessary, service your vehicle in a the condenser clean. of the coolant in the tank on the right well-ventilated area and wear gloves side of the engine compartment or wash your hands frequently when should be between the MIN or MAX servicing your vehicle. For more reference notches indicated on the WARNING! information go to: tank. • Never add engine coolant (antifreeze) when the engine is hot.

241 Maintenance and Care

(Continued) requires accurate checkup of the www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger- www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger- braking system. vehicle vehicle

Brake Fluid Level Check CAUTION! Check the fluid level immediately if The symbol on the tank cap WARNING! the brake system red warning identifies the synthetic type of brake • To avoid contamination from foreign light and the related message turn on fluid, distinguishing it from the materials or moisture, use only new indicating a low level of brake fluid. mineral type. Using mineral fluids brake fluid or fluid that has been in damages the special rubber linings of a tightly closed container. Keep the • Clean the brake fluid reservoir area the brake system irreparably. master cylinder reservoir cap secured around the cap before removing it. at all times. Brake fluid in an open • Add fluid to bring the level up to the container absorbs moisture from the “MAX” mark on the side of the air resulting in a lower boiling point. master cylinder reservoir. Use only WARNING! This may cause it to boil manufacturer's recommended brake California Proposition 65 unexpectedly during hard or fluid (see “Refillings” in section Operating, servicing and maintaining prolonged braking, resulting in "Features and Specifications"). a passenger vehicle or off-road vehicle sudden brake failure. This could can expose you to chemicals including result in an accident. such as, engine exhaust, carbon • Overfilling the brake fluid reservoir monoxide, phthalates and lead, that can result in spilling brake fluid on which are know to the State of hot engine parts, causing the brake California to cause cancer and birth fluid to catch fire. Brake fluid can defects or other reproductive harm. To also damage painted and vinyl minimize exposure, avoid breathing 7 surfaces, make sure it does not spill exhaust, do not idle the engine except over these surfaces. as necessary, service your vehicle in a well-ventilated area and wear gloves • Do not allow petroleum based fluid or wash your hands frequently when to contaminate the brake fluid. • Once the correct level is reached, servicing your vehicle. For more Brake seal components could be firmly close the cap. information go to: damaged, causing partial or The brake pads wear could cause the complete brake failure. This could fluid level to fall. However, low fluid result in an accident. level may be caused by a leak and a

242 Maintenance and Care

Adding Windshield/Headlight Washer system for a few seconds to flush out • Do not drive with the windshield/ Fluid the residual water. headlight washer reservoir empty: The reservoir on the left side of the • When refilling the washer fluid the action of the washer is essential engine compartment contains the reservoir, apply some washer fluid to for improving visibility when fluid to wash the windshield and a cloth or towel and wipe the wiper driving. headlights. blades clean. This will help blade During scheduled services or when the performance. message of low level of the washer To prevent freeze-up of your WARNING! fluid appears together with the windshield washer system in cold related telltale add more fluid as weather, select a solution or mixture California Proposition 65 soon as possible. that meets or exceeds the Operating, servicing and maintaining The fluid reservoir may contain nearly temperature range of your climate. a passenger vehicle or off-road vehicle 1.58 US gallons (6 liters) of This rating information can be found can expose you to chemicals including windshield/headlight washer fluid. on most washer fluid containers. such as, engine exhaust, carbon monoxide, phthalates and lead, that • Remove the reservoir cap in the NOTE: which are know to the State of engine compartment and lift the The Authorized Maserati Dealer can California to cause cancer and birth filler neck extension. provide you with information about defects or other reproductive harm. To the “Maserati recommended minimize exposure, avoid breathing Windshield Washer Fluid” with exhaust, do not idle the engine except antifreeze, available in the “Genuine as necessary, service your vehicle in a Accessories” range. well-ventilated area and wear gloves or wash your hands frequently when servicing your vehicle. For more information go to: 7 WARNING! www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger- • Commercially available windshield vehicle washer solvents are flammable. Engine Oil Level Check • Fill the reservoir with windshield They could ignite and burn you. washer solvent (refer to “Refillings” Care must be exercised when filling To assure proper lubrication of your in section "Features and or when working around the vehicle's engine, the engine oil must Specifications") and operate the windshield/headlight washer be maintained at the correct level. If system. the warning light illuminates and

243 Maintenance and Care

the related message of low oil level can expose you to chemicals including • Remove the dipstick and clean it with displays, or during scheduled services such as, engine exhaust, carbon a dry and clean cloth. (see “Scheduled Maintenance Service” monoxide, phthalates and lead, that in this section) it is necessary to check which are know to the State of the engine oil level. California to cause cancer and birth The vehicle should be parked on level defects or other reproductive harm. To ground to improve the accuracy of the minimize exposure, avoid breathing oil level readings. exhaust, do not idle the engine except as necessary, service your vehicle in a well-ventilated area and wear gloves CAUTION! or wash your hands frequently when • Do not top up with oil with different servicing your vehicle. For more characteristics than the engine one information go to: • Re-insert the dipstick completely and (refer to “Refillings” in section www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger- remove: the oil level should maintain “Features and Specifications”). vehicle between the “MIN” and “MAX” • Overfilling or underfilling the oil pan • Start the vehicle and warm it up until reference ranges (SAFE range). will cause aeration or loss of oil the temperature stabilizes. pressure. This could damage your engine. • Turn off the engine, remove the filler neck cap and wait 5 minutes to allow • Do not add any supplemental the oil to flow into the oil pan. materials to the engine oil, other than leak detection dyes. Engine oil is an engineered product, and its 7 performance may be impaired by supplemental additives.

• If a refilling is necessary, adding 0.4 WARNING! US gallons (1,5 liters ) of oil when the California Proposition 65 level is at the bottom of the SAFE Operating, servicing and maintaining range will result in the level being at a passenger vehicle or off-road vehicle the top of the SAFE range.

244 Maintenance and Care

• Return the cap and dipstick to their the level may even exceed the Wiper Maintenance and Blades position and wait for a few minutes “MAX” notch. Replacement to allow the oil to reach the oil pan. • Check the level again. After topping up, the engine oil WARNING! level warning light may not go off for It is dangerous to operate or service some time while the system is the wiper blades with the wipers in performing the necessary checks. This an active position (right multifunction is normal. lever in any position different than Engine Oil Filter Replacement “OFF”) and with the key in the The engine oil filter should be ignition switch in the MAR (ON) replaced with a new filter at every oil position. The rain sensors may change. • If necessary, top up with fluid suddenly activate the wipers. Contact an Authorized Maserati making sure that it has the same Dealer to perform this service. characteristics as the one already Windshield Wiper Maintenance used in the system (refer to Automatic Transmission Oil Check Life expectancy of wiper blades varies “Refillings” in section “Features and depending on the geographical area’s Contact an Authorized Maserati Specifications”). weather conditions where the car is Dealer for the oil level check. used and frequency of use. Poor Power Steering Fluid Level Check performance of blades may be present CAUTION! with chattering, marks, water lines or With the vehicle on a level ground Make sure that the power steering wet spots. If any of these conditions and the engine cold, check the fluid fluid does not come in touch with the are present, clean the wiper blades or level of the power steering reservoir. engine hot parts as it is flammable. replace if necessary. 7 • To carry out the check, unscrew the Clean the rubber edges of the wiper cap, clean the dipstick with a dry and Engine Air Filter Replacement blades and the windshield periodically clean cloth. Contact an Authorized Maserati with a sponge or soft cloth and a mild • Retighten the cap then unscrew it Dealer to have the air filters replaced. nonabrasive cleaner. This will remove again and check the level: it should accumulations of salt or road film. match the “MAX” notch marked on Operation of the wipers on dry glass the dipstick. In hot oil conditions, for long periods may cause deterioration of the wiper blades.

245 Maintenance and Care

Always use washer fluid when using grease should be removed. Particular the wipers to remove salt or dirt from attention should also be given to hood a dry windshield. latching components to ensure proper Avoid using the wiper blades to function. When performing other remove frost or ice from the underhood services, the hood latch, windshield. Keep the blade rubber out release mechanism and safety catch of contact with petroleum products should be cleaned and lubricated. The such as engine oil, gasoline, etc. coupling pin of the lock on the rear Spray nozzles driver door pillar should be lubricated twice a year, preferably in the Fall and If the jet does not work, first check Spring. Apply a small amount of high that there is fluid in the pan (see • Return the blade to its original position on the windshield. quality lubricant directly into the lock paragraph “Level checks” in this cylinder. section) then check that the nozzles NOTE: are not clogged. Due to the difficulty of this operation, Blades Replacement we recommend that you contact an • Move the right multifunction lever Authorized Maserati Dealer for into “OFF” position, (see chapter replacement of the blades. “Windshield Wipers and Washers” in section “Understanding the Body Lubrication Vehicle”). Locks and all body pivot points, • Lift the end of the arm provided with including such items as seat tracks, the blade from the windshield. door hinge pivot points and rollers, 7 • Rotate the blade on the arm in order trunk lid and hood, sliding doors and to access the release latch, shown in hood hinges, should be lubricated the detail of picture. periodically with a lithium based grease, to assure quiet, easy operation • Press the release latch to free the and to protect against rust and wear. blade. Prior to the application of any • Turn and slip off the blade from the lubricant, the parts concerned should arm and replace it. be wiped clean to remove dust and grit; after lubricating excess oil and

246 Maintenance and Care Maintenance-Free Battery replaced with a component of the www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger- same type (vented). vehicle This vehicle is equipped with a sealed type maintenance-free battery. You To Disconnect the Battery will never have to add water, nor is CAUTION! periodic maintenance required. The battery is fitted in the trunk compartment. • Before disconnecting the battery, To access the battery it is necessary to open the trunk lid and lower the remove the floor panel of the trunk windows by about 1.6-2 in (4-5 WARNING! compartment and the inside covering centimeters), to avoid damaging the • Battery fluid is a corrosive acid panel on the battery compartment as seal when opening and closing the solution and can burn or damage already described in the chapter door. When the battery is connected, the eyes. Do not allow battery fluid "Auxiliary Jump-Start Procedure" in this operation is performed to contact your eyes, skin, or section "In an Emergency". automatically when the door is clothing. Do not lean with the face opened and closed. The windows over a battery. If acid splashes in must remain lowered until the eyes or on skin, flush the area WARNING! charged battery is reconnected. immediately with large amounts of water. California Proposition 65 • If you need to disconnect the Operating, servicing and maintaining battery, wait at least 30 seconds • Battery gas is flammable and a passenger vehicle or off-road vehicle from the last seat movement. If explosive. Keep flame or sparks can expose you to chemicals including disconnecting the battery before, away from the battery. Do not use a such as, engine exhaust, carbon you will have to run the initialization booster battery or any other booster monoxide, phthalates and lead, that procedure described in the following source with an output greater than which are know to the State of paragraph “To Reconnect the 12 Volts. Do not allow cable clamps California to cause cancer and birth Battery”. 7 to touch each other. defects or other reproductive harm. To • Never disconnect the battery from • Battery posts, terminals, and related minimize exposure, avoid breathing the electrical system when the accessories contain lead and lead exhaust, do not idle the engine except engine is running. compounds. Wash hands after as necessary, service your vehicle in a • To temporarily disconnect the vehicle handling the battery. well-ventilated area and wear gloves electrical system from the battery, • The battery in this vehicle has a vent or wash your hands frequently when simply remove the cable end with hose that should not be servicing your vehicle. For more disconnected and should only be information go to:

247 Maintenance and Care

(Continued) To Reconnect the Battery • Check the seats are working quick coupling from the negative correctly: in the event of pole (–) of the battery. NOTE: malfunction, carry out the If the battery needs to be removed When the battery cables have been initialization operations described in from its compartment, you must first disconnected and the trunk lid has the chapter “Front Seats” of the detach the terminal clamp from been locked, it is necessary to pull the section “Understanding the Vehicle”. negative pole (–) and then the other emergency release cable in order to • Initialize the climate control system terminal clamp from positive pole (+), re-open it. To access the trunk and by activating the compressor as after removing the protective cover. operate the emergency release (see described in chapter "Air Battery poles are marked positive (+) “Open and Close the Trunk Lid” Conditioning Controls" of the section and negative (–) and are identified on chapter in section “Before Starting”). “Dashboard Instruments and the battery case. Controls”. Remove the metal clamp indicated in • Turn on the MTC+ and set the date the picture and then remove the CAUTION! and time (see “MTC+ Setting” in battery from the trunk compartment. • It is essential when replacing the section “Dashboard Instruments and cables on the battery that the Controls”). positive cable is precisely attached to • Lift, release and lift again the lever the positive pole (+) and the located next the shift lever to negative cable is attached to the initialize the electric parking brakes. negative pole (–). In this way the warning light • Cable clamps should be tight on the on the instrument cluster will turn terminal poles and free of corrosion. off.

7 After the battery has been CAUTION! disconnected and re-connected and before starting the engine it is • Every time the battery is necessary to proceed as follows: reconnected, wait at least 30 seconds with the key in the ignition switch • Unlock and lock the doors using the turned to MAR (ON) position before radio control buttons on the key. starting the engine, in order to allow • Unlock the trunk lid with the radio the electronic system that manages control button on the key and then the motor-driven throttles to run a lock it manually.

248 Maintenance and Care

self-learning cycle. At the same time, Useful Advice to Extend above all if these devices have been you can run the date and time set up Battery Life retrofitted ("Aftermarket" services). procedure for the MTC. If the vehicle is not used for long When parking the vehicle, make sure periods of time, please see “Vehicle • Every time the battery is that the doors, front, rear lids and Stored for Long Periods” in this reconnected the and flaps are properly closed. All interior section. warning lights will flash for lights should be off. about 10 seconds and then go off. When the engine is turned off, do not Battery Recharge keep the connected devices switched on for a long time (such as radio, hazard warning flashers, fan, etc.). WARNING! WARNING! California Proposition 65 The process of charging or recharging Operating, servicing and maintaining CAUTION! the battery produces hydrogen, a a passenger vehicle or off-road vehicle If the battery charge remains below flammable gas that can explode and can expose you to chemicals including 50% for a long period of time, it will cause serious injuries. When charging such as, engine exhaust, carbon be damaged due to sulfation; its or recharging the battery, follow the monoxide, phthalates and lead, that performance and starting power will recommended precautions at all which are know to the State of be reduced and it will be more subject times. California to cause cancer and birth to freezing (this can happen even at • Before using a charger device defects or other reproductive harm. To 14°F/-10°C). always check that this tool is minimize exposure, avoid breathing suitable for the installed battery, exhaust, do not idle the engine except We recommend you to have the with constant voltage (lower than as necessary, service your vehicle in a battery charge condition checked, 14.8 V) and low amperage well-ventilated area and wear gloves preferably at the beginning of the (maximum limit 15 A). or wash your hands frequently when cold season, to prevent the electrolyte 7 • Recharge the battery in a servicing your vehicle. For more from freezing. well-ventilated environment. information go to: This check should be carried out more www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger- frequently if the vehicle is used mainly • Never charge or recharge a frozen vehicle for short trips or if it is equipped with battery: it can explode due to power absorbing devices that remain hydrogen trapped inside the ice permanently on even when the crystals. ignition switch is off. This applies • Ensure that any sparks or open (Continued)

249 Maintenance and Care

(Continued) monoxide, phthalates and lead, that flames are kept well away from the which are know to the State of battery while it is charging. California to cause cancer and birth • Before using a charger to charge or defects or other reproductive harm. To maintain the battery charge status, minimize exposure, avoid breathing carefully follow the instructions exhaust, do not idle the engine except provided to ensure the charger is as necessary, service your vehicle in a connected to the battery safely and well-ventilated area and wear gloves correctly. or wash your hands frequently when servicing your vehicle. For more It is possible to recharge the battery • Turn the charger on and follow the information go to: without disconnecting the cables of instructions on its user manual to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger- the vehicle electrical system. completely recharge the battery. vehicle • To access the battery remove the • When the battery is recharged, turn floor panel from the trunk off the battery charger before compartment and remove the inside disconnecting it from the battery. covering panel on the battery • Disconnect first the terminal clamp compartment as previously shown of the charger black cable from the (see “Auxiliary Jump-Start battery and then the terminal clamp Procedure” in section “In an of the red cable. Emergency”). • Reassemble the protection cover on • Remove the protection cover and the battery positive pole and reinstall connect the terminal clamp of the the components removed for this 7 charger positive cable (typically in operation. red) to the positive pole (+) of the battery, indicated in the picture. • Connect the terminal clamp of the WARNING! charger negative cable (typically in California Proposition 65 black) to the negative pole (–) of the Operating, servicing and maintaining battery, indicated in the picture. a passenger vehicle or off-road vehicle can expose you to chemicals including such as, engine exhaust, carbon

250 Maintenance and Care Fuse Replacement Used Fuses Characteristics CAUTION! When an electrical device is not • Never replace a blown fuse with functioning, check that the anything other than a new and corresponding fuse is in proper suitable fuse (same rating). working order (intact). • After replacing a fuse, if the fault recurs, contact an Authorized A Fuse intact Maserati Dealer. B Fuse blown The color identifies the value of the Position of Fuses fuses in amperes which is also reported on them. The fuses are located in three parts of The vehicle is endowed with mini- and the vehicle, namely: maxi-fuses. • On the right hand side of the engine The table shows the match between compartment. color and amperage of mini and maxi • Behind the glove compartment, to fuses. the left of the steering wheel. Type • In the trunk compartment next to the battery. Mini Fuse Maxi Fuse Fuses Inside Engine Replace the faulty fuse with a new Beige - 5 Yellow - 20 one featuring the same rating, by Brown - 7.5 Green - 30 Compartment using appropriate forceps. Red - 10 Orange - 40 • To access the fuses, lift the hood and 7 remove the covering panel. Blue-15 Red-50 Yellow - 20 Blue - 60 White - 25 Green - 30

251 Maintenance and Care

• Undo the four retaining screws and The following table points out the remove the cover. position as featured in the picture, the type and function of the fuses included in these control boxes.

CAUTION! If you need to wash the engine compartment, do not direct the jet of water for too long directly on the engine compartment ECU. Engine Compartment Fuses

The fuses are housed in three control Amp. – System / Pos. 7 boxes. Color Component Maxi 60 A – F01 Fan 1 relay Blue Maxi 30 A – F02 ABS valves Green Maxi 20 A – T03 spot lights F03 Yellow relay

252 Maintenance and Care

Amp. – System / Amp. – System / Amp. – System / Pos. Pos. Pos. Color Component Color Component Color Component Maxi 40 A – T17 Key lock Main I.E. relay, F04 ABS cylinder F20 10 A – Red Orange solenoid relay secondary F90 15 A – Blue Maxi 40 A – F21 - Not used connected F05 A.C. Node devices Orange F22 - Not used Maxi 60 A – Main relay, I.E. F06 Fan 2 relay F23 10 A – Red ABS Electronics F91 10 A – Red Blue ECU F24 10 A – Red RH spot light 30A– T07 I.E. main Main relay, F07 30A– T20 ignition F92 15 A – Blue Green relay F30 oxygen sensors Green relay T08 - Air F93 - Not used Maxi 50 A – 7.5A– conditioner F81 CPL2 7.5A– F08 Red F94 NCS Brown compressor Brown F82 - Not used relay 7.5A– Maxi 50 A – F95 CSG 7.5A– T05 stop light F83 Air pump relay Brown F09 Red Brown control relay 7.5A– 20A– F96 Alternator F10 15 A – Blue T06 horn relay F84 Ignition switch. Brown Yellow F11 10 A – Red LH high-beam F97 10 A – Red I.E. ECU 30A– Headlight 7.5A– F85 F98 - Not used F14 Third stop Green washers Brown F99 - Not used F87 - Not used Alternator F15 15 A – Blue F100 - Not used 7 sensing Main injector/coil F101 - Not used F16 10 A – Red LH spot light F88 15 A – Blue relay - cylinders F102 - Not used F17 10 A – Red RH high-beam 1-4 F103 - Not used 7.5A– F18 I.E. bank Main F104 - Not used Brown injector/coil F89 15 A – Blue F105 - Not used T02 DRL lights relay - cylinders F19 7.5 A – Blue relay 5-8 F106 - Not used

253 Maintenance and Care

The following table points out the Passenger Compartment Fuses Amp. – System / Pos. position as featured in the picture, the Color Component type and function of the fuses Pos. Amp. – System / Component F107 - Not used included in these control boxes. Color F12 15 A – Right-hand low Fuses in Passenger Blue beam Compartment F13 15 A – Left-hand low beam • To access the fuses lift the guard on Blue the left side of the steering wheel. F31 7.5 A – A/C unit, NBC (Body Brown Computer Node), high beam relay F32 10 A – Domelights, step Red lights, CAV, driver- and passenger-side footwell lights, outside mirror lights F33 30 A – Driver’s seat Green (movement) F34 30 A – Passenger’s seat The fuses are housed in two control Green (movement) boxes. F35 7.5 A – ACC, FN and LF relay Brown coil 7 F36 10 A – NQS Red F37 10 A – NQS (Instrument Red Cluster Node), CPP, CPD F38 15 A – Rear lid lock Blue

254 Maintenance and Care

Pos. Amp. – System / Component Pos. Amp. – System / Component Color Color F39 15 A – NIM (Inside Roof F47 30 A – NPG (Driver’s door Blue Node), NCL (Air Green node) conditioning and F48 30 A – NPP (Passenger’s heating system Green door node) node), OBD socket, F49 7.5 A – NVO (Steering wheel CSA (Alarm system Brown node), CSG (Power siren ECU), CAV steering ECU), CSP (Motion sensing (Twilight/rain sensor • Remove the inside covering panel of alarm ECU), radio, ECU), NIM (Inside the battery compartment. NAVTRAK Roof Node), NCL, There are two control boxes. F40 30 A – Heated rear window Radio, CEM, CRP, Green domelight molding, F41 - Not used NAVTRAK F42 7.5 A – NCL and windshield F50 7.5 A – Air bag system Brown wiper control Brown F43 30 A – Windshield F51 7.5 A – NCA (Automatic Green wiper/washer Brown Gearbox Node) (Connected Devices F52 15 A – Front seat heating Relay INT/A) Blue (driver side) (INT/A F44 20 A – Front and rear power device relay) 7 Yellow outlets (INT/A device • To access the fuses inside the control F53 10 A – Rear fog lights boxes, remove the covers by levering relay) front seat Red heating (passenger up the fastening tabs. side) Fuses in Trunk Compartment F45 - Not used • To access the fuses, remove the floor F46 20 A – NPG/NPP locks panel. Yellow

255 Maintenance and Care

Trunk Compartment Fuses Pos. Amp. – System / Pos. Amp. – System / Color Component Color Component F66 20 A – Fuel pumps F54 30 A – HI-Fi amplifier Yellow Green F67 - Not used F55 7.5 A – Lights F68 - Not used Brown F69 - Not used F56 10 A – +30 NAG, NAVTRAK, F77 - Not used Red Harman tuner, MTC+ (Japan) F78 20 A – Power outlet Yellow F57 - Not used F79 - Not used F58 7.5 A – Reverse Brown F80 30 A – Bass box Green F59 15 A – Fuel tank door Blue power supply from F108 40 A – +30 NCP hydraulic T22 Orange pump F60 7.5 A – NSP F109 40 A – +30 NCP ECU/front Brown Orange latch F110 - Not used The following table points out the F61 20 A – Rear RH ACE position as featured in the picture, the Yellow F111 - Not used 7 type and function of the fuses F62 20 A – NCA F112 - Not used included in these control boxes. Yellow F113 - Not used F63 15 A – +30 battery charge Blue F64 - Not used F65 20 A – Rear LH ACE Yellow

256 Maintenance and Care Bulb Replacement Tail-Light Clusters Light Bulbs The taillight bulbs are arranged as The signal failure of an external light follows: (turn signal, low beam and high beam, license plate light, reverse light, brake 1 Position light guide LED. light and rear fog light) is 2 Stop light LED. communicated to the instrument 3 Turn signal LED. cluster that displays on the TFT screen the or amber warning light 4 Reverse light bulb. and a text message indicating which 5 Rear fog light bulb. light is faulty.

Front Headlights CAUTION! The light bulbs of the headlight Due to the complexity of the clusters are arranged as follows: operation, for the replacement of the 1 Bi-Xenon low-beam/high-beam headlight clusters light bulbs, we bulb. recommend that you contact an Authorized Maserati Dealer. 2 Position light and DRL (*) LED. 3 Turn signal light bulb. 4 FTP bulb, headlight flashing. WARNING! 5 Side marker bulb. The headlamps are a type of high Tail-Light Clusters Bulbs (*) On vehicles for the Canadian voltage discharge tube. High voltage Replacement market DRL are always enabled. can remain in the circuit even with the Most of the lamps of the taillight are 7 headlamp switch and the ignition LED powered and cannot be replaced switch off. Because of this, you should individually. The only exceptions are not attempt to replace a headlamp the reverse and the rear fog light bulb yourself, but take the vehicle to bulbs for which you find below the an Authorized Maserati Dealer for replacement procedure. service. Contact an Authorized Maserati Dealer to locate the correct parts and replace them.

257 Maintenance and Care

Reverse and Rear Fog Light Side Turn Signal Light (Sport To replace a bulb of these lights: version) • Lift the trunk compartment lid. To replace the side turn signal light • Remove the panel from the trunk lid. bulb (5W) on the rear part of the front mudguard: • Rotate the bulb holder counterclockwise and slide it out of • Push the turn signal forward to the light cluster. compress the retaining spring clip. • Remove the bulb by gently pushing it • Take out the rear part of the turn and rotating it counterclockwise. signal by releasing the retaining tab and remove the unit. • Extract the bulb from the holder by turning it clockwise. • Replace the bulb.

• Insert the new bulb in the holder by slightly pushing it and rotating it • Remove the bulb holder from the clockwise. turn signal lens turning it 7 counterclockwise. • Insert the bulb holder in the light • Refit the bulb holder in the turn cluster and rotate it clockwise. signal lens turning it clockwise. • Close the door on the covering • Refit the turn signal in the seat of panel. the mudguard, inserting first the retaining tab on the rear part of the turn signal lens.

258 Maintenance and Care

• Press the front part of the turn signal lens until hearing the spring clip click into position.

CAUTION! Proceed with care when removing the side turn signal light to avoid damaging to the vehicle body or the turn signal itself. • Pull turn signal light off its seat • Replace the bulb. Side Turn Signal Lights (MC enough to gain access to bulb holder • Fit the new bulb to the bulb holder version) cap. by pushing it into cap while turning To replace side turn signal light bulb • Separate the outer lens along with it clockwise. (5W) on the rear part of the front the rubber mount from the bulb • Fit the cap over the bulb holder and mudguard: holder cap. assemble with the turn signal light. • Gently pry the turn signal light off • Push the turn signal light into place the vehicle body by levering with a until firmly seated against the body. non-metal tool under the rubber part. Third Stop Light In order to replace the bulb, the light cluster must be removed. To perform CAUTION! this operation, it is therefore Proceed with care when removing side recommended that you contact an 7 turn signal light to avoid damaging Authorized Maserati Dealer. the vehicle body or to the turn signal itself. • Pull back the bulb holder cap and remove the bulb by turning it counterclockwise while pulling it off the bulb holder seat.

259 Maintenance and Care

Interior Lights

CAUTION! Before replacing a bulb, ensure that the matching fuse is intact. For replacement, use only original new light bulbs having the same rating as the old one.

Courtesy Lights (below Door) License Plate Lights • replace the pressure-fitted bulb; To replace the bulb (W5W): To replace the license plate light bulb (C 5W): • use a screwdriver positioned at the indicated point to lever out the light • Undo the two fastening screws for fixing frame; the lens/bulb holder unit. • Remove the unit from the trunk lid and replace the bulb.

• refit the bulb holder inserting first the electrical connector side and 7 then pressing on the other side to hook up the clip. • rotate the bulb holder and take it Front Domelight out; To replace the light bulbs: • Gently pry with a screwdriver at points indicated in picture and remove the molding.

260 Maintenance and Care

Trunk Compartment Light CAUTION! To replace the bulb (W5W) inside the When refitting the domelight, make trunk compartment, proceed as sure that the electric wires are follows after trunk lid opening. correctly positioned and do not • Remove the light fixing frame by interfere with the domelight edges levering it out gently at the and with the retaining tabs. indicated point with a screwdriver.

Courtesy Mirror Light • Undo the three screws just To replace the bulb (12V - 5W uncovered (indicated in picture) and “torpedo” type): take out the domelight. • Remove the fixing frame from the • Replace the timed or reading light sun visor by levering it out gently at bulb by rotating it. points indicated in picture.

• Raise the lens cover.

• Refit the domelight following • Replace the bulb located on the back performing the operations opposite of the mirror frame. to those outlined above and in • Refit the fixing frame by pressing it reverse order. on the sun visor. • Replace the pressure-fitted bulb.

261 Maintenance and Care • Refit the lens cover, inserting first the A/C System Maintenance California to cause cancer and birth electrical connector side and then defects or other reproductive harm. To pressing on the other side. For the best performance, the air minimize exposure, avoid breathing conditioning system should be checked exhaust, do not idle the engine except and serviced by an Authorized as necessary, service your vehicle in a Maserati Dealer at the beginning of well-ventilated area and wear gloves the warm season. or wash your hands frequently when This service should include cleaning of servicing your vehicle. For more the condenser, check of the drive belt information go to: tension and a performance test. www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger- During the winter, the air conditioning vehicle system should be operated at least once a month for about 10 minutes.

WARNING! CAUTION! • Use only refrigerants and Do not use chemical flushes in your air compressor lubricants approved by conditioning system as the chemicals the manufacturer for your air can damage your air conditioning conditioning system. Some components. Such damage is not refrigerants are flammable and can covered by the New Vehicle Limited explode, causing injuries. Other Warranty. unapproved refrigerants or lubricants can cause the system to fail, requiring costly repairs. 7 WARNING! • The air conditioning system contains refrigerant under high pressure. To California Proposition 65 avoid risk of personal injury or Operating, servicing and maintaining damage to the system, adding a passenger vehicle or off-road vehicle refrigerant or any repair requiring can expose you to chemicals including lines to be disconnected should be such as, engine exhaust, carbon done by an experienced technician. monoxide, phthalates and lead, that which are know to the State of

262 Maintenance and Care Periodically remove any leaves and Wheels Maintenance insects that may build up and obstruct the inlet of external air in the air WARNING! Tires Maintenance conditioning system through the grille California Proposition 65 present underneath the rear part of Operating, servicing and maintaining the hood. a passenger vehicle or off-road vehicle CAUTION! To access the grille, lift the hood as can expose you to chemicals including To obtain the best performances and described in “Open and Close the such as, engine exhaust, carbon the longest mileage from the tires, Hood” in section “Before Starting”. monoxide, phthalates and lead, that take the following precautions during which are know to the State of the first 310 mi (500 km): A/C Air Filter Replacement California to cause cancer and birth • do not drive at the vehicle’s This filter performs mechanic/ defects or other reproductive harm. To maximum speed; electrostatic air filtering, provided minimize exposure, avoid breathing that windows and doors are perfectly exhaust, do not idle the engine except • drive at low speed on curves; closed. as necessary, service your vehicle in a • avoid sudden steering; Have your filter replaced at least once well-ventilated area and wear gloves • avoid sudden braking; or wash your hands frequently when a year at an Authorized Maserati • avoid sudden acceleration; Dealer, preferably at the beginning of servicing your vehicle. For more • do not drive at high speeds for too the summer period. information go to: long. If the vehicle is mainly used in the city www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger- vehicle traffic, on highways or dusty roads, we The tires inflation pressure must recommend that you replace the correspond to the prescribed values filters more frequently than prescribed (see the chapter “Tire Inflation in the "Scheduled Service Plan" of this Pressure” in section “Features and 7 section. Specifications”) and should be checked only when the tires have CAUTION! cooled down. In fact, the pressure increases as the tire temperature Failure to replace the filter may progressively increases. considerably reduce the air Never reduce the pressure if tires are conditioning and heating system hot (see “Tires – General Information” efficiency. chapter in section “Driving”).

263 Maintenance and Care

Insufficient tire inflating pressure can “Driving”). The thinner is the tread, cause tire overheating and possible the greater is the risk of skidding. WARNING! internal damage, which may even lead • Drive carefully on wet roads to • Check the inflating pressure of the to the tire destruction. decrease the risk of aquaplaning. tires when cold, at least every two weeks and before long trips. Winter Tires CAUTION! • Have the old tires inspected by an After inspecting or adjusting the tire These tires are specially designed for experienced technician, to make sure driving on snow and ice and are fitted pressure, always reinstall the valve they can still be used safely. If the stem cap. This will prevent moisture to replace the ones supplied with the same tire has been on your vehicle vehicle. and dirt from entering the valve stem, for 4 or 5 years, have it inspected which could damage it. The features of these tires are anyway by an experienced significantly reduced in winter when Impacts with curbs, holes, and technician. tread depth is less than 0.157 in (4 obstacles in the road, and prolonged • Never fit tires of uncertain origin. mm). In this case, they should be trips on rough roads can cause tire • “Directional” tires have an arrow on replaced. damage which may not be visible to their side showing the rolling The specific features of the winter tires the naked eye. direction. To keep the best lead to lower performance under Check your tires regularly for any signs performance when replacing a tire, normal environmental conditions or of damage (e.g. scratches, cuts, cracks, make sure that the rolling direction on long highway trips, compared to bulges, etc.). If sharp objects penetrate corresponds to the one shown by the standard tires. the tires, they can cause structural the arrow. Therefore, their use should be limited damage which is only visible when the to the situations and performance for • During the tire life, the rolling tire is removed. which they have been type-approved. direction used for the first fitting In any case, any possible damage must The Authorized Maserati Dealer can 7 shall always be observed, also in be inspected by an experienced tire provide all necessary information case of “nondirectional” tires. fitter, as it may seriously reduce the about fitting winter tires on the tire life. • Check the depth of the tire tread at vehicle. Remember that tires deteriorate with regular intervals. The minimum time, even if used little or not at all. allowed value is 0.06 in (1,6 mm) at Cracks in the tire tread and sides, that point the wear indicators on the alongside possible bulging, are a sign tire will be visible (see “Tires – of deterioration. General Information” in section

264 Maintenance and Care NOTE: Bodywork Maintenance wax products having high protective • We recommend fitting winter tires and Care power; on the vehicle at temperatures 45 °F • spraying of plastic materials, with a (7 °C) since the driving performance Protection from Atmospheric protective function, in the most of summer tires is reduced at low Agents exposed points: underneath the temperatures. Summer tires may be doors, inside part of the mud guards, permanently damaged at extremely The main causes of corrosion are: edges, etc.; low temperatures. • atmospheric pollution; • use of ventilated box sections, • Comply with all state and local laws • salinity and humidity in the coated with protective wax products, governing snow tire and tread depth atmosphere (marine areas or a damp to avoid condensation and trapped requirements. climate); water which could encourage the formation of internal rust. • seasonal environmental conditions; Wheel Rims Maintenance • salt scattered on the roadbed to Useful Advice to Keep the All wheel trims should be cleaned melt ice and snow. Bodywork in Good Condition regularly with a mild soap and water. The abrasive action of wind-carried Paint To remove heavy soil and/or excessive atmospheric dust and sand, mud and brake dust, use a nonabrasive, stones should not be underestimated. The paintwork does not only have an non-acidic cleaner. On this vehicle, Maserati has adopted aesthetic function but also protects Do not use scouring pads, steel wool, the best technological solutions to the underlying metal sheets. In the a bristle brush, or metal polishes. protect the bodywork from corrosion. event of abrasions or deep scratches, Do not use oven cleaner that may The main measures are: we recommend to have the necessary touch-ups made immediately, to avoid affect and damage the brake calipers. • paint products and systems that give any rust formation. Touch-ups do not Avoid automatic car washes that use the vehicle particular resistance to feature particular difficulties, even on 7 acidic solutions or harsh brushes that corrosion and abrasion; may damage the wheel rim protective metallic finishes. • use of galvanized (or pre-treated) finish. For all paint touch-ups, use only metal sheets which are highly original products indicated on the resistant to corrosion in the most plate applied inside the hood. exposed parts; • spraying of the underbody, engine compartment, insides of wheel housings, and other structures with

265 Maintenance and Care

NOTE: External plastic parts must be cleaned The use of alcohol-based products for with the same procedure followed for cleaning the metal plates in the engine the normal washing of the bodywork. compartment and/or the trunk may Avoid, as far as possible, parking the deteriorate the painted surface. It is vehicle under trees; the resinous recommended to use water-based substances that very often drop from products and neutral surfactants. the trees give the paint a dull appearance and increase the possibility Car Wash of originating corrosive processes. It is important that the drain holes in For correct washing: Normal paint maintenance consists in the lower sides of the doors, rocker • wet the bodywork with a low washing, the frequency of which panels, and trunk bottom be kept clear pressure water jet; depends on the conditions of use and and open. of the environment. For example, if • pass a sponge with a light detergent solution over the bodywork, driving the vehicle in areas where CAUTION! there is high atmospheric pollution or frequently rinsing the sponge; the roads are spread with anti-freeze • rinse well with water and dry with an • Bird droppings must be washed off salt, it is advisable to wash the vehicle air jet or chamois leather. immediately and thoroughly, since more frequently. When drying, take particular care with their acidity is particularly corrosive. the parts that are less visible, such as • To provide better protection for the the door and lid bays, headlight edges, paint, polish the vehicle at intervals ENVIRONMENTAL! in which water can be trapped more with a suitable product leaving a Detergents pollute water. Therefore easily. protective film on the paint. 7 the vehicle should be washed in areas You are recommended not to take the • If the vehicle is washed using equipped for the collection and vehicle immediately into an enclosed high-pressure water jets or cleaners, purification of the fluids used for environment, but leave it in the open it is important that the nozzle of the washing. air so as to allow the water to jet be kept at a distance of at least evaporate. 16 in (40 cm) from the bodywork to Do not wash the vehicle after it has avoid damaging it. been left in the sun or when the hood • If you are washing the vehicle with is hot: the paint gloss could be roller brushes, you must protect the affected. edges of the rear, lateral brand

266 Maintenance and Care

symbol with tape, to prevent it from cloth. To remove road dirt, wash with directing the jet of water for too long being detached by the revolving a mild soap solution followed by on the ECUs and other electric parts. brushes. rinsing. To perform this operation, you must Do not use abrasive cleaning contact an Authorized Maserati Glass Surfaces components, solvents, steel wool or Dealer. All glass surfaces should be cleaned on other aggressive material to clean the a regular basis with any commercial lenses. household-type glass cleaner. Moldings and Aluminum Trims Never use an abrasive type cleaner. • For cleaning moldings and aluminum Use caution when cleaning the inside trims, avoid the use of acidic or rear window equipped with electric alkaline cleaning agents that can defrosters. Do not use scrapers or destroy the protecting surface other sharp instrument that may treatment. scratch the electric elements. When cleaning the rearview mirror, • After washing aluminum trim with spray cleaner on the towel or rag that warm water, apply the cleaning you are using. Do not spray cleaner agent with a clean tissue or a soft directly on the mirror. sponge on the surface. Do not use Labels can be peeled off after soaking any other equipment such as with warm water. brushes, steel wool, abrasives or any Keep all objects a safe distance from other equipment for cleaning. the window. • After cleaning, please rinse the aluminum trim with a lot of clear Cleaning Headlights water. Your vehicle has plastic headlights that • While cleaning in the car, please 7 are lighter and less susceptible to make sure that the moldings and stone breakage than glass headlights. aluminum trims only get in contact Plastic is not as scratch resistant as with soft brushes or textiles. glass and therefore different lens cleaning procedures must be followed. Engine Compartment To minimize the possibility of At the end of each winter season, scratching the lenses and reducing carefully wash the engine light output, avoid wiping with a dry compartment, remembering to avoid

267 Maintenance and Care Interior Maintenance and transparent dome, the MTC+ display, monoxide, phthalates and lead, that the analog clock and the leather which are know to the State of Care upholstery. We recommended the use California to cause cancer and birth Interior trim should be cleaned of “Car Care” products approved by defects or other reproductive harm. To starting with a damp cloth. Do not use Maserati for the maintenance and care minimize exposure, avoid breathing harsh cleaners. of the interior. exhaust, do not idle the engine except The leather upholstery can be best as necessary, service your vehicle in a preserved by regular cleaning with a Leather Upholstery Treatment well-ventilated area and wear gloves or wash your hands frequently when damp soft cloth. Small particles of dirt Have the leather upholstery only servicing your vehicle. For more can act as an abrasive and damage the treated, as provided in the Scheduled information go to: leather upholstery and should be Service Plan, by an Authorized www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger- removed promptly with a damp cloth. Maserati Dealer which has the vehicle Stubborn soils stains can be removed required specific products. easily with a soft cloth and appropriate products. Avoid soaking Parts in Premium Quality Wood the leather upholstery with any liquid. Remove any dirt with a buckskin Please do not use polishes, oils, leather or damp cloth. cleaning fluids, solvents, detergents, or ammonia-based cleaners to clean your NOTE: leather upholstery. The Authorized Maserati Dealer can Application of a leather conditioner is provide you with any information not required to maintain the original about the Maserati approved “Car condition. Care” products, available in the 7 Check at regular intervals that there is “Genuine Accessories” range. no water trapped under the mats (due to drips off shoes, umbrellas etc.) which may cause the metal parts to oxidize. WARNING! California Proposition 65 Operating, servicing and maintaining CAUTION! a passenger vehicle or off-road vehicle Do not use alcohol, petrol or solvents can expose you to chemicals including to clean the instrument cluster's such as, engine exhaust, carbon

268 Maintenance and Care Vehicle Stored for Long • Clean and protect polished metal Restarting the Vehicle parts with special products available Periods on the market. Before restarting the vehicle after a If the vehicle is going to be stored for • Talc the windshield wiper blades and long period of inactivity, we over a month, follow the below raise them from the windshield. recommend that you carry out the following operations. precautions: • Cover the vehicle with a long cloth • Wash and dry the vehicle in breathable fabric (available from • Check the tires for pressure and for thoroughly. the Authorized Maserati Dealer). Do any damages, cuts or cracks. If this is not use thick plastic sheets, which do the case, have them replaced. • Store the vehicle in a covered, dry not allow the humidity on the and, if possible, ventilated area. • Do not dry-rub the external surface vehicle surface to evaporate. of the vehicle. • Select P (Park) and turn off the • Inflate the tires up to a pressure engine. • Visually inspect if there are any fluid which must be 1 bar (14.5 psi) higher leaks (oil, brake and clutch fluid, • Turn the key in the ignition switch in than the normally prescribed one, engine coolant etc.). STOP (OFF) position. and check it at regular intervals. • Have the engine oil and filter • Disconnect the battery (refer replaced. “Maintenance-Free Battery” in this NOTE: section) or connect a battery charger The Authorized Maserati Dealer can • Check the fluid levels in the brake (refer to paragraph “Maintaining provide you with any information system, as well as the engine coolant Battery Charge” of chapter “Battery about the available “Indoor and level. Statement” in this section). Outdoor Car Covers”, available in the • Check the air filter and have them • Check the battery charge status. “Genuine Accessories” range. replaced if necessary. During parking, this check must be • Reconnect the battery after checking carried out every three weeks. the charge status (refer to 7 Recharge the battery if the open “Maintenance-Free Battery” in this circuit voltage is lower than 12.2 V. WARNING! section) and perform the initializing The tire pressure must be brought • Check that the parking brake is NOT procedure if applicable. back to the prescribed value before engaged. • With the transmission in N (Neutral), reusing the vehicle (see “Tire Inflation • Do not empty the engine cooling let the engine idle for several Pressure” in section “Features and minutes. system. Specifications”). • Clean and protect the painted parts applying protective wax.

269 Maintenance and Care Battery Statement that all the electrical/electronic systems in the vehicle work efficiently. WARNING! Battery Statement Status of Maintaining Battery Charge The engine idle must be performed Charge outdoors. Exhaust gases contain If you perform short daily trips carbon monoxide which is strongly To avoid problems with ignition and/or (approximately 10 miles/16 km), which toxic and potentially lethal. the electrical system in general when correspond to an annual total of 4000 you are driving, the battery charge miles/6000 km, or when the vehicle is status is constantly maintained and not going to be used for one week or guaranteed by the vehicle's recharge more, Maserati recommends WARNING! circuit; the main component of which connecting the vehicle to a battery California Proposition 65 is the alternator. This circuit is only charger, to save you the trouble of Operating, servicing and maintaining able to supply voltage to the battery having to recharge the battery (see a passenger vehicle or off-road vehicle when the vehicle is traveling. “Battery Charge Maintainer can expose you to chemicals including The warning light on the Operation” in this chapter). such as, engine exhaust, carbon instrument cluster (see “Instrument The battery charge maintainer will monoxide, phthalates and lead, that Cluster” in section “Dashboard keep the battery charged properly and which are know to the State of Instruments and Controls”), will at the correct voltage levels required California to cause cancer and birth indicate any malfunctions in the by the systems and devices in the defects or other reproductive harm. To recharge circuit or an insufficient vehicle. minimize exposure, avoid breathing battery charge status (flashing). Before using the battery charge exhaust, do not idle the engine except The vehicle is fitted with advanced maintainer, carefully follow the as necessary, service your vehicle in a electronic systems, such as, for instructions provided. well-ventilated area and wear gloves example, the alarm system and various If you do not use a battery charge 7 or wash your hands frequently when electronic control modules, which maintainer to prevent the battery servicing your vehicle. For more consume power even when the key in from going dead when you are not information go to: the ignition switch is in the STOP (OFF) going to use the vehicle for long www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger- position and the vehicle is not being periods of time, you need to check and vehicle used. recharge the battery at least once Therefore, it is fundamental that the every three weeks. Make this check if battery is properly charged to ensure you perform short daily trips that the engine starts properly and (approximately 10 mi/16 km) which correspond to an annual total of 4000

270 Maintenance and Care miles/6000 km. Please note that • never charge or recharge a battery NOTE: allowing the battery to go dead that has frozen: it can explode due The Authorized Maserati Dealer can repeatedly can cause premature wear to hydrogen trapped inside the ice give you all details concerning the on the internal cells and greatly crystals; battery charge maintainer, available reduce their life, leading to problems • ensure that any sparks or open from the "Genuine Accessories" range with the ignition system and other flames are nowhere near the battery with four types of socket, and its use. electrical/electronic systems. while it is charging; The Authorized Maserati Dealer is • before using a charger to charge or Instructions for Use available to advise you on how to maintain the battery charge status, First connect the battery charge recharge your battery correctly and carefully follow the instructions maintainer to vehicle socket: this give you useful information on battery provided to ensure the charger is trigger the “Active” stage and the care and maintenance. connected to the battery safely and maintainer can stay connected to NOTE: correctly. vehicle for a few months with no The Authorized Maserati Dealer can problem. provide you with any information Battery Charge Maintainer Position the device outside the vehicle, about the Maserati approved “Battery Operation leaving trunk lid slightly open, avoiding to squeeze the cable that Charger and Conditioner”, available in Charge Maintainer Socket the “Genuine Accessories” range. gets out of the luggage compartment Charge maintainer socket is located and/or damaging the edge seal. inside the trunk compartment, on the right-hand side. WARNING! The process of charging or recharging the battery produces hydrogen, a 7 dangerous gas that can explode and cause serious injuries. When charging or recharging the battery, follow the recommended precautions at all times: • always charge or recharge the battery in a well-ventilated environment;

271 Maintenance and Care

When LED is steady on: it indicates • battery voltage is insufficient or a fault of the vehicle electric system or simply there is no power at the mains WARNING! battery. socket. Set the battery maintainer in view, When LED is steady on: it indicates Check maintainer connections (to away from any heat source and out of that maintainer is in “Active” stage. At mains and vehicle socket) and power reach of children. this stage the battery is brought from availability at the mains socket; if LED Battery charge maintaining process a poor charge level to an excellent or LED for “Active” or can be stopped at any time by charge level. “Passive” stage does not turn on disconnecting the power cable from When LED is steady on: it indicates within a few seconds from proper the mains. that the battery is fully charged and maintainer connection, contact an Always disconnect the power cable maintainer is in “Passive” stage. At this Authorized Maserati Dealer to have mains end first and then remove it stage the device keeps battery charged vehicle electrical system inspected. from vehicle socket. to an excellent level. Precautions and Warnings The battery maintainer features three When LED and LED are alternatively blinking: • Make sure that cables are not LED identified by the following pinched or reach hot surfaces or symbols: • if they blink a few times per second, cutting edges. : error light; probably the battery is sulfated; • Do not cover battery maintainer. : active stage light: indication; • if blinking continues for over 60 • Make sure that mains connector is : maintaining light: charge minutes, the battery must be not exposed to water/rain. maintenance. replaced; • Connection to the mains must • if they blink with an interval of a few comply with prevailing regulations minutes, it means that the on high voltage. percentage of battery self-discharge 7 is considerable and it might be • Always check maintainer cables necessary to replace it. before use: make sure that cables When no light is on, you might find and external sheath are free of the following scenarios: cracks. • Never use a maintainer if cables are • maintainer cables are disconnected; damaged. • the battery is not duly connected to • Store and use the maintainer out of vehicle system; reach of children; do not allow • the battery is faulty;

272 Maintenance and Care

children to play with the battery charge maintainer. Protection from Overheating The supplied battery charge maintainer features a protection against overheating. In case ambient temperature increases, output power is reduced. Service • Battery maintainer does not require any maintenance. • Do not disassemble the battery maintainer. • The maintainer case can be cleaned with a soft damp cloth or using mild detergent. • Always disconnect the maintainer from the mains before cleaning it.

273 Maintenance and Care

274 8 – Features and Specifications

Refillings ...... 276 Fuel Consumption ...... 278 Technical Data ...... 279 Tire Inflation Pressure ...... 284

275 Features and Specifications Refillings

NOTE: Maserati reserves the right to change or revise specifications without prior notification.

CAUTION! To guarantee vehicle’s integrity and maintain performance level always use genuine parts approved and recommended by Maserati. Refillings and Recommended Products

Parts to be refilled Quantity Product specifications Fuel tank 20 US gal/75 liters (including Premium unleaded fuel with no less than 95 RON/85 MON 2 US gal/ 7,5 liters of reserve) (91 CLC or AKI). Engine 2.37 US gal/9,0 liters (max) Synthetic multigrade lubricants SAE 5W/40 that meet API (MIN – MAX difference: SL/CF and ACEA A3, B3, B4 specifications. 0.4 US gal/1,5 liters) Recommended oil: PENNZOIL Platinum Euro 5W-40. Windshield and headlight 1.72 US gal/6,5 liters Mix of water and detergent fluid, in the proportions washer fluid reservoir indicated on the product package. If the temperature is below –4°F (–20°C), use pure detergent fluid. Detergent fluid: Mix of CUNA NC 956-II surfactants and alcohols. Recommended fluid: WUERTH Windshield Washer Fluid with antifreeze or AREXONS DP1. 8

276 Features and Specifications

Parts to be refilled Quantity Product specifications Engine cooling circuit 3.43 US gal/13 liters Mixture of water and coolant, proportionally 50/50%. Coolant: protective, antifreeze action and ethylene glycol-based with organic inhibitors compatible with regulations: • ASTM D 3306, ASTM D 2570 • ASTM D 4340, ASTM D 2809 • SAE J 1034 • CUNA NC 956/16. Recommended fluid: SHELL GlycoShell or GlycoShell Long Life. Hydraulic power steering 0.26 US gal/1,0 liters +/-4% Oil: ATF TypeA-MB236.2. Recommended oil: SHELL Donax TM. Automatic transmission 2.63 US gal/10,03 liters Recommended oil: SHELL M1375.4 DEXTRON III. Differential 2.4 lb/1,1 kg Recomended oil: SHELL Spirax S 75W140. Braking system 0.29 US gal/1,1 liters +/-4% Synthetic fluid: FMVSS 116-DOT 4, ISO 4925 Class 4, ENSAYOS INTA-UNE 26-109-88, SAE J1703, SAE J1704, CUNA NC 956-01. Recommended fluid: PETRONAS Tutela TOP 5 FF. CAUTION! For each oil refilling and/or replacement, please contact an Authorized Maserati Dealer.

Air conditioning system 1.32 lb +/-0.045 lb Coolant: R134a. 600 g +/-20 g Air Conditioning 0.053 US gal +/- 0.0026 US gal Oil Type: PS-D1. compressor 200 ml +/- 10 m 8

277 Features and Specifications Fuel Consumption

WARNING! CAUTION! NOTE: California Proposition 65 Do not use chemical flushes in your • The technical data, values and Operating, servicing and maintaining engine oil as the chemicals can specifications in this Owner’s Manual a passenger vehicle or off-road vehicle damage your engine. Damage caused are provided as guidance only. The can expose you to chemicals including by use of non-approved chemicals is vehicle specific data can deviate from such as, engine exhaust, carbon not covered by the new Vehicle the information provided, for monoxide, phthalates and lead, that Limited Warranty. example, as a result of optional or which are know to the State of special equipment ordered with the California to cause cancer and birth Engine Oil Viscosity (SAE vehicle, vehicle loads, and country defects or other reproductive harm. To Grade) specific measurement methods. minimize exposure, avoid breathing exhaust, do not idle the engine except SAE 5W-40 engine oil is recommended • The specifications described below as necessary, service your vehicle in a for all operating temperatures. can change without prior well-ventilated area and wear gloves The engine oil filler cap also shows the notification. or wash your hands frequently when recommended engine oil viscosity for servicing your vehicle. For more your engine. For information on The fuel consumption values shown information go to: engine oil filler cap location, refer to (Miles Per Gallon - MPG) are www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger- chapter “Maintenance Procedures” in established using EPA test guidelines. vehicle section “Maintenance and Care”. City:13MPG Lubricants that do not have both the Highway:20MPG engine oil certification mark and the Combined:15MPG Engine Oil Identification correct SAE viscosity grade number Symbol should not be used. This symbol means that the oil CAUTION! has been certified by the • Actual fuel economy results will vary American Petroleum Institute for many reasons, including driving 8 (API). Maserati only conditions and how you drive and recommends API Certified engine oils. maintain your vehicle. • The type of route, traffic and weather conditions, driving style, general condition of the vehicle,

278 Features and Specifications equipment/accessories in the vehicle, Technical Data use of the air conditioning system, vehicle load and other items or NOTE: situations which may negatively The technical data, values and affect the vehicle aerodynamics or specifications in this Owner’s Manual wind resistance lead to consumption are provided as guidance only. The ratios differing from the indicated vehicle specific data can deviate from ones. the information provided, for example, as a result of optional or special equipment ordered with the vehicle, vehicle loads, and country specific measurement methods.

279 Features and Specifications

Engine Data

Cylinder number and position 8 - 90° V Number of valves per cylinder 4 Bore x stroke 94 x 84,5 mm Total displacement 4691 cu.cm Compression ratio 11.2 +/- 0.2 : 1 Maximum power output (EC) (*) 338 kW – 460 CV - corresponding rpm 7000 rpm Maximum torque (EC) 520 Nm – 53 kgm - corresponding rpm 4750 rpm (*) Values obtained in SPORT drive mode with 98 R.O.N.

Timing System The timing system uses two overhead camshafts. The camshafts are equipped with timing variator. The timing control is done by two chains. Lubrication The lubrication system is controlled by the wet sump system System through an oil pump and the relative suction screen, incorporated in the crankcase. Cooling System Engine cooling is ensured by an anti-freeze mixture circulating inside a circuit equipped with radiator, centrifugal pump and expansion tank. Injection – High-pressure direct fuel injection system. Static ignition 8 Ignition System with digital electronic control system included and controlled by a single microprocessor ECU.

280 Features and Specifications

Brakes Steering Self-ventilating disc brakes on the four Hydraulic speed-sensitive steering with CAUTION! wheels. cooling exchanger system. Steering diameter = 11.7 yd (10,7 m). • While respecting the specified sizes, • Front disc diameter: 14.1 in (360 for the safe operation of the vehicle mm). No. of steering wheel turns = 1.5 (to the left and right). it is also essential that it is equipped • Rear disc diameter: 13 in (330 mm). with the same brand and type of • 6-piston front brake caliper Wheels tires on all wheels. (Dual-cast technology). NOTE: • Do not use an inner tube with • 4-piston rear brake caliper. Tubeless tires. In order to maintain high performance The Electric Parking Brake (EPB) acts and safety level, Maserati on the rear wheels. Standard Wheel Dimension recommends to use tires equivalent to Transmission the original size. Light alloy rims 20” x 8.5J Electro-hydraulically controlled (front) automatic transmission with 6 gears 20” x 10.5J (rear) (plus reverse), torque converter, WARNING! lock-up clutch and anti-slip function. - Front tires 245/35 ZR 20 • The maximum speed reachable with TRANSAXLE-type transmission. the tires (including winter tires) is - Rear tires 285/35 ZR 20 Traction system equipped with rear indicated by the tire manufacturer. - Front winter tires 245/35 ZR 20 self-locking differential. Always comply with the regulations - Rear winter tires 285/35 ZR 20 in force in the Country you are Suspension Light alloy spare rim 18”x6J driving in. Front and rear articulated (optional) • Never exceed the maximum speed quadrilateral suspensions. - Spare tire 175/55 R 18 Skyhook adjustable damping indicated for the tires (including suspension (optional on MC version) winter tires): failure to respect the that allows the driver to choose two max. speed may damage these tires. 8 settings for the shock absorbers, Danger: risk of accident! depending on the road surface conditions, speed and comfort.

281 Features and Specifications

Performance NOTE: • The specifications described can change without prior modification. • The values are obtained in SPORT drive mode with 98 R.O.N. unleaded gasoline.

Sport Version MC Version Maximum speed 179 mph (288 km/h) 181 mph (291 km/h) Accelerations from 0 to 5,0 seconds 4,9 seconds 100 km/h Weights NOTE: The specifications described can change without prior modification.

Unladen vehicle weight (with tank and reservoirs 4390 lb / 1990 kg (*) filled, tools and accessories) Weight with full load (4 persons plus luggage) 5048 lb / 2290 kg (*) Base configuration without options.

282 Features and Specifications

Dimensions

Sport Version MC Version Wheel base 115.82 in (2942 mm) 115.82 in (2942 mm) Total length 193.30 in (4910 mm) 193.70 in (4920 mm) Width without mirrors 75.39 in (1915 mm) 75.39 in (1915 mm) Front track 62.44 in (1586 mm) 62.44 in (1586 mm) Rear track 62.59 in (1590 mm) 62.59 in (1590 mm) Front overhang 35.59 in (904 mm) 35.98 in (914 mm) Rear overhang 41.88 in (1064 mm) 41.88 in (1064 mm) Height 54.33 in (1380 mm) 54.33 in (1380 mm) Trunk compartment volume 45.7 US gal (173 l) 45.7 US gal (173 l)

283 Features and Specifications Tire Inflation Pressure can affect vehicle handling and can fail suddenly, resulting in loss of vehicle control. Tire Pressure • Front and rear 220 kPa - 2,2 bar Unequal tire pressures can cause -32psi steering problems. You could lose control of your vehicle. Spare wheel 350 kPa - 3,5 bar • (optional) -51psi Unequal tire pressures from one side of the vehicle to the other can cause the vehicle to drift to the right or NOTE: left. • For more information about the • Always drive with each tire inflated pressure check methods, see “Tires – to the recommended cold tire General Information” in section inflation pressure. “Driving”. • The tire inflation pressure value are also indicated on the driver's side at the base of the rear door pillar.

WARNING! • Improperly inflated tires are dangerous and can cause collisions. • Under-inflation increases tire flexing and can result in tire overheating and failure. 8 • Over-inflation reduces a tire's ability to cushion shock. Objects on the road and potholes can cause damage that result in tire failure. • Over-inflated or under-inflated tires

284 9 – Index

285 Index

Abbreviations ...... 7 To Reconnect the Battery ...... 248 Console ABS (Anti-lock Braking System) . . .179 Bluetooth, Customer settings .....147 Central Console Components ....73 A/C Air Filter Replacement...... 263 Bodywork Maintenance and Care . .265 Front Dome Console Accessories Protection from Atmospheric Components ...... 71 Aftermarket Parts and Accessories Agents ...... 265 Cruise Control ...... 185 Statement ...... 11 Useful Advice to Keep the Cupholders Accident, in the event of ...... 213 Bodywork in Good Condition . . .265 Front Seats Cupholders ...... 103 A/C System Maintenance ...... 262 Brakes Rear Seats Cupholders ...... 104 Airbag...... 46 Brake and Stability Control Air bag System Components.....46 System...... 177 Dashboard Components ...... 70 Air bag Warning Light...... 66 Brake Fluid Level Check ...... 242 Data, Technical ...... 279 Passenger Air bag Labels ...... 18 Brake Overheating ...... 182 Defroster ...... 66 Supplemental Restraint System Parking Brake...... 174 Doors Components...... 72 (SRS) ...... 46 Parking Brake - Manual Drive Mode, Controls ...... 169 Air Conditioning Controls ...... 151 Release ...... 220 Driving Conditions Air Conditioning Distribution.....112 Using the Brakes ...... 181 Before the Trip ...... 204 Alarm, Vehicle Security ...... 26 Bulb Replacement ...... 257 Driving at Night ...... 204 ALR (Automatic Locking Retractor). .43 Driving in Fog...... 205 Assistance...... 9 Cargo Area ...... 107 Driving in the Mountains ...... 205 Assistance, if you need ...... 9 Child Restraint Systems Driving in the Rain ...... 204 Audio Controls...... 138 Children too large for Booster Driving on Snow or Ice...... 206 Steering Wheel Audio Controls . .138 Seats...... 56 Driving through Flooded Audio, Customer Setting ...... 147 Infants and Child Restraints .....55 Sections ...... 206 Audio System...... 140 Lower Anchors and Tether for Safe Driving ...... 204 Automatic Transmission ...... 160 Children (LATCH) ...... 57 DRL (Daytime Running Light)...... 83 Automatic Transmission Range . .162 Older Children and Child AUX, USB and SD Memory Card Restraints ...... 55 Easy Entry/Exit function ...... 79 Ports...... 132 Tips on getting the most out of EDR (Event Data Recorder) ...... 52 your child restraint ...... 56 Emergency Battery ...... 247 Clock, analog...... 144 Emergency Fuel Filler Door Access the Battery ...... 226 Comfort Pack Front Seats ...... 76 Release ...... 203 9 Jump Start Procedure ...... 226 Driver Memory Seat ...... 77 Hazard Warning Flasher ...... 88 Maintenance - Free Battery . . . .247 Front Heated Seats ...... 76 In the Event of an Accident . . . .213

286 Index

Jump Starting Procedure ...... 225 Hood, Open and Close ...... 37 Adaptive Bi-Xenon Headlights . . .84 ToolKit...... 212 Automatic Headlights ...... 84 Towing a Disabled Vehicle .....228 Indicator Lights Bulb Replacement ...... 257 Engine Air bag Warning Light ...... 66 Cargo Light ...... 88 Engine Air Filter Replacement . .245 Indicator Lights/Warning Lights DRL, Daytime Running Lights....83 Engine Coolant Level Check . . . .240 TFT Display: Warning/Indicator Front Domelights ...... 87 Engine Oil Level Check ...... 243 Lights ...... 126 Hazard Warning Flasher ...... 88 Engine Overheating ...... 214 Warning and Indicator Lights on Headlights ...... 84 Engine Start Failure ...... 159 Analog Instrument ...... 119 High Beams and Flashing ...... 86 Engine Turn Off ...... 159 Inertia Switch, Fuel Cut-out ...... 229 Light Switch ...... 82 Hood, Open and Close ...... 37 Infotainment System ...... 130 Parking Lights ...... 84 Normal Starting of the Engine . .158 Manual Controls and Devices . .132 Rear Fog Lights ...... 85 Use of the Engine ...... 183 Installing a LATCH-Compatible Turn Signals...... 86 EPB (Electric Parking Brake)...... 174 Child Restraint System ...... 57 Twilight Sensor ...... 85 ESC (Electronic Stability Control) . .177 Instrument Cluster ...... 118 Loading the Vehicle Interior Components ...... 70 Vehicle Load Carrying Capacity. .107 Filters Interior Maintenance and Cure . . .268 A/C Air Filter Replacement .....263 Interiors Features...... 102 Maintenance Engine Air Filter Replacement . .245 A/C System Maintenance ...... 262 Fuel Jump Start Procedure ...... 226 Bodywork Maintenance and Carbon Monoxide Warning . . . .201 Care ...... 265 Emergency Fuel Filler Door Keys ...... 22 Interior Maintenance and Care. .268 Release ...... 203 Maintenance Procedures ...... 239 Fuel Consumption Data ...... 278 Level Checks ...... 240 Periodic Maintenance ...... 237 Fuel Requirements ...... 199 Adding Windshield/Headlight Scheduled Maintenance Fuel System Warnings ...... 201 Washer ...... 243 Service ...... 232 Gasoline/Oxygenate Blends . . . .200 Brake Fluid Level Check ...... 242 Scheduled Service Plan ...... 234 Materials Added to Fuel ...... 201 Engine Coolant Level Check . . . .240 Wheels Maintenance ...... 263 MMT in Gasoline ...... 200 Engine Oil Level Check ...... 240 Maserati Roadside Assistance Reformulated Gasoline ...... 200 Power Steering Fluid Level Program...... 15 Fuses Position and Replacement. . .251 Check ...... 245 MIL (Malfunction Indicator Light). .119 Transmission Oil Check ...... 245 Mirrors 9 HomeLink ...... 108 Lights ...... 82 Folding Mirrors ...... 81

287 Index

Inside Rearview Mirror ...... 81 Refueling ...... 202 Seats, Rear ...... 78 Mirrors Positioning ...... 80 Reporting Safety Defects...... 10 Rear Armrest ...... 79 Outside Mirrors ...... 80 Restraint System Rear Head Restraints ...... 78 MTC+ “Controls” Screen ...... 141 Child Restraint Systems ...... 54 Rear Seats Cupholders ...... 104 MTC+ Settings - Customer Occupant Restraint System...... 38 Service and Warranty ...... 8 Programmable Features ...... 141 Roadside Assistance Program...... 15 Siri Smart Personal Assistant .....156 MTC+ System (Maserati Touch Skyhook Suspension ...... 114 Control Plus), Controls ...... 138 Safety Smoking Kit...... 106 Child Restraint Systems ...... 54 Snow Chains ...... 193 Onboard Computer (Trip) ...... 167 Occupant Restraint System...... 38 SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Onboard Diagnostics System .....183 Safety Tips ...... 65 Air Bags ...... 46 ORC Supplemental Restraint System - Start the Engine (Occupant Restraint Controller) . . .50 Air bags ...... 46 Engine Start Failure...... 159 Scheduled Maintenance Service . . .232 Normal Starting of the Engine . .158 Park Assist...... 60 Scheduled Service Plan ...... 234 Steering Wheel Adjustment...... 79 Parking ...... 176 SD Memory Card, USB and AUX Phone and Voice Controls on Parking Brake ...... 174 Ports...... 132 Steering Wheel...... 155 Emergency Release of Parking Seat Belt Stored, Vehicle...... 269 Brake ...... 220 Load Limiting Devices ...... 44 Stuck Vehicle, Freeing ...... 223 Parking (Camera) ...... 63 Loking Retractor (ALR) Mode ....43 Symbols ...... 12 Part Service ...... 11 Rear Passenger Seat Belts...... 42 Pets, transporting ...... 59 Seat Belt Reminder Light ...... 121 Tank, Fuel Refill ...... 202 Phone/Bluetooth Seat Belt Reminder System (SBR). .45 Technical Data ...... 279 Phone and Voice Controls on Seat Belts and Pregnant Women. .45 Telltales Steering Wheel...... 155 Seat Belts Pretensioners...... 44 Telltales on Speedometer ...... 119 Phone/Bluetooth, Customer Three-Point Seat Belts ...... 40 Telltales on Tachometer ...... 121 settings ...... 147 Three-Point Seat Belts Untwisting TFT Display: Warning/Indicator Phone Mode ...... 156 Procedure ...... 42 Lights ...... 124 Voice Commands ...... 156 Seats, Front ...... 74 TFT Display Pollution Control Devices ...... 207 Front Seats Cupholders ...... 103 Controls...... 124 Power Outlets ...... 102 Power Lumbar ...... 75 Menus and Settings...... 124 9 Seat Adjustment...... 74 Screen Pages ...... 125 Refillings...... 276 Seatback Tilt ...... 75 Tire Repair Kit ...... 214

288 Index

Tires Trunk Lid Windshield Wipers ...... 89 Department of Transportation Trunk Lid Emergency Release from Wiper Maintenance and Blades Uniform Tire Quality Grades. . . .189 inside the Trunk ...... 37 Replacement ...... 245 General Information ...... 187 Inflation Pressure ...... 284 Updating ...... 7 Punctured Tire ...... 214 USB, AUX and SD Memory Card Replacement Tires ...... 192 Ports ...... 132 Snow Chains ...... 193 Tire Pressure ...... 190 Vehicle Identification Data Tire Pressure Checkup ...... 191 Homologation Labels ...... 18 Tire Repair Kit ...... 214 Vehicle Identification Number Tire Safety Information ...... 187 (VIN) ...... 17 Tires Durability...... 192 Warning and Information Labels .18 TPMS - Tire Pressure Monitoring Voice Commands ...... 156 System ...... 194 Tread Wear Indicators ...... 191 Warning Icons...... 6 Winter Tires ...... 193 Warning/Indicator Lights on TFT ToolKit...... 212 Display ...... 126 Towing the Vehicle ...... 228 Warnings when Driving ...... 14 TPMS System ...... 194 Warranty and Service...... 8 Transmission, Automatic Warranty Information ...... 10 Automatic Transmission Lever . .160 Wheels Malfunction and Overheating Tires Maintenance ...... 263 Conditions...... 166 Wheels Rims Maintenance .....265 Transmission Manual Release of Windows P (Park) Position ...... 221 Auto Down/Auto Up Feature ....34 Trip - Onboard Computer ...... 167 Reset Auto-Up/Down ...... 35 Trunk Windshield Wipers and Washers . . .89 Trunk Safety ...... 37 Adding Washer, Headlight Washer Trunk Compartment Lid ...... 35 Fluid ...... 243 Rain Sensing Wipers ...... 90 Windshield and Headlight 9 Washers ...... 91

289 Maserati S.p.A. & Maserati North America, Inc. reserve the right to make changes and/or modifications to the content and all technical information and specifications without prior notification.

Therefore, the user is not entitled to any claims based on the contents (texts, data, illustrations, explanations and regulations) in this manual, which are based on the data known at the time of going to print.

Publication n. 89408600 - 1st Edition - 08/2018 This document may not be reproduced, printed or translated, even partially, without the written consent of MASERATI S.p.A. *1705642* *1705642*

Owner’s manualOwner’s manual

Owner’s manual MODENA 41121 COM NOTTI, 322 · I- MASERATI. RO M E WWW. VIALE C I TI S P A · MASERA

*89408600* *89408600*